<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>DVR user &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/dvr-user/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 25 Aug 2024 14:38:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>DVR user &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Latest Chinese New DVR NVR Firmware</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/latest-chinese-new-dvr-nvr-firmware.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/latest-chinese-new-dvr-nvr-firmware.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 25 Aug 2024 14:35:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[DVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB7804R-LMS-V5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB8004R-MH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB8008R-LME]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB8016T-LME]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB8032F-LME]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB80N16T-LME]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB88N04R-LM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AHB88X04R]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese dvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese nvr]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware relase]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how to firmware upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NBD80X24RA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Product firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrading firmware]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=24</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Latest Chinese New DVR NVR Firmware, DVR might need upgrade firmware to solve some bugs, in some case in need, please follow...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="desc_wrapper">
<div class="desc">
<p>Latest Chinese New DVR NVR Firmware, DVR might need upgrade firmware to solve some bugs, in some case in need, please follow the following steps to upgrade newest firmware accordingly!</p>
<p><b>How to update firmware: (If you&#8217;re still unfamiliar with this, please send email to us, share your DVR user, password and serial number, we&#8217;ll remote upgrade for you.)</b></p>
<p>a.Please go to <b>Main Menu&gt;&#8212;Info&gt;&#8212;Version&gt;&#8211;system, for reference picture <u>Click here</u><br />
</b>Find related firmware version on our website. For example, if system in your DVR shows 00000117, you can find<b> Firmware 00000117</b> below to update newest firmware.<br />
b.Download the Firmware file from Website.<br />
c.UNZIP and Copy the firmware file to a USB storage.<br />
d.Insert the USB storage to DVR USB port.<br />
e.Go to <b>Main menu&gt;&#8211;Advanced&gt;&#8211;Upgrade&gt;.</b>DVR automatically recognize this Firmware file. Please just click &#8220;upgrade&#8221; button.</p>
</div>
<div><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-large wp-image-2887" src="https://www.nvripc.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/20180329_110200-650x483.jpg" alt="20180329 110200" width="650" height="483" title="Latest Chinese New DVR NVR Firmware 3"> <img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-large wp-image-2888" src="https://www.nvripc.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/1258741136.jpg" alt="1258741136" width="561" height="418" title="Latest Chinese New DVR NVR Firmware 4"></div>
</div>
<table class="download-list">
<thead>
<tr>
<td class="download-id">Numbering</td>
<td class="download-firmware">Product firmware</td>
<td class="download-cite">Network disk shared address</td>
<td class="more">More</td>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>C638020N</td>
<td>NBD8004R-FWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAxODA=" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAxODA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1497" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380066</td>
<td>DVB6504E-P</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1428" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380069</td>
<td>MBD6032E-B</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1429" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380071</td>
<td>MBD6816T-B</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1430" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380107</td>
<td>NBD7024H-P</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMjk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1431" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380109</td>
<td>NBD7816T-F</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1432" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380113</td>
<td>NBD7816T-FS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1433" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380117</td>
<td>AHB7004T-EL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1434" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380118</td>
<td>NBD7804T-F</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1435" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380119</td>
<td>NBD7808T-PL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1436" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380121</td>
<td>NBD7008T-PL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1437" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380124</td>
<td>NBD7804R-F</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1438" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380125</td>
<td>NBD7908T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1439" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380127</td>
<td>NBD7904T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1440" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380128</td>
<td>NBD7904T-PL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyMzk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1441" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380129</td>
<td>NBD7904T-P</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1442" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380130</td>
<td>NBD8004T-QT</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1443" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380131</td>
<td>AHB7804R-LMS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1444" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380136</td>
<td>NBD8032H-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1445" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380140</td>
<td>AHB7008T-MH-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1446" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380141</td>
<td>NBD8008T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1447" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380142</td>
<td>AHB7004T-MH-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1448" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380146</td>
<td>AHB7016T-MH-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1449" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380149</td>
<td>AHB7804R-MH-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1450" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638014A</td>
<td>AHB7804R-MH-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEwMTk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEwMTk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1911" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380151</td>
<td>AHB7808R-MH-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNDk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1451" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380152</td>
<td>NBD8904T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1452" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380153</td>
<td>NBD8908T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1453" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380155</td>
<td>AHB7032F-LM-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1454" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380156</td>
<td>AHB7808R-MS-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1455" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380157</td>
<td>NBD7804R-FW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1456" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380158</td>
<td>NBD7004T-FW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1457" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380159</td>
<td>NBD8016H-QT</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1458" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380161</td>
<td>NBD8064H-P</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1459" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380163</td>
<td>NBD7016T-F-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1460" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380164</td>
<td>NBD7816R-F-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNTk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1461" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380168</td>
<td>NBD7804R-PW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1462" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380169</td>
<td>AHB7804R-MS-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1463" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380170</td>
<td>AHB7008T-GS-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1464" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380171</td>
<td>AHB7004T-GS-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1471" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380172</td>
<td>AHB7016T-GS-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1472" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380175</td>
<td>AHB7016F-GL-V4</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1473" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380178</td>
<td>NBD7004T-PW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1474" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380179</td>
<td>NBD8032H-P</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1475" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380180</td>
<td>AHB7016F-GS-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1476" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380182</td>
<td>AHB7032F-GS-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1477" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380183</td>
<td>NBD8004T-QW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1478" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380185</td>
<td>NBD8916F-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1479" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380186</td>
<td>XM-JPN1-W</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1480" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380187</td>
<td>XM-JPN1-RW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNzk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1481" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/ip-camera/chinese-ip-camera-update-firmwares.html">Latest Chinese</a> New DVR NVR Firmware</h3>
<table class="download-list">
<thead>
<tr>
<td class="download-id">Numbering</td>
<td class="download-firmware">Product firmware</td>
<td class="download-cite">Network disk shared address</td>
<td class="more">More</td>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>C6380188</td>
<td>NBD8016T-Q</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1482" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380189</td>
<td>NBD8032H-QE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1483" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380191</td>
<td>AHB7804R-LM-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1484" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380192</td>
<td>NBD7008T-PL-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1485" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380194</td>
<td>AHB7004T-LME-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1486" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380195</td>
<td>AHB7008T-LME-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1487" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380196</td>
<td>AHB7016T-LME-V3</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1488" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380197</td>
<td>NBD8025R-PL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1489" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380200</td>
<td>NBD7004R-FWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1490" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380201</td>
<td>NBD7004R-PWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyODk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1491" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380202</td>
<td>NBD8016R-PL-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1492" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380203</td>
<td>NBD8008R-PL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1493" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380206</td>
<td>NBD8008R-YL-EP</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1494" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380208</td>
<td>NBD8008R-PL-EP</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1495" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380209</td>
<td>NBD8004R-PL-EP</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyOTQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1496" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020B</td>
<td>AHB8008T-GL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1465" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020D</td>
<td>AHB8004T-GL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1466" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020E</td>
<td>NBD8004R-YL-EP</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1467" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020F</td>
<td>NBD8008R-PWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1468" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020G</td>
<td>AHB8016T-MH</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1469" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020H</td>
<td>AHB8008R-MH</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAyNjg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1470" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020K</td>
<td>NBD7904T-PL-XPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA2Mzk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA2Mzk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1704" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020N</td>
<td>NBD8004R-FWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAxODA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDAxODA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1755" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020P</td>
<td>AHB8032F-LM</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1756" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020Q</td>
<td>AHB8016T-LME</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1757" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020R</td>
<td>AHB8004R-GS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MDI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MDI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1758" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020S</td>
<td>AHB8004R-MH</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4MTc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1759" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020V</td>
<td>AHB8008R-LME</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4Mjc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4Mjc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1785" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020W</td>
<td>AHB8016F-GL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEwMDk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEwMDk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1809" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020X</td>
<td>AHB8032F-LME</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4OTM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4OTM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1889" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020Y</td>
<td>AHB8004R-GS-4PWS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4ODM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA4ODM=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1777" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638020Z</td>
<td>NBD8032H-UL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5ODg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5ODg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1808" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380211</td>
<td>NBD8908T-PL-XPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5NjI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5NjI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1805" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380212</td>
<td>NBD8904T-GS-XPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5Nzg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5Nzg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1807" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380213</td>
<td>AHB8004R-GS-4PWS2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5NzQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA5NzQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1806" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638021G</td>
<td>AHB7804R-LMS-V5</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2022" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638021L</td>
<td>NBD8008R-PWS-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEyNjY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEyNjY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="1970" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638021T</td>
<td>AHB80N08R-GS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzMzk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzMzk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2024" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380227</td>
<td>AHB80N04R-MH</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2023" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380228</td>
<td>AHB80N08R-LME</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzMzE=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzMzE=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2028" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380230</td>
<td>AHB80N04R-GS</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNDU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2068" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380232</td>
<td>AHB80N16T-LME</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNTY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNTY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2061" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380237</td>
<td>NBD80X09S-UL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MDE" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MDE</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2071" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380238</td>
<td>NBD80X24RA-KL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MjA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MjA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2086" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C6380239</td>
<td>AHB88X04R-LM</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODI=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODI=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2043" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023A</td>
<td>AHB80X04R-MH</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNzc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNzc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2048" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023B</td>
<td>NBD90X08V-PW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MjY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MjY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2138" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023D</td>
<td>NBD80X16S-KL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNjc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNjc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2055" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023E</td>
<td>NBD80X08S-QWG</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2045" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023F</td>
<td>NBD89X04T-PL-XPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MTY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MTY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2087" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<table class="download-list">
<thead>
<tr>
<td class="download-id">Numbering</td>
<td class="download-firmware">Product firmware</td>
<td class="download-cite">Network disk shared address</td>
<td class="more">More</td>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>C638023G</td>
<td>AHB80N16T-LM</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNjk=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNjk=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2053" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023H</td>
<td>AHB80N04T-GL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNzY=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzNzY=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2049" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023M</td>
<td>AHB80N16T-LM-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODU=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDEzODU=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2041" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023N</td>
<td>AHB80N16T-LME-V2</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MDQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MDQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2089" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023O</td>
<td>NBD9008N-QW</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MzQ=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MzQ=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2137" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023P</td>
<td>AHB88N04R-LM</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MTA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0MTA=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2088" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023X</td>
<td>NBD80N32RA-KL</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0NDg=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0NDg=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2136" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C638023Y</td>
<td>NBD89N08T-PLC-XPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0NTc=" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0NTc=</a></td>
<td><a class="more-information" href="https://baike.xm030.cn/download.html#" data-id="2135" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see details</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/latest-chinese-new-dvr-nvr-firmware.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>29</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>LaView NVR setup and user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 17:30:49 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Add Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Domain Name]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LaView DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Search Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[temporary password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wifi camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4664</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[LaView NVR setup and user guide, No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera....]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LaView NVR setup and user guide, No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera. This will only allow about 2 cameras to show up. To use a switch, you’ll have to connect the switch to the same router that the NVR is connected to. Then you’ll proceed to setup the cameras over the network. Please see the Adding cameras over the network FAQ.</p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I add cameras over the network?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can add cameras over the network, they do not have to always be connected directly to the NVR. You can use a switch on the network that connected to the same router as your NVR. Please follow these steps to set this up:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the camera to your router using an Ethernet cable. Also, use a 12v power supply to power the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the camera is powered and connected to the network, use our network search tool pick up the IP address. If you do not have the Search software, you can download it here (Make sure to disable any anti-virus or malware protection software before installation): </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/UpdateTool_V2.3.2.11.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/UpdateTool_V2.3.2.11.zip</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure the computer or laptop you are using is connected to the same network as the cameras and NVR</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the camera is on the network it should show up on the software. Make sure the IP address matches the network IP address of your network.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Log into the NVR and go to Camera&gt;Camera Management, click on Manual Add, and enter the IP information for the camera. Use the default username: admin password: 123456</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I connect all the cameras to a switch, then the switch to one of the NVR ports?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">No, unfortunately each port on the back of the NVR is only designed for 1 camera. This will only allow about 2 cameras to show up. To use a switch, you’ll have to connect the switch to the same router that the NVR is connected to. Then you’ll proceed to setup the cameras over the network. Please see the Adding cameras over the network FAQ.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I use my PC to view my cameras remotely?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can use your external IP address to view your cameras and manipulate configuration via Web Browser. Our plug in will only work on Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox. Once one of those browsers are open, type in your external IP address in the URL bar. If the port forwarding is done correctly, it should bring you to your NVR log in page. Log in using the same credentials as you would directly on the system. After you’re logged in, click the link to download and install the plug in. Restart the browser and click the “All Main” button on the left-hand side, and it should bring up your camera streams.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>LaView NVR setup and user guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/dvr-general/laview-dvr-user-guide.html">LaView DVR User Guide</a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Can I use port forwarding to setup remote viewing for my NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can setup your system via port forwarding. Although, this setup is recommended for more advanced users. You will need to note the IP Address of the NVR/DVR. To obtain this, go to Main Menu&gt;Maintenance&gt;System Info&gt;Network, your IP address will be the IPv4 address at the top. Then you’ll need to log into your router via web browser on a PC. Once logged in, you’ll need to add ports 80, 8000, and 554 to the port forwarding rules. For help with port forwarding for your router, contact the manufacturer or your ISP. There are also guides for a lot of various models of routers here </span><a href="https://portforward.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://portforward.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The port forwarding setup should look something like this:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Application   Start     End         Protocol   IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR1                 80           80         TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR2               8000      8000       TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DVR3                554         554       TCP            192.168.x.x.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To make sure test the ports on </span><a href="http://www.canyouseeme.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.canyouseeme.org</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, and if they are open you can add the information to your phone app.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView Net App Setup:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the Menu icon on the top right then Devices and press the (+) on the top right, choose “Manual Adding”.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Now enter the following for remote view:</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Alias: Remote View</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Register Mode: IP/Domain</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Address: IP address shown under “Your IP” at </span><a href="http://www.canyouseeme.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.canyouseeme.org</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">. (Make sure you are at DVR location for this step)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port: 8000</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Name: admin</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Password: DVR password</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Camera No.: updates after “Save” on step 3.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Save on the top right.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Start Live View.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">*Make sure Wi-Fi is off on the phone when attempting the remote view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img decoding="async" width="384" height="679" class="wp-image-4665 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1-2.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 26" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1.jpeg 384w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-170x300.jpeg 170w" sizes="(max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I change the camera names on my system?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To change the camera names go to Menu&gt;Camera Management&gt;Advanced&gt;Basic&gt;IP Camera Name. In that section, you can edit the “Camera Name” Option, please click apply at the bottom before selecting another camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How Do I Set up Remote Viewing for My Surveillance System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Assuming you have the IP address of the NVR/DVR, there is a 4-step process to set up remote viewing. Learn more about </span><a href="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/en-us/articles/115010911227-How-do-I-set-up-Remote-viewing-LV-D21xxxxx" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">remote view camera set-up</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> here.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Are There Any Cameras that Also Allow Me to Monitor the Audio as Well as the Video?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, we have multiple solutions available to our clients. Here is our most popular </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/video-doorbell-camera-666.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">audio camera</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Does the Surveillance System Come with All of the Wires, Switches, and Accessories I Need?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes. The kit comes with everything you need to install the system and begin recording immediately, including  any necessary wire, </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/poe-switch.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">PoE switch</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, or </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/5-a-power-adapter.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">AC 12v adapter</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> required for the system to operate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How far Apart Can I Set up My Wireless Cameras?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The environment, particularly barriers such as cement walls, steel structures, or large trees, play a big role in transmission distance. A </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wifi camera </span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">will typically transmit well for about 150 feet outdoors and 50 feet indoors.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I connect my NVR to my Phone?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Please download and use LaView Patrol:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Note: The app set up is done on an Android device, the iPhone set up will be almost identical.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">Download then open the LaView Patrol application. Click on Local View to enter IP information.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="411" height="363" class="wp-image-4666 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-3.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 27" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3.jpeg 411w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">2. Click on the “BACK” button. Tap the “+ Device” option to add a device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="369" class="wp-image-4667 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-4.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 28" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.jpeg 409w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-300x271.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">3. Enter IP address information and click “Save”. Your new device will be on the previous screen. To obtain his IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Network. Your IP address will be the “IP address”. (Please note: This setup will only work inside the local network. To enable remote viewing, setup port forwarding and use your WAN IP address from your network. See port forwarding instructions.)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="366" class="wp-image-4668 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-5.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 29" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5.jpeg 410w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">4. Select new device and choose the channels you wish to see, click the Play/Live button.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="367" class="wp-image-4669 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-6.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 30" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6.jpeg 406w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-300x271.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I find my system’s IP address?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To find your system’s IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Network. The IP Address at the top is your local IP. If your IP address is 0.0.0.0 or 192.0.0.64, this means your system is offline. There are a few causes from this, but usually it’s a bad ethernet cable or the cable is not plugged in properly to either the NVR or Router. If those are checked to be correct, try restarting your router by unplugging it for a minute and restarting the DVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Do I Need Internet to Activate My Wireless Security Camera System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Not exactly. You can set up your </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wireless security camera system</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> without any internet at all, as this is not a requirement to begin recording. In order to access remote viewing on your mobile devices, you will need a live internet connection.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Does the Surveillance System Come with All of the Wires, Switches, and Accessories I Need?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes. The kit comes with everything you need to install the system and begin recording immediately, including  any necessary wire, </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/poe-switch.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">PoE switch</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, or </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/5-a-power-adapter.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">AC 12v adapter</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> required for the system to operate.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Are There Any Cameras that Also Allow Me to Monitor the Audio as Well as the Video?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, we have multiple solutions available to our clients. Here is our most popular </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/video-doorbell-camera-666.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">audio camera</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What are the Advantages of Installing a Wifi Security Camera System?</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">A </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/product/wireless-cameras.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">wifi security camera system</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> is significantly easier to install than a traditional system, because there is no need to run special wires to each wifi camera. This not only helps the day of installation, but also allows clients to position cameras in places they might not otherwise be able to place them.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I format my HDD?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To format your HDD you’ll need to go to the Main Menu&gt;System&gt;Storage&gt;Management Tab. Once in the HDD menu, highlight the HDD information. Then click on “Format” at the bottom. Please note this will delete all information off the HDD.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I playback my recordings?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To playback videos go to Main Menu&gt;Playback. In that section choose your camera(s) on the right-hand side. Then double click any of the days on the calendar. This should automatically start playback for that day. Use the bar at the bottom to jump to a specific time during that day.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I set up my recording schedule?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To set the recording schedule you’ll need to go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Schedule&gt;Record Plan. In that section, you’ll have access to each channel’s recording schedule. The camera’s will automatically start and stop, recording, at desired times. If you want to set up only motion recording to each camera, select “Setting” on the right-hand side for the desired day. Choose MD for Motion Detection for the day and set a desired time, if not all day. Then you can copy the schedule to other days at the bottom. Click apply then ok, then apply again. You can now click copy at the bottom and copy the schedule to other channels as well. Or choose another channel at the top to setup a different schedule.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I upgrade my system’s Firmware?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Make sure to download your firmware from our website here: </span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/download/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/download/</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once the file is downloaded, extract the file and place it onto a flash drive. Then connect the flash drive to a USB port on the NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please go to Main Menu&gt;System&gt;Maintenance&gt;Version and select upgrade. Choose your Firmware file from the list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="439" height="311" class="wp-image-4670 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1-3.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 31" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51.jpeg 439w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="324" class="wp-image-4671 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/3-2.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 32" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52.jpeg 388w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-300x251.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to I download videos off my NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To download video footage you’ll need a flash drive inserted into one of the USB ports on the system. Then go to Main Menu&gt;Backup. Once in the Backup page, you’ll need to select the USB device from the list. Then click on “Backup” at the bottom and you’ll have the file selector screen show up. Make sure AVI is checked, then proceed to backup. You can select a specific channel along with date and time you want to backup. Click on Add, then the list should update. Each file will have a start and end time. Check mark the files desired for back up and click backup at the bottom. Once the progress bar finishes, you now have the files on your USB drive.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I forgot the password for my system, how do I reset it?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please email us at </span><a href="mailto:info@laviewusa.com"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">info@laviewusa.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to reset the password for this system. In the email please mention you need a password reset along with the model number and date that displays on the main view of the system. A technician will reply with some instructions and a temporary password for your system.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I have port forwarding setup, but my external IP address keeps changing. Can I fix this?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Yes, you can either contact your ISP and ask them for a static IP address or setup a DDNS. LaView does offer a free DDNS service that you can setup with these instructions:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To set up a DDNS please go to </span><a href="http://www.laviewddns.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">www.laviewddns.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> and register.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">After registering and creating your domain name we need to enable the DDNS feature.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please go to Main Menu&gt;App Center&gt;DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enable DDNS: √ (Checked)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">DDNS Type: Laview</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Domain Name: “yourdomainname”.laviewddns.com (“yourdomainname” is the name you created don’t use that or the “ “)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">User Name: your email account used for www.laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Password: password used for www.laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Server IP: Laviewddns.com</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port: 8000</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please note, in order for the DDNS to work, port forwarding must be setup. You can now use your Domain name to access your system instead of IP.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I have some trees in my yard that are triggering my motion detection. How can I fix this?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You can setup areas for your motion recording within the camera’s configuration. Go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Alarm&gt;Set Area “Setting”. In that section, you’ll have a preview of one of the camera along with a red grid over it. You can clear the area and only draw specific areas with motion detection. Or you can just remove the areas by clicking and dragging over the red boxes. Everything in red will trigger motion, anything clear will not.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Which mobile app do I need?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N52xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> please download “LaView Patrol”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4672 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-100w99h-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-62-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 33"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laviewpatrol&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4673 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-150w50h-1.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 34"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-patrol/id1113888683?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4674 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-150w50h-1.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 35"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N9xxxx, LV-D11xxxx, LV-D21xxx, or LV-T94xxxx, </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">please download “LaView Net”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4675 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-58-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-61-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 36"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.Laview.LaViewNet&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4676 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-59-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 37"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-net/id932299214?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4677 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-60-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 38"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-D04xxxx, or LV-D51xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  please download “LaView Mobile”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4678 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-61-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/laview-mobile-150x150.jpg" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 39"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laview&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4679 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-62-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 40"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile/id955357794?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4680 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-63-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 41"></a></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">The system worked seamlessly until last week when it suddenly shut off and now won&#8217;t come back on</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Would suggestion you follow the instruction below for troubleshooting,</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please ensure the cameras are connected, would suggest you to connect them directly to the PoE ports at the back of the system.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">At the day time, try to cover the camera lens with your hands to see if there is a IR red light on the problematic cameras. And please also check if the camera goes hot when it is connected.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The camera appears not to get powe if there is no light and heat. We will need to check if it is the camera/port/cable issue.</span></div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">At first, please switch the problematic camera to the workable PoE ports to test. You can also go to your PoE Configuration setting to check the power.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it still doesn&#8217;t work with another port, please exchange the cable to check again. If possible, you can also add the camera to another system to confirm the problem.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="330" class="wp-image-4681 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73.png" alt="image1.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 42" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73.png 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-73-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please contact our support team for further support if it does not help.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">What should I do if I connect a LaView Saturn Camera to LV-N96, LV-N95, LV-N98 series NVR but only get 720P maximum resolution in main stream?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If you only get 720p in mainstream, it means the IP camera is set to H.265. Please use the following instruction to switch the camera to H.264 compression.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the LaView Saturn Camera to a PoE switch or a Router (12V DC power supply is needed to connect to non-PoE switch or a router)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Install the VMS Client software on your PC (</span><a href="https://dahuawiki.com/images/Software/SmartPSS/General_SMARTPSS-FLIR_Win32_ChnEng_IS_V2.002.0000007.0.T.190122.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://dahuawiki.com/images/Software/SmartPSS/General_SMARTPSS-FLIR_Win32_ChnEng_IS_V2.002.0000007.0.T.190122.zip</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Add the camera in the VMS Client Software</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to Remote Configuration Menu</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to Camera &gt; Encode</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Change the Encode Type to H.264H for both mainstream and substream</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Save the setting</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="434" class="wp-image-4682 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360030375153/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 43" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">What features are LaView Saturn Series Camera compatible with LaView (LV-N95, LV-N96, LV-N98, LV-N99) Series NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView Saturn Series IP Cameras have many great features designed to work with LaView Saturn Series NVR. If you already have a LaView NVR and wish to add a LaView Saturn IP Camera, you can do so using this instruction. However, we recommend using LaView Saturn Series IP Cameras with a LaView Saturn Series NVR for best performance.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The following features of LaView Saturn IP Camera are compatible with LaView Series NVR:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Live view (up to 8MP)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Playback (up to 8MP)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Video Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Motion Detection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Schedule Recording</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Image adjustment (Resolution, Frame Rate etc)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">WDR, BLC (Modified in Camera menu separately)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Mobile App Viewing (Using LaView Net or LaView Connect)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The following features may NOT be compatible</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IVS (or VCA)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">265 and H.265+</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">EPoE</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to reset LaView Saturn IP Camera</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Open the camera case using screwdriver or hex key</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Locate the Reset button</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="335" class="wp-image-4683 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360029561314/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 44" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.png 384w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-300x262.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Press and hold the reset button for at least 5 seconds until the camera restarts, and then the camera will be restored to factory default settings.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How to connect a LaView Saturn Series IP Camera to a Non-Saturn Series NVR</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Connect the LaView Saturn IP Camera to a PoE switch or a Router (12V DC power supply is needed to connect to non-PoE switch or a router)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Install the IP Search Tool on your PC (</span><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/saturn/Saturn%20Series%20General_IP%20Config%20Tool_Eng_V4.09.11.T.20180403.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/saturn/Saturn%20Series%20General_IP%20Config%20Tool_Eng_V4.09.11.T.20180403.exe</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Activate the IP camera in the IP Search Tool</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Modify the IP address by clicking on ‘Modify IP’</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="433" class="wp-image-4684 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360029561234/mceclip0.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 45" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5a. If you are connecting the camera to the NVR PoE port, set up the Target IP to 192.168.254.xxx (xxx being a random number from 2-254), and Gateway to  192.168.254.1, Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0. Then unplug the camera from the PoE switch or Router and connect it to the NVR using Cat5e cable.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5b. If you are connecting the camera via LAN, use DHCP or set up the IP address to your network range. For example: Target IP 192.168.0.217, Subnet 255.255.255.0, Gateway 192.168.0.1</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">6. Go the NVR Menu =&gt; Camera =&gt; Camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">7. Click on the channel which the camera is connected to (ie if the camera is connected to port 3 on the back of the NVR, click on channel 3). If you are connecting the camera via LAN, Click on any unused channel.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="285" class="wp-image-4685 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.png" alt="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/article_attachments/360030374773/mceclip1.png" title="LaView NVR setup and user guide 46" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80.png 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-80-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">8. Change ‘Plug and Play’ to ‘Manual’ and enter the camera IP address (192.168.254.xxx or 192.168.0.217 as in previous example)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">9. Change protocol to ONVIF and Management port is 80</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">10. Enter user name and password you set up when you activated the camera in step 3.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">11.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Apply the setting and wait for the camera to be connected.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">12.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Adjust video setting such as resolution and frame rate in Parameter menu.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/laview-nvr-setup-and-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>LaView DVR User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/dvr-general/laview-dvr-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/dvr-general/laview-dvr-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 09 Jan 2024 14:57:41 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[DVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APP Store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[apple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camius DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LaView DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[P2P service]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[p2p setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Platform Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Start Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[safari]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[temporary password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verification Code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[youtube]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4580</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[LaView DVR User Guide, Your safe heaven deserves the best, and no one should ever fear being in or out of their...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">LaView DVR User Guide, Your safe heaven deserves the best, and no one should ever fear being in or out of their own property at any time of the day. Take control by installing this all-advanced crystal clear ultra HD 4K surveillance system in your home.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/datasheet/LV-N9508Q8E.pdf" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4581 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pdf.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 88"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Specification Sheet &#8211; NVR &#8211; LV-N9508Q8E</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/datasheet/LV-PBK80804C.pdf" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4582 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pdf.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 89"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Specification Sheet &#8211; Camera &#8211; LV-PBK80804C</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/documentation/qsg_nvr_9600ch-1.pdf" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4583 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pdf.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 90"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Quick Start Guide &#8211; NVR &#8211; LV-N9508Q8E</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/documentation/FeatureGuide_NVR_LV-N9_web.pdf" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4584 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pdf.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 91"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> User Guide &#8211; NVR &#8211; LV-N9508Q8E</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/firmware/NVR%20LV-N9608C8E%20LV-N9616D6E%20v3.4.93.zip" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4585 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-7.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/dav.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 92"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Firmware &#8211; NVR &#8211; LV-N9608C8E LV-N9616D6E v3.5.31</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/LaView%20Net%20Client%20for%20Windows.rar" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4586 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-8.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 93"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Client &#8211; LaView Net Client for Windows</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/LaView%20Net%20Client%20for%20Mac.rar" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4587 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-9.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 94"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Client &#8211; LaView Net Client for Mac</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/VSPlayer%20for%20Windows.zip" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4588 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-10.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 95"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Video Player &#8211; VSPlayer for Windows</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/VSPlayer%20for%20Mac.zip" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4589 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-11.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 96"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Video Player &#8211; VSPlayer for Mac</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/IP%20Search%20Portal%20for%20Windows.exe" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4590 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-12.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 97"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> IP Portal &#8211; IP Search Portal (SADP) for Windows</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/files/software/webcomponent.pkg" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4591 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/pkg.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 98"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Plugin &#8211; Web Component for Safari / Mac</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a href="https://support.laviewsecurity.com/hc/en-us/sections/115003550508-LV-N9608C8E" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="16" height="16" class="wp-image-4592 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14.png" alt="https://smhttp-ssl-75832.nexcesscdn.net/media/wysiwyg/Attachment-Icon/rar.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 99"></a></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> Technical Support Articles</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I connect my TVI system to my phone app?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow these steps to setup your mobile device. You can watch the YouTube videos and follow along or follow the instructions bellow.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">IPhone:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zshaTac0ka8" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zshaTac0ka8</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Android:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G1DtkrYLIas" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G1DtkrYLIas</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView NET app:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="123" class="wp-image-4593 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1-5.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 100"></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Open the LaView NET app. In the menu tap LaView P2P.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="372" class="wp-image-4594 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-7.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 101" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In LaView P2P click Register.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="205" height="367" class="wp-image-4595 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-8.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 102" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29.jpeg 205w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-168x300.jpeg 168w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 205px) 100vw, 205px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter email address and verification picture. Tap get verification code. Email with verification code will be sent to registered email. Create username and password after entering code.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="211" height="368" class="wp-image-4596 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-30.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-9.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 103" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-30.jpeg 211w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-30-172x300.jpeg 172w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 211px) 100vw, 211px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Login using email/username and password. Enable “Auto-login”.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="214" height="371" class="wp-image-4597 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-10.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 104" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31.jpeg 214w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-31-173x300.jpeg 173w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 214px) 100vw, 214px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the (+) icon to add a device to the account.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="208" height="370" class="wp-image-4598 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-32.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-11.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 105" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-32.jpeg 208w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-32-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 208px) 100vw, 208px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Scan the QR code on top of the system.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="211" height="370" class="wp-image-4599 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-12.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 106" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33.jpeg 211w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-33-171x300.jpeg 171w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 211px) 100vw, 211px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tap the (+) symbol to add your system.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="210" height="368" class="wp-image-4600 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-13.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 107" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34.jpeg 210w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-34-171x300.jpeg 171w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 210px) 100vw, 210px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">8.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enter the verification code located on the side or back of the system. Also found under Maintenance&gt;System Info.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="365" class="wp-image-4601 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-35.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-14.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 108" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-35.jpeg 206w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-35-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">9.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Tap on the newly added device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="208" height="368" class="wp-image-4602 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-36.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-15.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 109" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-36.jpeg 208w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-36-170x300.jpeg 170w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 208px) 100vw, 208px" /></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">10.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Press “Start Live View” and be sure to enjoy your system.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="365" class="wp-image-4603 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-16.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 110" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37.jpeg 206w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-37-169x300.jpeg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">*If using 4G/LTE with bad signal, you may not obtain a picture. Attempt using a strong signal.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>LaView DVR User Guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/camius-dvr-installation-and-user-guide.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">Camius DVR installation and user guide</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I download videos off my TVI System?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To download video footage you’ll need a flash inserted into one of the USB ports on the system. Then go to Main Menu&gt;Export&gt;Normal. Once in the exporting page, you’ll need to select the channel the video was recorded on along with the starting time and end time to search for footage.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Then click on “Search” at the bottom and you’ll have some video previews show up. You can select any of the previews and play it on the top right hand side. When you know what files you’ll need check mark the box on the upper left hand corner of the preview window and click on “Export” at the bottom. Once the export is </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">done</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, you’ll now have all the files on your flash drive.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I format my HDD?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To format your HDD you&#8217;ll need to go to the Main Menu&gt;HDD&gt;General. Once in the HDD menu, check mark the box to the left-hand side of the HDD information. Then click on &#8220;Format&#8221; or &#8220;Int&#8221; at the bottom. Please note this will delete all information off the HDD.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I playback my recordings?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To playback videos go to Main Menu&gt;Playback&gt;Normal. In that section choose your camera(s) on the right-hand side. Then double click any of the days on the calendar with either a dark blue or red on them. This should automatically </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> playback for that day. Use the bar at the bottom to jump to a specific time during that day.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I have everything plugged in, but all I see on my screen is “No Video”</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The system should automatically pick up cameras once they are connected and have power. Be sure to check the power source for the cameras. If the power is connected correctly there may not be enough power be supplied. Cup your hands over the lens and if the IR lights turn on, then the camera has enough power. If not, you may need to try a different outlet for the cameras.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I&#8217;m having issues connecting my DVR to my phone.</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Possible Fixes:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">1.Please go to Menu-Configuration-Network and under the General tab make sure enable DHCP is selected, if it is not enabled then select enable and apply. If you had to enable it, restart the NVR and try the P2P setup again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2.If you are still having issues, make sure DDNS is NOT enabled(unchecked). If DDNS is checked, uncheck it and apply then go back to Platform Access and disable P2P and apply. Once both are disabled, do a power cycle and reboot the unit. After the unit restarts enable P2P again, and do another power cycle.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3.Go to Extranet Access, Platform Access or DDNS and make sure LaView P2P is selected then apply, also make sure “Enable Stream Encryption” is disabled.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. If none of these work, then it could be a network issue. Try to restart your modem/router by unplugging it for about 45 seconds. Plug it back in and restart the NVR, then try to reconnect your system to the P2P account.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I find my system’s IP address?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To find your system’s IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Maintenance&gt;System Info&gt;Network. The IPv4 Address at the top is your local IP. If your IP address is 0.0.0.0 or 192.0.0.64, this means your system is offline. There are a few causes from this, but usually it’s a bad ethernet cable or the cable is not plugged in properly to either the DVR or Router. If those are checked to be correct, try restarting your router by unplugging it for a minute and restarting the DVR.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">Which mobile app do I need?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N52xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> please download “LaView Patrol”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4604 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-49-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-62-150x150.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 111"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laviewpatrol&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4605 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-50-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 112"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-patrol/id1113888683?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4606 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-51-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 113"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-N9xxxx, LV-D11xxxx, LV-D21xxx, or LV-T94xxxx, </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">please download “LaView Net”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4607 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-52-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-61-150x150.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 114"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.Laview.LaViewNet&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4608 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-53-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 115"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-net/id932299214?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4609 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-54-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 116"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">-If you have DVR starting from </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LV-D04xxxx, or LV-D51xxxx</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  please download “LaView Mobile”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="99" class="wp-image-4610 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-100w99h.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/laview-mobile-150x150.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 117"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laview&amp;hl=en" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4611 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-56-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/GooglePlayStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 118"></a></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">  </span><span style="color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile/id955357794?mt=8" target="&quot;_blank&quot;" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="50" class="wp-image-4612 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-57-150w50h.png" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Apple-AppStore.png" title="LaView DVR User Guide 119"></a></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">My system keeps rebooting every few minutes. &#8211; LV-T93 units Only</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">You’ll need to upgrade the systems </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to fix this issue. Try to upgrade the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> immediately after the system has restarted to avoid a potential reboot during the upgrade process. Please follow the instructions below to do this.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please download the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> here: </span><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/yf6thpfyx04ag33/digicap.dav?dl=0" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.dropbox.com/s/yf6thpfyx04ag33/digicap.dav?dl=0</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once you have that file, put it on a flash drive and connect the flash drive to the DVR. Go to Main Menu&gt;Maintenance&gt;Upgrade and click on the Digicap file, then upgrade at the bottom. Once this is complete the system will reboot, and you’ll have the new </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I find my system’s IP address?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To find your system’s IP address go to Main Menu&gt;Maintenance&gt;System Info&gt;Network. The IPv4 Address at the top is your local IP. If your IP address is 0.0.0.0 or 192.0.0.64, this means your system is offline. There are a few causes from this, but usually it’s a bad ethernet cable or the cable is not plugged in properly to either the DVR or Router. If those are checked to be correct, try restarting your router by unplugging it for a minute and restarting the DVR.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">I need to reset my password &#8211; LV-D04xxxxx</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please email us at </span><a href="mailto:info@laviewusa.com"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">info@laviewusa.com</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> to reset the password for this system. In the email please mention you need a password reset along with the model number and date that displays on the main view of the system. A technician will reply with some instructions and a temporary password for your system.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I back up files off my DVR? &#8211; LV-D04xxxxx</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">To backup files on your DVR connect the USB drive to the USB port then go to Main Menu-Storage-Backup-Select USB device-Backup-Select “AVI”-Choose Start &amp; End Time-Add-Select File-Start. Once the file has been backed up to the device please disconnect the USB drive.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="653" height="864" class="wp-image-4613 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/1.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 120" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67.jpeg 653w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-67-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How Do I set up recording on my DVR? &#8211; LV-D04xxxxx</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Instructions:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Right click on the camera screen and left click on “Record” make sure the system is setup for Schedule.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="371" height="191" class="wp-image-4614 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/2.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 121" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69.jpeg 371w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-69-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Go to Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Record&gt;Record Plan&gt;SET&gt;Select period 1 for Normal(Continuous) or MD (Motion Detection) and then check the Select All box to copy the settings to the rest of the week. Click Apply then OK. If you’d like to set up a different schedule for each day, set the record plan for specific days individually.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="555" class="wp-image-4615 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-70.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/3.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 122" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-70.jpeg 766w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-70-300x217.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Click the “Copy” button in the Record Plan section to copy the settings to all the other camera channels, press Apply and then Ok. All channels will have the same color scheme if this is </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">done</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> correctly.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="316" class="wp-image-4616 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/4.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 123" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-71-300x215.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #434343; font-size: 34pt;">How do I connect my DVR to my cell phone? &#8211; LV-D04xxxxx</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please use our point to point service. To get the P2P service working on the DVR go to Main Menu- Configuration- Network- make sure DHCP is checked (if not please check then click app. to apply). Then go to P2P under network and make sure that state says </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> (For model LV-KDT0808B7W go to Advanced-P2P service). </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">If it says the DVR is offline please check the Ethernet cable. Once P2P is confirmed </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">online</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> we will move to the LaView Mobile app that you can download from the Play Store or App Store. In LaView Mobile we will add a device with the “+ Device” then enter the Device ID and password shown in the P2P area. Make sure to save on the top right. Once you have your new device click on it then select 4 cameras and click the Play button. Live View should now </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please download the LaView Mobile app. Use the links below.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Android:</span></strong><br />
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laview&amp;hl=en" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.vss.laview&amp;hl=en</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Apple IOS:</span></strong><br />
<a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile/id955357794?mt=8" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile/id955357794?mt=8</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">For the Ipad use the HD version, this is for tablet use.</span></strong><br />
<a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile-hd/id972423374?mt=8" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #158ec2; font-size: 11pt;">https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/laview-mobile-hd/id972423374?mt=8</span></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">LaView Mobile P2P Set Up</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Note: The setup was </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">done</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> with an Android phone. The iPhone setup process is almost identical.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please open the LaView Mobile app.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="194" class="wp-image-4617 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-75.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/app.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 124"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">2. Click on the “+ Device” option.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="406" class="wp-image-4618 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-76.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 125" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-76.jpeg 465w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-76-300x262.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">3. Go to DVR, Main Menu&gt;Configuration&gt;Network&gt;P2P then scan QR code or manually enter Device ID and password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="161" class="wp-image-4619 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/3-1.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 126" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77.jpeg 445w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-77-300x109.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">4. Press the “Save” button to be taken to the device list.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="405" class="wp-image-4620 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-1.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 127" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78-1.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-78-1-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">5. Select Device and select cameras. Press “Play” for Android or “Live” for iPhone to </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">start</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> live view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="468" height="404" class="wp-image-4621 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-1.jpeg" alt="https://www.laviewsecurity.com/cms/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Capture-2.jpg" title="LaView DVR User Guide 128" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-1.jpeg 468w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-79-1-300x259.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 468px) 100vw, 468px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/dvr-general/laview-dvr-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/zshaTac0ka8" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/zshaTac0ka8" />
			<media:title type="plain">How to Set Up Your LaView Net App for iOS Devices</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[Congratulations and thank you for your purchase with LaView Security! Here is a quick guide on how to set up your LaView Net App on your Apple devices so tha...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/how-to-set-up-your-laview-net-ap.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/hiseeu-xmeye-dvr-security-system-advanced-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/hiseeu-xmeye-dvr-security-system-advanced-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2023 14:59:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Download Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hiseeu]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Probing DNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB flash drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verification Code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=3014</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hiseeu XMEYE DVR SECURITY SYSTEM ADVANCED GUIDE,XMEye is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Hiseeu XMEYE DVR SECURITY SYSTEM ADVANCED GUIDE,XMEye is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device&#8217;s serial number to show the live view monitoring video to phone and do operation accordingly.</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support log in with cloud technology</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support real time live view</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support remote playback</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Local recording and play</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support snapshot and pictures searching</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support bidirectional talk</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support PTZ control</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support scanning serial number by QR code</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support cloud user register and modify</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support remote device add, edit and delete</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support local device add, edit and delete</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support adding device by address</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support manually searching device in LAN</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support version updating automatically</p>
<p dir="ltr" data-test-bidi="">Support searching device function by shake</p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">Why can&#8217;t live view the videos on mobile APP or PC Client VMS</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">1.Please make sure that your DVR system is already connected to the router through ethernet cable successfully</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2.Please go to Main Menu &gt; System &gt; Net Service to check the network is connected or not, Cloud should shows: connected </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="653" height="498" class="wp-image-3015 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 185" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1.png 653w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-1-300x229.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">3.Make sure the way you add device to your mobile app or PC client with correct serial number and password</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Serial number: “Main Menu&#8211;Advanced&#8211;Version”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="549" class="wp-image-3016 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 186" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2.png 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-2-300x223.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Password: DVR login password </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="195" class="wp-image-3017 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-3.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 187" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-3.png 562w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-3-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></span></p>
<h2><a href="https://apps.apple.com/tr/app/xmeye/id884006786" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Hiseeu XMEYE</a> DVR SECURITY SYSTEM ADVANCED GUIDE</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html">XMEYE DVR User Manual</a></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">What should I do If I forgot my DVR password</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">1.Right click mouse from home screen, Click &#8220;Log Out&#8211;&gt;Log Out&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="224" class="wp-image-3018 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-7.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 188"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2.Then click “Forget password” </span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">＞</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"> “Forget answer ” </span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">＞</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"> Then you will see two “QR code” on the monitor</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="127" class="wp-image-3019 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 189" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8.png 365w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-8-300x104.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="134" class="wp-image-3020 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 190" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9.png 359w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-9-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="195" class="wp-image-3021 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 191" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10.png 358w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-10-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">3.Open your Mobile APP “XMEye Pro” , </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(1). Click the &#8220;+&#8221; icon on the top right corner&#8212;&gt;Hit &#8220;NVR&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(2). Click &#8220;Forgot your device password&#8221;&#8211;&gt; Scan the QR code (CAPTCHA on the TV monitor)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(3). Scan the QR code shown on your TV monitor. You will get the verification code.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(4). Input the code in &#8220;CAPTCHA&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="826" class="wp-image-3022 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 192" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11.png 480w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-11-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">Add device to mobile APP (XMeye Pro)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">As for how to add the device to mobile APP(XMeye Pro), please follow the below instructions</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;1. Please connect the NVR box to your Router via Network Cable;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;2. Navigate to &#8220;Main Menu &gt; Network &gt; Net Service”, if the “Cloud Status” shows connected, means NVR is online (Please skip step3), </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="600" class="wp-image-3023 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-17.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 193" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-17.png 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-17-300x229.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-17-768x586.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;3. If the cloud status shows &#8220;Probing DNS&#8221;, Please Navigate to Main Menu &gt; Network &gt; Check Enable DHCP&#8211;&gt;Apply;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;Reboot DVR by unplug power adapter and re plug it, then double-check the cloud status. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="841" height="644" class="wp-image-3024 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-18.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 194" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-18.png 841w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-18-300x230.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-18-768x588.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 841px) 100vw, 841px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;4. Go to your TV Monitor, navigate to Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Advanced&#8211;&gt;Version&#8211;&gt; You will see the serial number. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">The QR code contains serial number info. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1162" height="625" class="wp-image-3025 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-19.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 195" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-19.png 1162w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-19-300x161.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-19-1024x551.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-19-768x413.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1162px) 100vw, 1162px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;5. Open the mobile APP &#8220;XMeye Pro&#8221; and register an account by your email</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;6. Click&#8221;+&#8221; to add device&#8211;&gt;Choose &#8220;NVR&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Click the &#8220;Scan&#8221; icon to Scan NVR&#8217;s QR Code. (QR code contains username and password)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">No need to input the user name and password manually.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">And click &#8220;Ok&#8221;, and go back to the Device page on App,and you will see the device shows status: online ,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1023" height="443" class="wp-image-3026 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-20.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p36.png?v=1689673844" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 196" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-20.png 1023w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-20-300x130.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-20-768x333.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1023px) 100vw, 1023px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">Note1:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">We do not suggest customers to manually input the serial number, If they input it, the user name and password need to be input, If they scan the code, they don&#8217;t have to input the user name and password, So we need to guide them to scan the QR code first, in some situations if we really need the information of the user name and password,</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"> and for how to find out the user name and password, plz go next to the TV monitor UI Interface, and right click the mouse from &#8220;</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Log out&#8211;Log out</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;, then right click the mouse and navigate to &#8220;Main Menu&#8221;, this interface [system login] would pop up]</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1032" height="360" class="wp-image-3027 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-21.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p37.png?v=1689674015" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 197" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-21.png 1032w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-21-300x105.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-21-1024x357.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-21-768x268.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1032px) 100vw, 1032px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="259" class="wp-image-3028 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-22.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p38.png?v=1689674067" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 198" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-22.png 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-22-300x99.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-22-768x253.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">Note 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">If device shows &#8220;offline&#8221;, there could be two causes:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(1) DVR is not connected to network successfully, plz go back to Monitor UI Interface to check if the cloud status shows connected or not in the path of &#8220;</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu &gt; Network &gt; Net Service”</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">(2) The way he adds the device to the app is wrong, especially some customers don&#8217;t know how to find out the QR Code and input the wrong user name and password</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Enable the APP push notification on mobile app “XMEye Pro”</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">1.Please right-click mouse and navigate to Main Menu&#8211;&gt; Alarm&#8211;&gt;Motion Detect/Human Detect/Face Detect&#8211;&gt; Enable &#8220;Mobile Reported&#8221;&#8211;&gt;click &#8220;OK&#8221; (Default Setting is for Channel 1, Please select &#8220;All&#8221; channels.)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1032" height="554" class="wp-image-3029 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 199" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29.png 1032w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29-300x161.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29-1024x550.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-29-768x412.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1032px) 100vw, 1032px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2.Open “XMeye Pro” mobile App, and navigate to Event&#8211;&gt;Device (the one you named)&#8211;&gt;Enable “Allow Notifications”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="308" height="593" class="wp-image-3030 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-30.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 200" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-30.png 308w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-30-156x300.png 156w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="547" height="206" class="wp-image-3031 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-31.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 201" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-31.png 547w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-31-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Camera stay in Black&#8217;n white during the daytime</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">It’s a normal situation especially during the switch from night to day, but if the camera keep stayiing in the black and white mode for a long time in the daytime, plz unplug the camera from the DVR port, and replug the wire of the camera into the DVR port to have a try first. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">After repluging the wire of the camera, and if the situation happens again, plz contact us for further support</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Add device on PC Client(VMS)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">VMS download link:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">For Windows </span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">（</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2023 newest version</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">）</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0OTM=" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDE0OTM=  </span></strong></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">For Mac ( 2022 version)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA2NDA=" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;">https://download.xm030.cn/d/MDAwMDA2NDA=  </span></strong></a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Download PC Client “VMS” and installed</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11.5pt;">[ Need to drag the file to the desktop after installing firmware, or it would ocurred the issue of &#8220;unable to open archive file&#8221;]</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Login with the default User Name and Password. Click “SIGN IN”.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Default User name is: admin</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Default Password is: admin</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="232" class="wp-image-3032 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-35.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 202" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-35.png 375w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-35-300x186.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">3. Navigate to “Device Manager”&#8211;&gt;&#8221;Manual Add&#8221;</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="350" class="wp-image-3033 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-36.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p32.png?v=1689673321" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 203" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-36.png 618w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-36-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">4. Login Type: Cloud ID</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Device Name: Name Your Device as you like</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Cloud ID :</span><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Device Serial Number</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">. We need to go to the TV Monitor connected to the NVR , </span><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">and find out the information on TV Monitor UI</span><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">, then right click the mouse to navigate to the path of &#8220;</span><strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Advanced&#8211;&gt;Version&#8221;</span></strong><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"> to find out the information &#8220;serial number&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">[Note: most customers do not know how to find the serial number, so they can&#8217;t add the device to PC Client</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="474" class="wp-image-3034 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-37.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p33.png?v=1689673437" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 204" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-37.png 421w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-37-266x300.png 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">User Name and password: Input the user name and password that you created for the NVR , and we also need to find this from the Monitor UI.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">[Note: Most customers do not know their user name and password, so we need to guide them to go next to the TV monitor, and right click the mouse from &#8220;Log out&#8211;Log out&#8221;, then right click the mouse and navigate to &#8220;Main Menu&#8221;, this interface [system login] would pop up]</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="626" height="385" class="wp-image-3035 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-38.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p34.png?v=1689673510" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 205" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-38.png 626w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-38-300x185.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">5. Navigate to &#8220;Live View&#8221;, Click on the device name(serial number), then select &#8220;Open All By Sub Stream&#8221;</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="325" class="wp-image-3036 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-39.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p35.png?v=1689673576" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 206" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-39.png 627w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-39-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></span></strong></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">What if the APP keeps asking the user and password?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step: Plz input the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Monitor UI user name and password</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to resolve this issue</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The cause</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Sometimes the APP would be in the process of auto-maintain, so it would ask for the user name and password to protect the account&#8217;s safety. This page will pop up when you want to live to view the camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="668" class="wp-image-3037 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-45.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p28.png?v=1689672924" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 207" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-45.png 333w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-45-150x300.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Note: Some customers enter the App account user name and password. Actually, it&#8217;s the Monitor UI user name and password  </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">    </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">As for how to find out the user name and password, plz go next to the TV monitor UI Interface, and right click the mouse from &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Log out&#8211;Log out</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;, then right click the mouse and navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;, this interface [system login] will pop up, and here are the user name and password we need to enter into the app</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="436" class="wp-image-3038 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-46.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p29.png?v=1689673007" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 208" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-46.png 272w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-46-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 272px) 100vw, 272px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="204" class="wp-image-3039 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-47.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p30.png?v=1689673042" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 209" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-47.png 445w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-47-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="256" class="wp-image-3040 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-48.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p31.png?v=1689673057" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 210" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-48.png 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-48-300x97.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-48-768x250.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Upgrade NVR/DVR firmware</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">If customers need a firmware upgrade for NVR/DVR, and we need the &#8220;System version&#8221; to send to XMmanufacturer to ask for a firmaware to upgrade  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Go to Monitor UI Interface, and navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu&#8211; Advanced&#8211;Version</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="615" height="327" class="wp-image-3041 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-53.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p25.png?v=1689672707" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 211" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-53.png 615w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-53-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 615px) 100vw, 615px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">After get the Version:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please follow the instructions below to upgrade the NVR/DVR firmware. Steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Attached new firmware for you, please download it and unzip it.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Copy to your USB flash drive, and put it in the root directory(Do not under any folder)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="187" class="wp-image-3042 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-54.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p26.png?v=1689672763" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 212" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-54.png 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-54-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Plug the USB device into NVR/DVR</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3. Navigate to &#8220;Main Menu&#8211;&gt; Advanced&#8211;&gt; Upgrade&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&gt; Upgrade position(Select your usb device)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt; Upgrade file (Select the firmware)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt; Upgrade</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="96" class="wp-image-3043 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-55.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p27.png?v=1689672837" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 213" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-55.png 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-55-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Unable to open VMS archive file</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please drag the exe file to your </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Desktop interface</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: 11.5pt;">(do not under any folder)</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and run it again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Like it the photo shows , plz do have a try again ,the VMS will run normally</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="181" class="wp-image-3044 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-59.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p24.png?v=1689672625" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 214" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-59.png 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-59-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">One or two cameras are not wokring</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">(1) BNC Cable connected to Camera is broken</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step: Use another BNC cable to connect the camera to have a try</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="626" height="337" class="wp-image-3045 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-61.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p22.png?v=1689672465" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 215" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-61.png 626w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-61-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">(2) The port of the DVR box is broken</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step: After changing the BNC cable, and still there is no camera image, plz insert the camera into another port of the DVR to have a try</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="322" class="wp-image-3046 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-62.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p23.png?v=1689672512" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 216" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-62.png 596w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-62-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">(3) Camera is broken after troubleshooting with the steps </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">）</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">Network &#8220;Probing DNS&#8221;?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Go to Monitor UI Interface, and Navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu &gt; Network &gt; Net Service</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">”, if the “Cloud Status” shows connected, means NVR/DVR is online</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="659" class="wp-image-3047 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-65.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p20.png?v=1689672327" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 217" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-65.png 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-65-300x229.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-65-768x585.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;2. If the cloud status shows &#8220;Probing DNS&#8221;, Please Navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu &gt; Network &gt; Check the icon of &#8220;Enable DHCP&#8221;&#8211;&gt;Apply; </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211;&gt;Reboot the DVR by unplugging the power adapter and re-plug it, then double-check the cloud status ( only cloud status shows )</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="656" class="wp-image-3048 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-66.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p21.png?v=1689672381" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 218" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-66.png 860w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-66-300x229.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-66-768x586.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to Sign Up APP Account</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please follow these instructions to sign up for an account via your mobile number.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Click on Sign Up</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Sign Up by email or Select Mobile Number</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3. Select the correct country code +1, input your mobile number and click on &#8220;Get code&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">4. A code will be sent to the mobile phone number, input the verification code and continue.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1056" height="599" class="wp-image-3049 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-69.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p8.png?v=1689670489" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 219" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-69.png 1056w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-69-300x170.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-69-1024x581.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-69-768x436.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1056px) 100vw, 1056px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">[Note: You can tap on “Local” for quick login without registration. (In this situation, you still can have live view and playback but are</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"> not able to receive motion detect alarm message), </span><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">so mostly we suggest customers to sign up an account first]</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="314" height="597" class="wp-image-3050 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-70.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p9.png?v=1689670618" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 220" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-70.png 314w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-70-158x300.png 158w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">My UI Interface stuck in Hiseeu Logo</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="601" class="wp-image-3051 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-73.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p16.png?v=1689671876" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 221" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-73.png 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-73-300x244.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">We need to </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">upgrade the system to solve this problem</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">, and check customer&#8217;s NVR mainboard info first, and take a photo for us to make sure about firmware verison, then we will ask manufacturer to send us a firmware to upgrade the system to solve this problem</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"> If you are in the phone call</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> , just let the customer take a photo of the mainboard, and send it to email </span> <span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">We will ask for a firmware to solve this problem during our working time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">(Different versions have various firmware, there is no standard firmware to upgrade the system, so we need to ask the original manufacturer to do that)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="496" class="wp-image-3052 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-74.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p17.png?v=1689671986" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 222" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-74.png 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-74-300x170.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-74-768x436.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. If you are dealing with the email:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Try with the steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Ask the customer to open the DVR box by using the screwdriver, and take a photo of this mainboard, and make sure the QR Code is clear enough for us to scan</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="479" class="wp-image-3053 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-75.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p18.png?v=1689672101" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 223" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-75.png 857w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-75-300x168.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-75-768x429.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.After receiving the photo of the mainboard,  we will ask the XM Manufacturer for a firmware, and upgrade the NVR with the new firmware.    </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Upgrade steps</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Attached upgrade firmware is for your reference, please download and unzip it first.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Copy these 2 files to your USB flash drive, the root directory(Do not under any folder, see the picture attached)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="901" height="266" class="wp-image-3054 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-76.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p19.png?v=1689672176" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 224" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-76.png 901w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-76-300x89.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-76-768x227.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 901px) 100vw, 901px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Power off the DVR and insert the USB device</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3. Power on the DVR, it will upgrade automatically. Please give it a try and let us know the outcome.</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">My UI Interface shows &#8220;No signal&#8221; or &#8220;Black Screen&#8221;</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="301" class="wp-image-3055 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-81.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p11.png?v=1689671374" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 225" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-81.png 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-81-300x101.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-81-768x258.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">We need to divert this issue into </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">two situations</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. DVR Indicator light is on:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="728" height="283" class="wp-image-3056 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-82.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p12.png?v=1689671440" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 226" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-82.png 728w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-82-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 728px) 100vw, 728px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(1) Cause:</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> The camera system&#8217;s video output resolution is 1080P. If your TV monitor resolution is below 1080P, this issue will occur. Steps:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> right-click and hold your mouse for over 10 seconds</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to see if the system can reboot or not. Or, please try to connect the system to another TV monitor with a higher resolution (above 1080P)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">  (2) Cause</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">: The hard disk drive inside of the DVR box is broken, and use the screwdriver to open the DVR box to unplug the wires of the hard disk drive, and reboot the DVR to have a try. If the DVR box can be rebooted after unplugging the wires of the hard disk drive(HDD), which means the HDD is having the issue, and needs a replacement, plz contact email for a replacement HDD if their warranty is still 1 year, and if the warranty is over 1 year, plz leave a five-star review for us to apply for a free HDD  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">After the steps, if the thing still can&#8217;t be resolved, which means the DVR box is broken, plz contact email for a replacement DVR box if their warranty is still 1 year, and if the warranty is over 1 year, plz leave us a five-star review for us to apply for a free DVR box</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.DVR Indicator light is off:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="205" class="wp-image-3057 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-83.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p13.png?v=1689671613" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 227" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-83.png 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-83-300x69.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-83-768x178.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #ff0000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(1) Cause:</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> The power adapter 12V 2A connected to DVR box is broken</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffff00; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="301" height="238" class="wp-image-3058 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-84.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p14.png?v=1689671678" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 228"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step: Use another power supply 12v 2A to power on the DVR unit to have a try</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">( If you do not have a spare one, use the one that is connected to 4 cameras to have a try)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="263" class="wp-image-3059 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-85.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p15.png?v=1689671738" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 229" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-85.png 350w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-85-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #980000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(2) Cause: </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The hard disk drive inside of the DVR box is broken Step: Use the screwdriver to open the DVR box to unplug the wires of the hard disk drive, and reboot the DVR to have a try. If the DVR box can be rebooted after unplugging the wires of the hard disk drive(HDD), which means the HDD is broken, and needs a HDD replacement, plz contact email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">for a replacement HDD if their warranty is still 1 year, and if the warranty is over 1 year, plz leave a five-star review for us to apply for a free HDD  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">After the steps, if the thing still can&#8217;t be resolved, which means the DVR box is broken, plz contact email for a replacement DVR box if their warranty is still 1 year, and if the warranty is over 1 year, plz leave us a five-star review for us to apply for a free DVR box</span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to Share the APP to other</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.Open the &#8220;Xmeye Pro &#8221; app ,Click the pencil to edit,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Then Click the Share</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="289" height="618" class="wp-image-3060 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-91.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p5.png?v=1689670221" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 230" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-91.png 289w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-91-140x300.png 140w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 289px) 100vw, 289px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.Select the function which you want to share</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="696" class="wp-image-3061 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-92.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p6.png?v=1689670273" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 231" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-92.png 324w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-92-140x300.png 140w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3.Finally enter the user name who you want to share ,then you can shre to others successful.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="684" class="wp-image-3062 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-93.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p10.png?v=1689671026" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 232" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-93.png 326w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-93-143x300.png 143w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to reset XMEye Pro Password?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Click on &#8220;Forget Password&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Input your number or Select &#8220;Email&#8221;(Depends on the method you signed up before)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3. Input your email address and click on &#8220;Get Code&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">4. A code will be sent to your email, input the verification code here and click on &#8220;Next&#8221; to continue.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1033" height="583" class="wp-image-3063 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-97.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p4.png?v=1689670117" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 233" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-97.png 1033w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-97-300x169.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-97-1024x578.png 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-97-768x433.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1033px) 100vw, 1033px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to Flip the Camera</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">1. select the channel of the flip camera</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Meun</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;&#8211;&gt; &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">XVI control</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">3. check the&#8221;Overturn</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="408" class="wp-image-3064 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-99.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/p3.png?v=1689670007" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 234" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-99.png 842w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-99-300x145.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-99-768x372.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11pt;">How to find out the &#8220;Cloud ID&#8221; (Serial Number) when adding device to PC Client &#8220;VMS&#8221;?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The &#8220;Cloud ID&#8221; is &#8220;serial Number&#8221;on the NVR UI Monitor Interface</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="475" class="wp-image-3065 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-101.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/11_b6c20a07-04f9-4b0d-b0d4-7c88cf3df45a.png?v=1689669578" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 235" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-101.png 421w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-101-266x300.png 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Go to your TV Monitor that is connected to NVR, Navigate to &#8220;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Advanced&#8211;&gt;Version</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8220;&#8211;&gt; You will see the Serial Number</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="331" class="wp-image-3066 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-102.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/110.png?v=1689669661" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 236" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-102.png 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-102-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="472" class="wp-image-3067 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-103.png" alt="https://cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/0581/4521/0500/files/110_b2c44b35-0827-441f-9a04-deaabde56716.png?v=1689669718" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 237" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-103.png 418w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-103-266x300.png 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="font-size: 18pt;">Why the DVR can’t record or playback video</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">If HDD(Hard disk drive) is having issue or something wrong with record setting, the DVR can’t record/playback the video</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">1. Check if the hard drive status is normal or error</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Navigate to: Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Advanced&#8211;&gt;HDD info. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;"> If it&#8217;s hows &#8220;error&#8221; or no hard drive info, means hard drive failure. (need to replace hard dirve)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="425" class="wp-image-3068 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-107.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 238" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-107.png 554w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-107-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">2. Check the record plan is set up for 24/7 continues recording</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Navigate to Main Menu&#8211;&gt;Record Conf</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Channel : select &#8220;All&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Period: &#8220;00:00-24:00&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Select &#8220;Regular&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="429" class="wp-image-3069 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-108.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 239" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-108.png 554w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-108-300x232.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">3.   Please make sure the HDD was set up to &#8220;Overwrite&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Navigate to Main Menu&#8211;&gt;General&#8211;&gt;Storage Full</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="326" class="wp-image-3070 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-109.png" alt="undefined" title="Hiseeu XMEYE DVR ADVANCED GUIDE 240" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-109.png 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/Picture-109-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="font-size: 11.5pt;">Any ideas, let us know. Thank you for your cooperation. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/hiseeu-xmeye-dvr-security-system-advanced-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>XMEYE DVR User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 18:49:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Input]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Decoder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firefox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intelligent analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Invalid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2916</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="elementor-column elementor-col-50 elementor-inner-column elementor-element elementor-element-b051ebd" data-id="b051ebd" data-element_type="column">
<div class="elementor-widget-wrap elementor-element-populated">
<div class="elementor-element elementor-element-6ac34b5 elementor-widget elementor-widget-text-editor" data-id="6ac34b5" data-element_type="widget" data-widget_type="text-editor.default">
<div class="elementor-widget-container">
<div class="W4P4ne ">
<div class="PHBdkd" data-content-height="144">
<div class="DWPxHb">
<div>XMEye DVR is video monitoring software for IPC and DVR. With cloud technology, easy log in by the device’s serial number to show the live view monitoring video to Android phone and do operation accordingly.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Basic operation</span></strong><a id="bookmark0"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The button in gray display indicates nonsupport.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn on</span></strong><a id="bookmark2"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the power supply and turn on the power supply switch. Power supply indicator light shining indicates turning on the video recorder. After the startup you will hear a beep. The default setting of video output is multiple-window output mode. If the startup time is within the video setting time, the timing video recording function will start up automatically. Then the video indicator light of corresponding channel is shining and the DVR is working normally.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. Make sure that the input voltage corresponds with the switch of the DVR power supply.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. Power supply demands: 220V±10% /50Hz.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Suggest using the UPS to protect the power supply under allowable conditions.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Turn off</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods to turn off the DVR. Entering [main menu] and choosing [turn off] in the [turn off the system] option is called soft switch. Pressing the power supply switch is called hard switch. Illumination:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto resume after power failure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the DVR is shut down abnormally, it can automatically backup video and resume previous working status after power failure.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the hard disk</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the hard disk, the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Replace the battery</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Before replacing the battery, the setting information must be saved and the power supply switch in the real panel must be turned off. The DVR uses button battery. The system time must be checked regularly. If the time is not correct you must replace the battery, we recommend replacing the battery every year and using the same battery type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">2 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The setting information must be saved before replacing the battery otherwise information will lose.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">System Login</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DVR boots up, the user must login and the system provides the corresponding functions with the user purview.There are two user settings. The names are </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,and </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and these names have no password. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Admin </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the super user purview; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s permissions are preview and video playback. User </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">admin</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">‟s password can be revised, while their permissions can‟t be revised; user </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is the default login user whose permission can be revised but not its password.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="253" class="wp-image-2917 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg" alt="Picture 1 425w253h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 335" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h.jpeg 425w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-1-425w253h-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System Login</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password protection</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: If the password is continuous wrong three times, the alarm will start. If the password is continuous wrong five times, the account will be locked. (Through reboot or after half an hour, the account will be unlocked automatically).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety Question</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you forget the password,you can click „?‟ to enter the reset password page. Note: The default is no safety question.You can set the safety question on the account page . If the answer is continuous wrong six times,the page will be locked(you have to reboot the device to continue the operation)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">3 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="400" class="wp-image-2918 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg" alt="Picture 2 461w400h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 336" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h.jpeg 461w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-2-461w400h-300x260.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.4 Preview</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The date, time, channel name, channel stream value, channel resolution, the channel signal mode (most models support), etc. are shown in each preview screen, The surveillance video and the alarm status are shown in each window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">4 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview icon</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.5 Boot wizard</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide fast setup to wizard configuration parameters. Including boot wizard, two-dimensional code and digital channel configuration wizard, click “Next” to enter the digital channel configuration wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2919 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 3 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 337" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-3-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Boot wizard interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Do not Display] select the highlighted </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">expressed after reboot, no longer automatically pop up boot wizard.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Next] enter the digital channel configuration wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Cancel] to save the settings and exit this screen wizard interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">5 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>XMEYE DVR User Manual</h2>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/xmeye-how-to-connect-dvr-nvr-on-pc-mobile-browser.html">XMEYE &amp;#8211; How to connect DVR/NVR on PC Mobile Browser</a></p>
<p>All Xmeye Devices Articles : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye">https://www.xvraid.com/?s=xmeye</a></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="494" height="367" class="wp-image-2920 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg" alt="Picture 4 494w367h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 338" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h.jpeg 494w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-4-494w367h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 494px) 100vw, 494px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Test </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Green OK means connect to network successfully,red ERR means failed</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Retry</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Retry” to test the network again</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click it to set the device network setting</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Skip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click it to skip this network test</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click “Next”, will pop up APP and SN QR code,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR Code</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="154" class="wp-image-2921 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-5-255w154h.jpeg" alt="Picture 5 255w154h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 339"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="249" height="150" class="wp-image-2922 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-6-249w150h.jpeg" alt="Picture 6 249w150h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 340"></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">QR code interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”Next”, will pop up mode selection.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2923 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 7 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 341" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-7-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mode selection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick set</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the Quick set to enter the digital channel configuration wizard and start to search the remote device IP in the same LAN automatically, and then add the IPC to the backend device in accordance with the order of search, and you can cancel this process manually;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto-connected mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The back-end device can modify the remote ipc device to the same network segment which are under the same LAN and automatically completes the addition; when the function is enabled, the boot wizard ends</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.52; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the manual mode to enter the digital channel configuration wizard, you can set shortcuts for digital channels;</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NOTE: After using this function, the parameters in the configuration of all digital channels will be updated, please caution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">7 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="399" class="wp-image-2924 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg" alt="Picture 8 575w399h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 342" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-8-575w399h-300x208.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital Channel Configuration Wizards</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Label meanings:</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM01 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">S «S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 18pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM02BO</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #979aa8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">2(</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1Û8ÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM03S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">□ 17-01-21 16:23:46 SMA</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1ÛÊÛN(TVI)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMO4 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">B «El</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4.5pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">iobon(tvi)</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOÔON(TVt)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10&amp;0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10BQN(TV|)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM05E«H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">* </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMWf</span><span style="color: #babdc7; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM07S4.S</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM08a«S</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OBON(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1OaON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVl)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1060N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM09aS</span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">SH</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM1iaS</span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM12BS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10SON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">10a0N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">lOBON(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #00b200; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1080N(TVI)</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">ad</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAM </span><span style="color: #98b5e8; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">1 5 </span><span style="color: #d5d7de; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">as</span><span style="color: #5e4d6f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">  </span></strong></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 4pt;">CAMlOaS</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Recording status</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 38pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion detect</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">Art</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><small style="text-transform: uppercase;">|lJ</small></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Audio</span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera lock</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">■&amp;</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; background-color: #auto; font-size: 19pt;">a</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">^^^^]</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The maximum resolution</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">&amp; </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI  Signal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">switch</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">^H</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel  stream  value</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.54; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">some model can support this</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" colspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search protocol selection</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Includes three search methods, respectively NETIP, ONVIF, ALL</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network Settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 55pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The device can be set remotely channel, user name, password; click the Network Settings button, you can set the network of the device, including IP, subnet mask, default gateway (ONVIF protocol devices cannot make network settings).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="249" class="wp-image-2925 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg" alt="Picture 9 576w249h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 343" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-576w249h-300x130.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">8 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network settings</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hotkey settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure all channels by one key.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Equipment list display area</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This area displays the discovered devices.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">7.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select the device has been configured, click Delete, you can delete the device</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">8.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Clear all configured channels</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">9.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">encoding settings</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the front end configured coding</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">10.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Some information of selected channels can be copied to other channels, such as user name, password, and other device information, as shown below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="361" class="wp-image-2926 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg" alt="Picture 10 529w361h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 344" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-529w361h-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">是控制监控设<br />
备移动的按钮<br />
吗（上下移动<br />
吗？）</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Copy to</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">11.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Up and down keys</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the device in the list, click up and down buttons to move the device up and down.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin: 0pt 28.3pt 7pt 37.2pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">12.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration Status</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 37.2pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration status of each channel, including not configured, connected, not online</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-right: 28.3pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">13.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configuration front-end information</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The information of the front-end configured, user name, password can be set in this area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">9 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">14.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the previous screen and that is the boot wizard interface.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">15.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add the selected device to the appropriate digital channels, and then enable the channel; the remaining non-selected digital channel is not enabled.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">16.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 38pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Return to the preview screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">1.6 Desktop shortcut menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark14"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In preview mode you can right click mouse to get a desktop shortcut menu,as the picture shows. The menu includes: main menu, Guide, Quick set, record mode, playback, IPC param,PTZ control, coaxial control,TVI&amp;AHD signal switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High Speed PTZ, Alarm Output, color Setting, Output adjust, Logout,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">view mode shift.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="394" class="wp-image-2927 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg" alt="Picture 11 225w394h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 345" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h.jpeg 225w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-225w394h-171x300.jpeg 171w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Shortcut Menu</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark16"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you login, the system main menu is shown as below.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">10 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2928 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 12 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 346" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Control</span></strong><a id="bookmark18"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in recording status, “•” means it is in recording status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.09; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record mode] to enter the recording control interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="261" class="wp-image-2929 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg" alt="Picture 13 441w261h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 347" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h.jpeg 441w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-441w261h-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">11 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark20"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are two methods for you to play the video files in the hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the desktop shortcut menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu&gt;Record-&gt;Playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The hard disk that saves the video files must be set as read-write or read-only state.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="320" class="wp-image-2930 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg" alt="Picture 14 575w320h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 348" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-575w320h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="321" class="wp-image-2931 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg" alt="Picture 15 570w321h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 349" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-570w321h-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">12 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">video playback</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the listed files that accord with the searching criteria.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Look up the found file information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">See detail in below chart</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control key</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 31pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: play under frame by frame, the playback status should be paused firstly.</span></strong><a id="bookmark22"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Special functions</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.58; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Accurate playback</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input time (h/m/s) in the time column and then click</span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">o </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">button. The </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">system can operate accurate playback according to the searching time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local zoom</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the system is in single-window full-screen playback mode, you can drag your mouse in the screen to select a section and then left click mouse to realize local zoom. You can right click mouse to exit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: When current resolution of the channel is over Max resolution, to playback this channel, will show a Red “X”.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">13 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark25"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Please check current channel status: “○” means it is not in alarming status, “•” means it is in alarming status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can use desktop shortcut menu or click [main menu]&gt; [alarm]&gt; [alarm output] to enter the alarm output interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.1; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Some series have no alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark27"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="292" class="wp-image-2932 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 16 510w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 350" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h.jpeg 510w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-510w292h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm is on according to the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the all button and the according channel is alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops alarming no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ control</span></strong><a id="bookmark29"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*PTZ control is a little different between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel – the digital channel need link PTZ, the remote device should connect with PTZ and with protocol correctly set also.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analog channel – Only when the device is connect with PTZ and configure protocol correctly is ok.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback control</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video type</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">5</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch by time/file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">6</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search the file</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">7</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel selection</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">8</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date selection</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">9</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD selection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">10</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Synchronous</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 7pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">11</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">12</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Listed files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">13</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">File Attributes</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Button</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #28457f; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #0f256c; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">S3</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Play/Pause</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">ô</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backward play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #787878; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">O</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">E</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow play</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Rewind</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">□</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Fast Forward</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous frame</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next frame</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Previous file</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Next file</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">EJ</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Round play</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full screen</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Edit</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: bottom;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #2b2b2b; background-color: #auto; font-size: 28pt;">El</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation interface is as followed. The functions include: PTZ direction control, step, zoom, focus,</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">14 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">iris, setup operation, patrol between spots, trail patrol, boundary scan, assistant switch, light switch, level rotation and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note1. Decoder A(B)line connects with DVR A(B)line. The connection is right.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [main menu] &gt;[system configuration] &gt;[PTZ setup] to set the PTZ parameters.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The PTZ functions are decided by the PTZ protocols.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2933 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 17 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 351" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Speed</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ rotation range. Default range: 1 ~ 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add, delete, call preset</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input preset numbers in the preset number box,and rotate the PTZ to the designated position by controlling the direction control key and then click the “+”button to complete adding;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point deletion: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input the preset number which you want to delete in the preset number box ,click “-” button to complete the deletion of preset points;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preset point call: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">fill in the preset point number in the preset number box ,click on the start button to call the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Zoom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Q </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hide</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Current interface will be temporarily hidden after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Direction control </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the PTZ rotation. 8 directions control is supportive.(4 directions in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front panel is supportive )</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">High speed PTZ</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full-screen show channel image. Left press mouse and control PTZ to rotate</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">orientation. Left press mouse and then rotate the mouse to adjust the zoom multiple of the camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.55; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the advanced PTZ settings interface, you can point to the cruise cruise, patrol,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">15 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus and other operations;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page switch</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Switch between different pages.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cancel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exit the PTZ function</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [Page Switch] button, then you can set auxiliary function. Auxiliary number corresponding to auxiliary switch on the decoder.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="312" class="wp-image-2934 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 18 551w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 352" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18-551w312h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Function Control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intuitive Auxiliary Operation </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose auxiliary equipment, select Open or Close button, switch control</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.19; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auxiliary Number </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The operation of corresponding auxiliary switch according to PTZ agreement</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page Switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click Page Switch button to enter the PTZ Main Menu page, the menu itself can be control by the menu control buttons</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">16 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="313" class="wp-image-2935 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg" alt="Picture 19 552w313h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 353" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h.jpeg 552w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19-552w313h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ menu</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[Advanced] button to e</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">nter a new operation page as shown below</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="578" height="332" class="wp-image-2936 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 20 578w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 354" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h.jpeg 578w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20-578w332h-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resume the PTZ to restore default.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Focus</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the focus of the camera (require the camera support auto</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 34pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">focus).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.74; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 29pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Iris</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click ”-” / “+” button to adjust the iris of the camera(require the camera support aperture). </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a plurality of preset points to set a cruise line and call the cruise line,then the pan will run on the cruise line.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">17 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For the first time to add a cruise route, click the “+” button to enter the cruise route:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="360" class="wp-image-2937 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg" alt="Picture 21 623w360h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 355" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h.jpeg 623w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21-623w360h-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the preset drop-down box, select the preset point that needs to be added to the cruise route, set the interval time (between 3-255 seconds), and then click the “add preset” button to complete the preset point.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the “start” button to call the selected preset point, click “del preset “ou can delete the preset point in the cruise line; check the drop-down menu you can view the current cruise line has been added to the preset point number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the pan movement, the back-end device will record the running track of the pan, and then call the trail, pan will be repeated in accordance with the recorded track. When you first add the trace, click on the “+” button to enter the track settings page:.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">18 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="574" height="332" class="wp-image-2938 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg" alt="Picture 22 574w332h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 356" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h.jpeg 574w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22-574w332h-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 574px) 100vw, 574px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pattern</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can control pan movement by the PTZ key, zoom, focus and aperture ,then click “OK” to finish </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the two boundaries in the horizontal direction of the left and right sides and then call the scan,the pan will run between the left and right boundaries in the horizontal direction.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.57; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the“left” button and then control the pan tilt using the horizontal arrow keys. when it arrive the position then click &#8220;right&#8221;button to finish the setting.Click the </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">“</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Autoscan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to call the scan,click the stop button to stop calling.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AutoPan</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the “AutoPan” button, the pan will rotate (relative to the original position of the camera for horizontal rotation). Click the stop button to stop the AutoPan</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click on the “Flip”button, the pan will start to flip.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.51; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reset</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the pan will restart,and all the data will be restored default.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></strong><a id="bookmark31"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The coaxial control function allows the video recorder to transmit the control signal to the front-end camera through the coaxial cable. using these control signals, the recorder can control the PTZ, menu and other functions of the front camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: it require the front-end camera also support this function</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">19 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="408" class="wp-image-2939 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 23 624w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 357" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-624w408h-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coaxial control</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1 channel selection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select the channel by clicking the drop-down menu</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2 adjust the front-end camera‟s parameter </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">adjust the parameters of the front-en camera by dragging the mouse or check the function;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 ok </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter OSD menu or ok function</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">4 Direction key</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Control the OSD menu by four key;</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 9pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color setting</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Color config:analog channel can config its own color,digital channel can config front-end image(only NETIP-conformed device is supported,ONVIF-conformed device is not supported)</span></strong><a id="bookmark33"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the selective image parameters (current channel for single window display and cursor place for multiwindow display). You can use the desktop shortcut menu and enter the interface. The image parameters include: tonality, brightness, contrast, saturation. You can set different parameters at different time sections.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">20 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="327" class="wp-image-2940 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg" alt="Picture 24 576w327h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 358" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h.jpeg 576w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-576w327h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color Setting</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark35"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode is with black margin vertical &amp; horizontal, while full digital mode without.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust TV output area parameters. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main menu]&gt;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[management tools]&gt; [Output adjust].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="408" class="wp-image-2941 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg" alt="Picture 25 477w408h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 359" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-25-477w408h-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">21 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output Adjust</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The black margin vertical &amp; horizontal at output adjust of hybrid mode is only effect to</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">analog channel.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></strong><a id="bookmark38"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down the system or reboot up. You can use the desktop shortcut menu or enter [main</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">menu].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="276" class="wp-image-2942 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 26 467w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 360" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h.jpeg 467w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-26-467w276h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Picture 3.17Logout/Shutdown/Reboot the system</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the menu. Offer password next entrance.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">shut down</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Turn off the power supply.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 85pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When press the shut down button, there is schedule hint. After three seconds, the system is shut down. Cancel midway is of no effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">reboot</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quit the system. Reboot up the system.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Window switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark40"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Preview in single window/four windows/eight windows/nine windows/sixteen windows according to your choice.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">different video input number have different switchable preview picture.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">22 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.11</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Quick-set</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only network channel has quick-set function ,you can quickly add a remote device to the network channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click on the &#8220;+&#8221; sign in the preview screen, pop up the digital channel configuration wizard page, add the remote device to the DVR/NVR network channel.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.12</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP parameter</span></strong><a id="bookmark42"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is only available in all digital and hybrid channel modes and it is used to set the remote IPC camera parameters, the gray character indicates that the remote device does not support this function. You can adjust the various front-end parameters of the connected IPC, such as exposure mode, day / night mode, image style, day and night switching threshold, AE sensitivity, AGC, WDR, de-fog, corridor (some models support this function), slow shutter, day / night noise level, mirror, anti-flicker, flip, IR swap and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only when the NVR successfully connected to the company&#8217;s IPC (using NETIP protocol) and in a single connection can support the function, if you connected to third-party IPC (usding ONVIF protocol) can‟t support this function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="575" height="340" class="wp-image-2943 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg" alt="Picture 27 575w340h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 361" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h.jpeg 575w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-27-575w340h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Exposure mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set the exposure time ,choose auto or manual from 1/50 to1/1000S,the exposure time more longer, the image more brighter.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can modify the camera Day/Night mode manually.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image can be color or B&amp;W depending on the light;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Black and White</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the image will always be color;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BLC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function, when you open BLC(Black Light Compensation), In the bright background environment ,it is still able to see the central scene of the main scene.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">23 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Iris </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This feature requires the camera to mount a lens that supports auto iris.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Profiles</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are three mode:AUTO</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Indoor</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Outdoor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Reference</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the camera‟s exposureSet the camera exposure, between 0 to 100 optional, the greater the reference value of the screen ,the more bright.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ICR Threshold</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">it is relate to IRCUT swap mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the critical point for color and black/ white switching, the Day/Night conversion threshold greater ,the higher brightness from color to black.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.67; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Day/Night conversion threshold 10-20 close anti-shake function, 21-30 anti-shake time is 3S, 31-40 anti-shake time is 4S, 41-50 anti-shake time is 5S.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AE Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The higher the sensitivity, the switch will be faster.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AGC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can automatically adjust the camera&#8217;s sensitivity to adjust the image brightness according to the ambient light changes</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WDR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when you open this function, it can adjust the “Upper limit”to see the main scene in the center of the screen clearly in the strong light background.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Defogging</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, The picture permeability can be improved in fog or haze weather, the higher the lever is ,the better the defoging effect</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.44; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can close/open this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when open this function, When the corridor mode is on, the camera screen will display in corridor mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only some models can support this function</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)。</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Slow Shutter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are four choose :none</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">low </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">medium</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">high.The brightness is increased by the frame accumulation, and extend the exposure time to enhance the image sensitivity at low illumination.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR_CUT</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be set as automatically switch or IR synchronous switch</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">automatically switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the actual environment ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.68; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR synchronous switch</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">swap ICUT according to the IR lamp status ;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DayNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is sufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NightNTLevel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the light is insufficient, the level to eliminate the noise in the preview screen, the higher the level the better the noise reduction effect.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mirror</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">left and right</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Flip</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable it ,the preview screen flip 90</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">°</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">up and down</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anti-flicker</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remove the horizontal scroll stripes in the preview screen in the fluorescent environment.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 17pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IR Swap</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">use when the ir_cut in reverse order.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.13</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal Switch</span></strong><a id="bookmark44"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function is supported by only part of the models with analog channel, it can control the signal mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">of each channel. You can right-click to enter the shortcut menu, Or you can double-click the icon 1  </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">J<br />
</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the bottom left corner of the channel, then you can switch the AHD&amp;TVI</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">＆</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CVI Signal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.65; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 0.25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can also directly through the left mouse button double-click the channel at the bottom of the signal<br />
switch icon to achieve the signal AHD &amp; TVI &amp; CVI signal switching.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">24 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 14pt;">Main menu</span></strong><a id="bookmark46"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Main menu navigation</span></strong><a id="bookmark48"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">49 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">50 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 12pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">Record</span></strong><a id="bookmark50"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operations related to record, including: Record, Playback, Backup, Screen shot(only Hybrid mode and full analog have)</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sub menu</span></strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Config</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording configuration, recording type, recording time section</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">playback</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording search, recording play, video file storage</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">backup</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect backup device, format device, back the selective files</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">detection</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set motion detect alarm channel, sensitivity, area, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot, PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">blind</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set camera mask alarm channel, sensitivity, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">loss</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video loss alarm channel, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">input</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm input channel, equipment type, linkage parameters: defending time section, alarm output, screen hint, recording, screen shot , PTZ, patrol, buzz, email </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS and FTP upload</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">output</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set alarm mode: configuration, manual, shut down</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormalit</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">y</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">No HDD, HDD error, HDD capacity not enough, network cut, IP Conflict, linkage parameters, screen hint or buzz.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set algorithm rule: Perimeter alert </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting linkage parameters :show traces</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">minimum moving</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">distance</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alert way</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Linkage parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">period</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the screen prompt</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">buzzer</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 10pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configuration</span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set system time, data format, language, hard disk full time operation, machine number, video format, output mode, summertime, stay time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set main (extra) coding parameter: code mode, resolving ability, frame rate, code stream control, image quality type, code stream value, frame between value, video/audio enable,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only Hybrid mode and full analog mode have encode configuration.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set basic network parameters, DHCP and DNS parameters, network high speed download</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetServic e</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP purview</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS parameter</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel title, preview hint icon state, transparency, cover area, time title, channel title fold.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel can set channel name,region</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cover ,time title,channel title fold.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">configurati on</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel, PTZ protocol, address, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode shows PTZ configuration,T series have no this function.</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS485</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Full digital mode shows : RS485 Device</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set serial port function, baud rate, date bit, stop bit, check</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of models not support this function</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set patrol mode and interval time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;" rowspan="2">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 18pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set channel mode, check channel status and configure the digital channel, etc.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">part of series support this</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Param</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the front-end IPC parameters such as exposure mode, day / night mode, profile,</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The front end of the ONVIF connection is not supported</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tools</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Storage</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set appointed hard disk as read-write disc, read-only disc or redundant disc, clear data, resume date and so on</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify user, team or password. Add user or team. Delete user or team.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Break the connection with the already login user. Lock the account after break until booting up again.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Adjust upside, downside, nearside, starboard distance, black margin</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">vertical &amp; horizontal</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only analog channel have black margin vertical &amp; horizontal</span></strong></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatic maintenan ce</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set automatic reboot system and automatic deleting files.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resume setup state: common setup, code setup, recording setup, alarm setup, network setup, network service, preview playback, serial port setup, user management</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">upgrade with external device(like USB)</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device hardware configuration and message</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import/Ex port</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Export the device&#8217;s log or configuration to external device(like USB flash disk);Input the configuration with external device(like USB flash disk).</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System information</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display hard disk capability and recording time</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display code stream information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log  Clear all log information according to the log video and time</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version  Display edition information</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout</span></p>
</td>
<td>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #141414; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Logout, shut down or reboot</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></strong><a id="bookmark52"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the recording parameters in the surveillance channel. The system is set 24 hours consecutive recording in the first startup. You can enter [system]&gt; [record]&gt; [record conf.] to set.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:There is at least one read-write hard disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2944 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 28 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 362" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-28-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Configuration</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding channel number to set the channel. Choose the all option to set the entire channels.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: -5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundancy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the redundancy function option to implement the file double backup function. Double backup is writing the video files in two hard disks. When you do the double backup, make sure that there are two hard disks installed. One is read-write disk and the other is redundant disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">51 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Length</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time length of each video file. 60minutes is default value.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pre-Record</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record 1-30 seconds before the action. (time length is decided by the code stream)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set video state: schedule, manual or stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Schedule:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record according to the set video type (common, detection and alarm)and time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 52pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manual:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the button and the according channel is recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the stop button and the according channel stops recording no matter the channel in any state.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the time section of common recording, The recording will start only in the set range. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set recording type: regular, detection or alarm.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 62pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Regular:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perform the regular recording in the set time section. The video file type is “R”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the “motion detect”, “camera mask” or “video loss” signal. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “M”.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 57pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the external alarm signal in the set time section. When above alarm is set as opening recording, the “detection recording” state is on. The video file type is “A”.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2.2.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Playback</span></strong><a id="bookmark54"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 1.6.3.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.2.3 Backup</span></strong><a id="bookmark56"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 20pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can backup the video files to external storage through setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 20pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The storage must be installed before the file backup. If the backup is terminated, the already backup can playback individually.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">52 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2945 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 29 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 363" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-29-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detect the storage connected with the DVR such as hard disk or universal disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Backup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click backup button and the dialog box is popped up. You can choose the backup file according to the type, channel and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Burning</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the file will be burned synchronously after click it.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Erase</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the file to delete and click erasure to delete the file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 37pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop the backup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.3 Alarm Function</span></strong><a id="bookmark58"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 14pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm functions include: motion detect,video blind, video loss, alarm input and alarm output, abnormality</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">intelligent analysis.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detect</span></strong><a id="bookmark60"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When system detects the motion signal that reaches the set sensitivity, the motion detect alarm is on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Motion detect function is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable motion detect function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device detect motion movement, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">53 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable motion detect function at local side.</span></strong><a id="bookmark62"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="349" class="wp-image-2946 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg" alt="Picture 30 577w349h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 364" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-30-577w349h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Motion Detection</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set motion detect channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the motion detect function is on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose in the six options according to the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">sensitivity,Lowest,Lower,Middle,High,Higher and Highest.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/ full analog mode have this function of setting sensitivity, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong><a id="bookmark64"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click [set] to enter the set area. The area is divided into PAL22X18. Red block means the motion detect defensive area. White block means the unfenced area. You can set the area as followed, Drag the mouse and draw the area. Default: all selected blocks are detection area.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Only the motion detect under hybrid mode/full analog mode have this function of setting region, and also only the analog channel can set region.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">54 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="273" height="166" class="wp-image-2947 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-31-273w166h.jpeg" alt="Picture 31 273w166h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 365"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Period</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Trigger the motion detect signal in the set time section. You can set according to week or</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set uniformly. Each day is divided into four time sections.■ means the set valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="348" class="wp-image-2948 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg" alt="Picture 32 577w348h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 366" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h.jpeg 577w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-32-577w348h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the time section</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only one alarm signal is turned on even there are several motion detect signals in the set interval.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Start the external equipment of corresponding linkage alarm when the motion detect alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">OutDelay</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delay a few moments and stop when the alarm state is turned off. The range is 10~300 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the recording channel (multiple option supportive). Trigger the video signal when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 43pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [recording setup] and perform the linkage recording. Start detecting video files</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">55 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in the corresponding time section.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 63pt; text-indent: -42pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means that the selective channel is single window alternate patrol preview. The interval is set in the [Main Menu]&gt;[System] &gt; [Tour].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the PTZ activation when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Hybrid mode, PTZ link to the related PTZ information of analog channel, While digital channel model, the PTZ is link to the related PTZ information on the remote device connected.</span></strong><a id="bookmark66"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to link PTZ, need go [Shortcut menu]-&gt;[PTZ control] to set preset point, cruise between points &amp; interval time, etc.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="157" class="wp-image-2949 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg" alt="Picture 33 593w157h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 367" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h.jpeg 593w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-33-593w157h-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ Activation under hybrid mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PostRec</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm is over,recording will last some seconds(10~300sec),then stop.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Pop the alarm information dialog box in the local host computer screen.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send EMAIL</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means sending an email to user when the alarm is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set in the [NetService] and send email.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to tick it, the video &amp; picture of related record channel &amp; snapshot channel will be uploaded to assigned position.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 42pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP upload need be set at [Netservice]</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, device will come out with buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Write Log</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when an alarm occurs, the device write a log which you can check on the [Info]&gt;[Log].</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">when alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Before use this function, you need to enable the PMS or mobile report in [main menu] &gt; [system] &gt; [NetService]. And you should install our APP and add the DVR to the APP.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Blind</span></strong><a id="bookmark68"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the video image is influenced by the environment such as bad brightness or reaching the set sensitivity parameter, the camera mask function is turned on and the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">56 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video blind is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel: not only to enable video blind function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. When remote device with video blind, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2950 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 34 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 368" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-34-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video blind</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Loss</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment can not obtain the channel video signal, the video loss alarm is turned on and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the linkage function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Same as motion detect function, video loss is different between Hybrid mode &amp; Full digital mode: Digital channel: not only to enable video loss function at local side, but also to enable the remote device that was connected. when remote device with video loss, local side will start alarm recording, otherwise this function is not enable.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Hybrid mode: only need to enable video loss function at local side.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">57 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="375" class="wp-image-2951 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 35 621w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 369" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-35-621w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video loss</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the equipment obtains the external alarm signal, the alarm function is turned on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Alarm input is the same between hybrid mode &amp; full digital mode, function enable, when it was set normal, only need to connect alarm sensor at alarm input port on local side, the alarm information is occurring, and will link to related setting functions at the same time</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: &#8220;Advanced&#8221; button is the same as right click.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">58 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="375" class="wp-image-2952 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg" alt="Picture 36 620w375h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 370" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-36-620w375h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set method: refer to chapter 4.3.1. Motion detect</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm output</span></strong><a id="bookmark70"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 20pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.4.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.6</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></strong><a id="bookmark72"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Analysing and inspecting current software and hardware of the device: When some abnormal events happen, the device will make a relative answer such as show message and buzzer.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">59 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="646" height="390" class="wp-image-2953 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg" alt="Picture 37 646w390h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 371" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h.jpeg 646w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-37-646w390h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 2pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Abnormal</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Event Type </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">selecting abnormity you want to inspect. There are No Storage, Storage Error, Storage No Space, Net Disconnection and IP Conflict.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show message</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Automatically alarm cue dialog box come out of the main screen </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Buzzer</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device will have one long nosie “di” while alarm is happening</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, it will send an email to user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send Email</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm happens, the alarm information will be push to your mobile client.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis</span></strong><a id="bookmark74"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: only part of product support this function at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">。</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To analyze the video image, when system detect object that meet pre-set algorithm rules and fit set flexibility and minimum image distance, will trigger video analysis alarm, and enable the linkage function.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel of full analog mode and hybrid mode can support this function, and if this function is enabled, then video blind is invalid.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">60 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="364" class="wp-image-2954 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 38 604w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 372" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h.jpeg 604w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-38-604w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Intelligent analysis setting page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">only shows by “1”</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at present, only the 1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><sup>st</sup></span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> channel with maximum resolution of 1080P in  the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">full analog(DVR) mode and hybrid(HVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable the video analysis function, then can go for further setting,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Algorithm</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at drop-down box, Perimeter alert, Items care and Video Diagnosis to choose the algorithm rule of detection,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose different algorithm rules, the related setting page is different.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert:</span></strong><a id="bookmark77"></a></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable,  when alarm  triggers,  there will be red box around moving objects.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different  requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box,Higher,Middle</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and Lower</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between  0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">,  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 2 kinds</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">cordon and  warning  area. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can set 3 prohibited directions:</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">bidirectional prohibited, from top to bottom (from left to right), from bottom to top (from right to left), when the setting cordon is too slope, show with from left to right / from right to left, otherwise will be from top to bottom / from bottom to top, when the moving object meet preset cordon rules, the alarm will be triggered; </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Warning area: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can set 3 kinds of prohibited directions: bidirectional prohibited, enter and leave, when the moving object meet preset warning area rules, alarm will be triggered.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">61 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter rule setting page, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix two or more point, and then connect them to form a line or a irregular region, after that a box of prohibited direction options will come out, choose one of them, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">page, click Yes, alarm rules setting is finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="374" class="wp-image-2955 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg" alt="Picture 39 620w374h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 373" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h.jpeg 620w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-39-620w374h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting – Perimeter alert</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items care:</span></strong><a id="bookmark79"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Show traces </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, when this function is triggered, there will be read box shows around the moving object</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.95; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.62; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Minimum image distance: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">range between 0~30 %</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the more flexible the less image distance.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alert way: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">three modes: Items stranded</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Items stolen</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">^ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking.Items stranded:object appears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered. Items stolen:object disappears within warning area, and the size of object meet the rules of minimum image distance, alarm will be triggered</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Illegal parking:this way is similar with Items stranded.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set,</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enter the setting page of rule, right click mouse, choose add, use mouse to fix several</span></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">62 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">points and then connect them to form a irregular region, right click mouse, click Yes, return to previous page, click Yes, alarm rule setting if finished.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2956 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 40 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 374" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-40-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; items care</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video diagnosis:</span></strong><a id="bookmark81"></a></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.93; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, base on different requirement, there are 3 options in the drop-down box Higher,Middle and Lower;</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -22pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 15pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Detection type: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there are 8 kinds of detection type: Brightness anomaly detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sharpness detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Noise detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Color cast detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Screen freezes detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Scene change detection</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anthropogenic interference and PTZ runway detection. You can choose one or more types if necessary, when video detect selected type, the alarm will be triggered. Now, only support “Scene change detection”.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="144" class="wp-image-2957 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg" alt="Picture 41 625w144h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 375" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h.jpeg 625w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-625w144h-300x69.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Rule setting &#8211; video diagnosis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The setting way of set / withdraw garrison time period and linkage parameter, please refer to chapter“4.3.1 motion detection”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">63 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.45; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable video analysis function, algorithm rules is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Perimeter alert</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, the alert way in the rule is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cordon</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, prohibited direction is bidirectional, when a moving object across this warning line, alarm</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is triggered, see below picture</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="244" class="wp-image-2958 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg" alt="Picture 42 504w244h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 376" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h.jpeg 504w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-504w244h-300x145.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The alarm image regarding one of the video analysis</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4 System setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.21; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system parameters such as </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General, Encode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">under Hybrid/full analog mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network, Net service</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GUI display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ configure/RS485 device</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital and IPC param. </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="328" class="wp-image-2959 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg" alt="Picture 43 542w328h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 377" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43-542w328h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">64 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">General setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">System time</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the system data and time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the data format: YMD, MDY, DMY.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Date Separator</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose list separator of the data format.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Format</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose time format: 24-hour or 12-hour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Language </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">support 29 language at</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">present:</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9.5pt;">Arabic,Czech,English,Finnish,Greek,Indonesian,Italian,,Japanese,Portuguese,Russian,Thai,T- Chinese,S-Chinese,Turkish,Brazilian,Bulgarian,Farsi,French,German,Hebrew,Hungarian,Polish,Roman ian,Spanish,Swedish,Vietnamese</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD full</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose stop record: Stop recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 100pt; text-indent: -18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose overwrite: Cover the earliest recording files and continue recording when the hard disk is full.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 90pt; text-indent: -68pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR No</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Only when the address button in the remote controller and the corresponding DVR number is matched, the remote operation is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video Standard</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PAL or NTSC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Logout</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the latency time in 0-60. 0 means no latency time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Machine Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Can setting the device&#8217;s name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the summer time option and pop the dialog box as followed.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="177" class="wp-image-2960 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg" alt="Picture 44 436w177h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 378" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h.jpeg 436w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44-436w177h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (week)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="430" height="175" class="wp-image-2961 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg" alt="Picture 45 430w175h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 379" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h.jpeg 430w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-430w175h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">65 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DST (date)</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark83"></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 7pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">de settings is for analog channel only.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the video/audio code parameter: video file, remote monitoring and so on. Set every main stream parameter in the left part, and set the extra stream parameter in the right part.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: extra stream introduces video compression technique which was applying for multi-channel playback simultaneously, Dial-up multi-channel real-time monitor under poor bandwidth, or mobile monitor</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="352" class="wp-image-2962 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg" alt="Picture 46 582w352h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 380" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-582w352h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.29; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Independent channel code setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Compression</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Standard H.264 main profile.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution type:1080P/720P/960H/D1/ HD1/CIF / QCIF.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">P:1 frame/s~25 frame/s; N: 1 frame/s~30 frame/s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose limited code stream or variable code stream. When you choose the variable code stream there are six image quality options. Under the limited code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">you can choose the code stream manually</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Bit Rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the code stream value to modify the image quality. The larger code stream value the</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">66 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">better image quality.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1080P(1024~8192kbsp) 720P(1024~4096kbps) 960H(869~4096kbps) D1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">( </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">512~2560kbps </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HD1 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">384~2048kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">) </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CIF</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">64~1024kbps</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">, QCIF(64~512kbps)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Frame Interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can choose the range 2~12s</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Video/Audio </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the icons are all in reverse displayed, the video file is video and audio</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">multiplex stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream Settings</span></strong><a id="bookmark86"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Extra stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is used for client side monitoring &amp; mobile monitoring.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.23; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel title</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title and then to choose whether need enable video &amp; audio. The</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">resolution, frame rate, bit rate type settings is the same as main stream.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Coding mode</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three codind mode: High Profile</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Main Profile amd Baseline which you can choose when you click the drop-down menu.High Profile is the best, Baseline is the worst.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.3 Network setup</span></strong><a id="bookmark88"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="364" class="wp-image-2963 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg" alt="Picture 47 603w364h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 381" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h.jpeg 603w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-603w364h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Net Card</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can choose cable network card or wireless network card.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 18pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain IP address automatically(not suggested)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DHCP server is preinstalled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">67 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the IP address. Default: 192.168.1.10.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet mask</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the subnet mask code. Default: 255.255.255.0.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 19pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Gateway</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the default gateway. Default: 192.168.1.1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DNS setup</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Domain Name Server. It translates the domain name into IP address. The IP address is offered by network provider. The address must be set and reboot then it works.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Media port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 34567.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 80.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HS Download</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can improve the speed of downloading video files if enable HS download.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transfer Policy</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">There are three strategies: self-adaption, image quality precedence and fluency precedence. The code stream will adjust according to the setup. Self-adaption is the tradeoff between the image quality precedence and fluency precedence. Fluency precedence and self-adaption are valid only when the assistant code stream is turned on. Otherwise image quality precedence is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.4 NetService</span></strong><a id="bookmark90"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the network service option and click the set button to configure the advanced network functions</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or double click the service button to configure the parameters.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="555" height="412" class="wp-image-2964 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg" alt="Picture 48 555w412h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 382" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h.jpeg 555w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-48-555w412h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NetService</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">68 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPoE setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark92"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="180" class="wp-image-2965 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 49 442w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 383" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h.jpeg 442w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-49-442w180h-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PPPOE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■ means choose,setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the user name and password that ISP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Internet service provider</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">provides. After saving it reboot up your system. Then the DVR will build a network connection based on PPPoE. The IP address will change into dynamic IP address after above operation is well done.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Operation</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">After PPPoE dialing successfully look up the IP address in the [IP address] and obtain the current IP address. Then use this IP address to visit the DVR through user port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark94"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="232" class="wp-image-2966 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg" alt="Picture 50 428w232h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 384" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-50-428w232h-300x163.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">NTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The NTP server must be installed in the PC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Reverse■mean choose</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">setting can become effective.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Custom</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It can adjust the time of device according to the server you connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the IP address installed NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default: 123. You can set the port according to NTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Update Period: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The same with the NTP server check interval. Default: 60minutes.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">69 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark96"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the alarm is turned on or the alarm linkage photos are taken, send an email about the alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">information and the photos to appointed address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="363" class="wp-image-2967 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg" alt="Picture 51 545w363h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 385" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h.jpeg 545w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-51-545w363h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">EMAIL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 21pt; text-indent: 1pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SMTP server: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server address. It could be an IP address or domain name. Domain name can be translated only it is the correct DNS configuration.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Email server port number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSL: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Decide whether using Secure Socket Layer protocol to login.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Apply the email server user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Input the password corresponding to the user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sender: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the email sender address.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Receiver: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Send the email to appointed receivers when the alarm is turned on. You can set three receivers at most.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Title: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can set as you wish.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Filter setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark98"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the white list, only the listed IP address can connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">70 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When choosing the black list, the listed IP address can not connect the DVR. The 64 IP addressed</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">are supportive in the list.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">You can delete the set IP address by √ in the options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the same IP address is in the white and black list at the same time, the black list precedence</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">is higher.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="312" class="wp-image-2968 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 52 469w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 386" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h.jpeg 469w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-52-469w312h-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP FILTER</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="267" class="wp-image-2969 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg" alt="Picture 53 472w267h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 387" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h.jpeg 472w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-53-472w267h-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DDNS setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">It is the abbreviation of dynamic domain name server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Local domain name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the domain name registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.89; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the account registered by DDNS. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">： </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide the password registered by DDNS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">71 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When the DDNS is successfully configured and start, you can connect the domain name in the IE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">address column to visit.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 32pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The DNS setup must be configured correctly in the network setup.</span></strong><a id="bookmark100"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP is available only when alarm happens,or alarm activates record and snapshot,it will upload related</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">record and snapshot pictures to FTP server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="495" height="303" class="wp-image-2970 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg" alt="Picture 54 495w303h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 388" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h.jpeg 495w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-54-495w303h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 201pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">FTP setup</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click Enable, then all settings will be available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server IP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">IP address for FTP server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 11pt;">Domain Port of FTP, default 21</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of FTP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Anonymous</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable anonymous, no need setting user name and password </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max File Length</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Max length for upload files at every packed, default 128M </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dir Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The directory of upload file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The user should be with authority to upload files.</span></strong><a id="bookmark103"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark105"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Startup DDNS server to add devices and manage it in the DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">72 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="252" class="wp-image-2971 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg" alt="Picture 55 454w252h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 389" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-55-454w252h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ARSP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose &#8220;DNS&#8221;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means it is chosen</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Sever IP]</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port No. of device, related DDNS server listen port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name that device can log in DDNS server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the password related to the user name.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please set up server before using DDNS.</span></strong><a id="bookmark107"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm center</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When alarm occurring, report alarm information to alarm server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="235" class="wp-image-2972 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg" alt="Picture 56 422w235h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 390" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h.jpeg 422w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-56-422w235h-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm server setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">GENERAL</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 27pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To tick it means enable.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">73 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of Alarm Server</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Port No.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means to report alarm information to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log Report</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it, means to report log to server.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark110"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ADSL through 3G or 4G net card, use CMS to visit and config the device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="282" class="wp-image-2973 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg" alt="Picture 57 440w282h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 391" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-57-440w282h-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless Config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make all settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Type</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial type,default AUTO</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Wireless AP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G access point</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Dial Number</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3G Dial Number</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name of 3G</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password of dial user</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 21pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP Address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address, got from dial</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 26pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP protocol is to realize auto port forwarding on router, precondition of using this function is to make sure the UPNP function of router is enabled.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">74 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="238" class="wp-image-2974 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg" alt="Picture 58 403w238h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 392" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-58-403w238h-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.49; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">UPNP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.38; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose Enable to make sure all UPNP settings available</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.59; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HTTP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Route will automatically distribute HTTP port for the device,when IE viewing,it need this port</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">TCP</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute TCP port for the device,when monitoring via CMS,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Router will automatically distribute Mobile Port for the device,when mobile monitor,it need this port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR connect to wireless router via WIFI module, then to visit it through IP address, the precondition of using this function is to make sure the DVR have connected with WIFI modern.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">75 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="369" class="wp-image-2975 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg" alt="Picture 59 435w369h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 393" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h.jpeg 435w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-59-435w369h-300x254.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">WIFI configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">to search all the available wireless device in current range.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable firstly, then go for further setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">auto obtain IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">tick it to enable, device will auto obtain a WIFI IP.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">SSID</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless LAN name, auto match to the wireless device u connected.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">wireless network password of router</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">: to set the IP address of device, default is 192.168.1.12</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">subnet mask</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:set subnet mask of device, default is 255.255.255.0</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">gateway</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set gateway of device, default is 192.168.1.1</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To do surveillance via cross-browser (Safari, Firefox, Google chrome ) and VLC software. </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">This function only for monitor but can not control the device.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="147" class="wp-image-2976 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg" alt="Picture 60 401w147h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 394" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h.jpeg 401w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-60-401w147h-300x110.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RTSP setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">76 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">[</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">]: </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">■ means enable, tick it firstly before setting.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 554</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">CLOUD</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Check the cloud services, male cloud service is enabled, the user can visit</span><a href="http://www.xmeye.net/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"> http://www.xmeye.net</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="149" class="wp-image-2977 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg" alt="Picture 61 403w149h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 395" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-61-403w149h-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Cloud setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS/Mobile reported</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span></strong><a id="bookmark112"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable this function, at the same time open the function in the mobile end, exit the application, when</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the alarm occurs, check the cell phone to report, will send information to cell phones.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="178" class="wp-image-2978 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg" alt="Picture 62 416w178h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 396" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-62-416w178h-300x128.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PMS</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="179" class="wp-image-2979 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg" alt="Picture 63 417w179h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 397" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h.jpeg 417w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-63-417w179h-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Mobile reported</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Select it to make sure abnormal function workable</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Server Name</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">default</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">push.umeye.cn</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">77 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the default port is 80</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.5 GUI Display</span></strong><a id="bookmark114"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure the video output parameters including the front output mode and encode output mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Front output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the local preview mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Encode output</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">In the network surveillance and video file mode include: channel title, time display, channel display, record status, alarm status, transparency and region cover.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*Remark:Only 6000 series product support preview resolution &#8211; 1920*1280(1080P)</span></strong><a id="bookmark116"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2980 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 64 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 398" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-64-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Title</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Click the channel name modify button and enter the channel name menu. Modify the channel name. The 16 Chinese characters and 25 letters are supportive.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system data and time in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system channel number in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Record Status</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system recording status in the surveillance window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Alarm Status </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Display the system alarm status in the surveillance</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">window.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">78 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Transparency</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the background image transparency. The range is 128~255.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Resolution</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set display resolution.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the set code output channel number.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt; text-indent: -66pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Region Cover</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means the selective state. Click the cover area button and enter the corresponding channel window. You can cover the arbitrary using mouse. (Black region is for output)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel display</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the display position of channel title and time title.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*the channel no., region cover, time title and channel title setting function exist at output</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 13pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mode only when the device is under hybrid(HVR) mode or full analog(DVR) mode.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.6 PTZ device /RS485 device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* When under hybrid mode/full digital mode, it shows with PTZ device and RS485 device;*When under full digital mode, it will show RS485 device only.</span></strong><a id="bookmark118"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="380" class="wp-image-2981 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg" alt="Picture 65 511w380h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 399" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-65-511w380h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">PTZ config</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the dome camera input channel.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome protocol. (PELCOD as an example)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Address </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set as the corresponding dome address. Default: 1.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The address must be</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 88pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">consistent with the dome address.</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">79 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baudrate </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding dome baud rate length. You can control the PTZ and vidicion. Default: 115200.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options. Default: 8.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options. Default: 1.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd check, even check, sign check, blank check. Default: void.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 17pt; text-indent: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: The protocol, address and baudrate of the DVR must be same with the PTZ, or you can not control the PTZ.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.4.7 RS232</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">*T series do NOT support this function.</span></strong><a id="bookmark120"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="312" class="wp-image-2982 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg" alt="Picture 66 516w312h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 400" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h.jpeg 516w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-66-516w312h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">RS232</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Serial Port Function</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Common serial port is used to debug and update program or set up specific serial port.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Baud rate</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Choose the corresponding baud rate length.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Data bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 5-8 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stop bits</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include 2 options.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Parity</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Include odd, even, mark, space, default is none.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">80 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour</span></strong><a id="bookmark122"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol display. </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 23pt;">■ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the tour mode is enable. You can choose the single-view,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">four-view, six-view of single mode tour or hybrid mode tour.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="317" class="wp-image-2983 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 67 525w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 401" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h.jpeg 525w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-67-525w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tour configure</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">interval</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set the patrol switch interval. The set range is 5-120 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">alarm tour</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">set the interval to shift alarm tour, range is 5-120 seconds, choose return when alarm</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ends, when alarm link to tour, system will auto shift to six-view after alarm finished.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">at preview mode, click upper right icon</span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">© </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #404142; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">®</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can turn on / off tour</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn on,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">mean turn off</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 17pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark124"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital manage including digital channel, channel status, and channel mode </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(Remark: there is only analog mode if device is under full analog mode)</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">81 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="318" class="wp-image-2984 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg" alt="Picture 68 428w318h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 402" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-68-428w318h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under all analog(DVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="266" class="wp-image-2985 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg" alt="Picture 69 440w266h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 403" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h.jpeg 440w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-69-440w266h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel manage page under Hybrid(HVR) mode / full digital(NVR) mode</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Digital channel:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">82 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2986 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 70 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 404" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-70-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Single link page of digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="339" class="wp-image-2987 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 71 559w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 405" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h.jpeg 559w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-71-559w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 9pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Multi-linkage page of Digital channel</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">select channel title</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Enable</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Open digital channel, tick enable, then can do related settings</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Time Synchronization</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tick it means the time of this channel and device is the same.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Connection Mode</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">can be singe connect or multi-ink, multi-link modes can connect to several devices, device will be tour displayed one by one, tour interval can be set, no less then 10s;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">If the user want to change device, select the existing device, click delete will be ok.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">83 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click add will come out below page to add new device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2988 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 72 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 406" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-72-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">remote channel configure page</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure Name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">device is with default configure title, user can revise it if necessary</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Type</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">3 types: IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">DVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">、</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HVR</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user can choose as what you like, default is IPC</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">； 【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Protocol</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is TCP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【 </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remote channel </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User can input remote channel title from the device that you want to connect remotely</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Stream</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is main stream, do not support extra-stream at present</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">；</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device address</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IP address of device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Port</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is 34567</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">User name</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Default is admin</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: click </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">search</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">will show all the devices that searched out, user can choose any of the device that you like.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">84 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="302" class="wp-image-2989 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg" alt="Picture 73 500w302h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 407" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h.jpeg 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-73-500w302h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the device list searched under remote channel setting</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel Status:</span></strong><a id="bookmark126"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel status is to show the status of all the digital channel When there is what existing, status including Max Resolution, This Resolution, Connection Status.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 11pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">For example: The channel status for 2+2 mode is as below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="323" class="wp-image-2990 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg" alt="Picture 74 534w323h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 408" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h.jpeg 534w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-74-534w323h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">D03 channel is connected, and D04 channel doesn‟t add the remote device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: when the current resolution is over the max resolution that the channel supported, then a red “X” will be shown on the preview image, for example: Under full digital channel mode, Max resolution of channel 3 is D1, if it was connected to a device with resolution over D1 ( such as</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">85 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">960H), you will see below pic:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="159" class="wp-image-2991 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-75-281w159h.jpeg" alt="Picture 75 281w159h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 409"></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Channel type:</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="339" class="wp-image-2992 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg" alt="Picture 76 560w339h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 410" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h.jpeg 560w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-76-560w339h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.63; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Remark: this series of product with full analog channel mode, hybrid mode and full digital mode, and different model with different channel mode, user can shift the mode freely if necessary.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.10</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">IPC param.</span></strong></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 16pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 3.6.12. IPC param.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 19pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.5 Advanced</span></strong><a id="bookmark128"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.61; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage tools menu including: HDD manage, account manage, online user, output adjust, auto maintain, upgrade.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">86 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="296" class="wp-image-2993 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg" alt="Picture 77 399w296h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 411" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h.jpeg 399w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-77-399w296h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Advanced</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.1 HDD Manage</span></strong><a id="bookmark130"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Configure and manage the hard disk. The menu displays current hard disk information: hard disk number, input port, type, status and overall capability. The operation include: setup the write-read disk, read-only disk, redundant disk, hard disk format, resume default. Choose the hard disk and click the right function button to execute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read/Write Disk: The equipment can write or read data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Read-only Disk: The equipment can read data but can not write data.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 33pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Redundant Disk: Double backup the video files in the write-read disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="276" class="wp-image-2994 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg" alt="Picture 78 456w276h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 412" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h.jpeg 456w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-78-456w276h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD manage</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">87 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">.5.2 Account</span></strong><a id="bookmark132"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Manage the user purview.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt; text-indent: -26pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">1. The character length is 8 bytes at most for the following user and user team name. The blank ahead or behind the character string is invalid.The middle blank in the character string is valid. Legal characters include: letter, number, underline, subtraction sign, dot.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 26pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -5pt; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">3</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. There is no limit in the user and user group. You can add or delete the user group according to user definition. The factory setup include: user\admin. You can set the team as you wish. The user can appoint the purview in the group.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">4</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">. The user management include: group/ user. The group and user name can not be the same. Each</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">user only belongs to one group.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="322" class="wp-image-2995 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg" alt="Picture 79 533w322h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 413" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h.jpeg 533w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-79-533w322h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Account management</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed user attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the existed team attribute.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.35; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify Password</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify the user password. You can set 1-6 bit password. The blank ahead or behind the char string is invalid. The middle blank in the char string is valid.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user who possess the user control purview can modify his/her own or other users password</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">88 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="385" height="208" class="wp-image-2996 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg" alt="Picture 80 385w208h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 414" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h.jpeg 385w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-80-385w208h-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Modify password</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 15pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add user</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user in the group and set the user purview. Enter the menu interface and input</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">the user name and password. Choose the team and choose whether cover using the user. Cover using</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">means that the account can be used by multiple users at the same time.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Once choose the team the user purview is the subclass of the team.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">We recommend that the common user‟s purview is lower than the advanced user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="307" class="wp-image-2997 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg" alt="Picture 81 508w307h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 415" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h.jpeg 508w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-81-508w307h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add User</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.33; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add a user group and set the purview. There are 33 different purviews: shut down the equipment, real time surveillance, playback, record setting, video backup and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">89 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="291" class="wp-image-2998 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg" alt="Picture 82 481w291h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 416" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h.jpeg 481w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-82-481w291h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Add group</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete User</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current user. Choose the user and click delete user button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete the current group. Choose the group and click delete group button.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="273" class="wp-image-2999 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg" alt="Picture 83 454w273h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 417" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-83-454w273h-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Delete Group</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.1</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">ety question</span></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Set one or two different safety questions as below picture shows, and then fill in the answer and confirm answer, then click OK and cancal to exit. After that you can reset the password when you forget it through the safety question</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 8.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">90 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="234" class="wp-image-3000 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg" alt="Picture 84 317w234h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 418" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h.jpeg 317w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-84-317w234h-300x221.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Safety question</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></strong><a id="bookmark134"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.31; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To check the information of network user that connected with local device, also can tick the selected user to break up connection,</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">(</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">make √ at the box</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">)，</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">then the user will be frozen after connection stopped,</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and will not log in until device reboot.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="287" class="wp-image-3001 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg" alt="Picture 85 475w287h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 419" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h.jpeg 475w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-85-475w287h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online user</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Output adjust</span></strong><a id="bookmark136"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 25pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.8 .</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 24pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.5</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto Maintain</span></strong><a id="bookmark138"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The user can set the time to auto reboot and auto delete file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">91 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.5.6 Restore</span></strong><a id="bookmark140"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="180" class="wp-image-3002 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg" alt="Picture 86 454w180h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 420" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h.jpeg 454w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-86-454w180h-300x119.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Auto maintain</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">The system restore to the default. You can choose the items according to the menu.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3003 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 87 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 421" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-87-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Restore</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">92 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.7</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></strong><a id="bookmark142"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="359" class="wp-image-3004 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg" alt="Picture 88 595w359h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 422" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h.jpeg 595w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-88-595w359h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade from USB: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the device use the upgrade file in U disk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade Pasition</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose USB interface.</span></strong><a id="bookmark144"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.34; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">【</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Upgrade file</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">】</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">choose the upgrade file.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; margin-left: 11pt; text-indent: 5pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Online Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">When you connect your DVR to WAN, it will make comparison of the firmware version of the DVR and the firmware version of the server. It will upgrade if find the latest firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Camera Upgrade: </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Plug the U disk, upgrade the AHD camera (some model support)/ IPC (when in IP mode or HVR mode) use the upgrade file in U sidk.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 16pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Note: Please don‟t cut off the power when upgrade, it will cause serious consequences; and please check the upgrade firmware if it is for the DVR model when upgrade failed.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.8</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark147"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Provide device interface info like audio in,alarm in/out to be conveniently used for user.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">93 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="290" class="wp-image-3005 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg" alt="Picture 89 474w290h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 423" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-89-474w290h-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Device info</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.9</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export</span></strong><a id="bookmark149"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Users can export the log info and the configure file from device to connected flash stick, and also can import related configure file from flash stick to settings, which greatly bring convenience to the customers.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="292" class="wp-image-3006 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 90 482w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 424" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h.jpeg 482w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-90-482w292h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Import / Export interface</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6 Info</span></strong><a id="bookmark151"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk information, including HDD info, code stream statistic, log info, version info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">94 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">2.6.1HDD info</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the hard disk state: hard disk type, overall capability, residual capability, the recording time and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="289" class="wp-image-3007 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg" alt="Picture 91 477w289h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 425" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h.jpeg 477w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-91-477w289h-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">HDD info</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Tips</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">：  </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">○ means that the hard disk is normal. X means that the hard disk is broken-down.- means that</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.37; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">there is no hard disk. If the user need to change the damaged hard disk, you must shut down the DVR and take up all the damaged hard disks,then install a new one.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.28; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">* behind serial number means the current working disk such as 1*. If the corresponding disk is damaged, the information will show “</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">？</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">”.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.2</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></strong><a id="bookmark153"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.4; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the code stream</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Kb/S</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">and hard disk capability </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">（</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">MB/H</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">）</span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">in real time. It displays as the wave sketch map.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">95 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="292" class="wp-image-3008 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg" alt="Picture 92 483w292h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 426" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-92-483w292h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">BPS</span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.3</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">LOG</span></strong><a id="bookmark155"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">To search log information base on the set search mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">include: system operation, configuration operation, data management, alarm affair, recording operation, user management, file management and so on. Set the time section to look up and</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">click the look up button. The log information will display as a list. (one page is 128 items) Press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page up</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">or </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Page down </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to look up and press </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">delete </span></strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">button to clear all the log information.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="317" class="wp-image-3009 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg" alt="Picture 93 526w317h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 427" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-93-526w317h-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Log information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">96 </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">/ </span><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">111</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-transform: initial; font-size: 10pt; text-decoration: initial; font-style: initial; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto;">1.1.4</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version</span></strong><a id="bookmark157"></a></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.46; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Display the basic information such as hardware information, software version, issue date, serial number , NAT status and so on.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="344" class="wp-image-3010 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg" alt="Picture 94 462w344h" title="XMEYE DVR User Manual 428" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-94-462w344h-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Version information</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 23pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;">2.6Shut down system</span></strong><a id="bookmark159"></a></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt; text-indent: 22pt;"><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 10pt;">Refer to chapter 2.6.2.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 9pt;">6/98</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.01; color: #000000; background-color: #auto; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-dvr-user-manual.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 28 Jul 2023 18:39:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[4G Solar Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Check for Updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Initialization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Eseecloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hilook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest version]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz activation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wireless]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2037</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide, CP Plus has introduced the new and impactful range of DVRs under the Lite Series which has been integrated with the 4K and H.265 encoding technology that provides you with an outstanding at a reasonably pocket-friendly price.</p>
<p>The 4K resolution processors present in this product help in bringing out every little detail in the image.</p>
<p>Along with that, this <a href="https://www.cpplusworld.com/cp-uvr-0401f1-ic" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">DVR</a> uses the intuitive shortcut operation menu which lets you control and manage the system remotely as well and can work as edge storage, central storage, backup storage .</p>
<h2>CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/juan-cctv-firmware-software-new.html" rel="nofollow">JUAN CCTV Firmware Software NEW</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/eseecloud-4g-solar-camera-guide.html" rel="nofollow">Eseecloud 4G Solar Camera Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html" rel="nofollow">Hilook DVR User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark0"></a> Introduction
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark2"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is an excellent digital monitor product for security industry. The embedded LINUX OS assures the stable operation. The H.264 and G.711 technologies assure the high-quality image and low bit stream. The frame-by-frame play function displays more details for analysis, and provides the functions such as record, playback, and monitor and assures the synchronization for audio and video. The Device also adopts the advanced control technology and great network data transmission capability.</p>
<p>The Device adopts embedded design to achieve high security and reliability. It can work in the local end and, with strong networking capability it can get connected to the professional surveillance software (Smart PSS) to form a security network to show its powerful remote monitoring function.</p>
<p>The Device is applicable to the areas such as bank, telecom, electricity, traffic, intelligent residential district, factory, warehouse, resources, and water conservancy facilities.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark4"></a> Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The functions might be different depending on the software and hardware version of the model you purchased.</p>
<p><strong>Real-time Surveillance</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support VGA port and HDMI port to realize the surveillance through monitors.</li>
<li>Support HDMI, VGA, and TV output at the same time.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>IoT Management</strong></p>
<p>Provide specific management module for IoT features including humidity and temperature data reports and alarms linkage.</p>
<p><strong>Sensor Integration</strong></p>
<p>Integrate coaxial cameras with diverse array of sensors such as temperature, humidity and wireless alarm devices.</p>
<p><strong>Storage Management</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Special data format to guarantee data security and avoid the risk of modifying data viciously.</li>
<li>Support digital watermark.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Compression Format</strong></p>
<p>Support multiple-channel audio and video signal. An independent hardware decodes the audio and video signal from each channel to maintain video and audio synchronization.</p>
<p><strong>Backup Function</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support backup operation through USB port (such as USB storage disk, portable HDD, and burner).</li>
<li>Client-end user can download the file from local HDD through network to backup.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Record &amp; Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support each channel real-time record independently, and simultaneously support the functions such as search, backward play, network monitor, record search, and download.</li>
<li>Support various playback modes: slow play, fast play, backward play and frame by frame play.</li>
<li>Support time title overlay so that you can view event accurate occurred time.</li>
<li>Support zooming in the selected area in the live view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Network Operation</strong></p>
<p>Support network remote real-time monitor, remote record search and remote PTZ control.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Activation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Several relay alarm outputs to realize alarm activation and on-site light control.</li>
<li>The alarm input port and output port have the protection circuit to guarantee the Device safety.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Communication Port</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>RS485 port can realize alarm input and PTZ control.</li>
<li>RS232 port can connect to keyboard, COM port of PC or the matrix control.</li>
<li>Standard Ethernet port can realize network remote access function.</li>
<li>The dual-network port has the multiple-address, fault tolerance, load balance setup mode.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PTZ Control</strong></p>
<p>Support PTZ decoder through RS485 port.</p>
<p><strong>Intelligent Operation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support mouse operation function.</li>
<li>Support &#8220;copy and paste&#8221; function for the same settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>UPnP (Universal Plug and Play)</strong></p>
<p>Establish mapping connection between LAN and WAN through UPnP protocol.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Self-adaptive</strong></p>
<p>Auto-recognize and work with the PAL or NTSC camera and HD camera.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark6"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark8"></a> Checking the Components</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>When you receive the Device, please check against the following checking list. If any of the items are missing or damaged, contact the local retailer or after-sales engineer immediately.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sequence</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Checking items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Package</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packing materials</td>
<td>No broken or distorted positions that could be caused by hit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not torn up. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not tear up or throw away the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">2</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels</td>
<td rowspan="2">Labels on the device</td>
<td>labels; otherwise the warranty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>services are not ensured. You need</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>to provide the serial number of the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>product when you call the after-sales service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">3</td>
<td rowspan="2">Device</td>
<td>Appearance</td>
<td>No obvious damage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data cables, power cables, fan cables, mainboard</td>
<td>No connection loose.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark10"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please check if the HDD is already installed in the Device when you first time using the Device.</p>
<p>It is suggested to use the HDD recommended officially. Do not use the PC HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2038" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 1" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 784"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Shut down the device and then unplug the power cable before you open the case to replace the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="205" class="wp-image-2039" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 2" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 785"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="215" class="wp-image-2040" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 3" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 786"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="187" class="wp-image-2041" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 4" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 787"></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to<br />
take off the cover.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Fix the screws on the HDD but do not fasten them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Match the screws with the holes on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) (WITHOUT HDD) to place the HDD.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="242" height="191" class="wp-image-2042" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 5" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 788"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="188" class="wp-image-2043" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 6" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 789"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="237" height="213" class="wp-image-2044" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 7" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 790"></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) upside down to see the screws and then</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and<br />
fasten the screws.</li>
</ol>
<p>fasten them.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark12"></a> 2.2.2 E Model</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark14"></a> Installing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The battery is only provided with some models.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="295" class="wp-image-2045" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 8" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 791" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-8-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p>1. Put the battery cable through the hole.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="301" class="wp-image-2046" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 9" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 792" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-9-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>2. Connect to the cable into the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark16"></a> Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Skip step 6 if the battery is not equipped with the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="175" class="wp-image-2047" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 10" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 793"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="170" class="wp-image-2048" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 11" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 794"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="176" class="wp-image-2049" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 12" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 795" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12.jpeg 256w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-12-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<p>1. Remove the screws to 2.</p>
<p>take off the cover.</p>
<p>Remove the screws to 3.</p>
<p>Put the HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="182" class="wp-image-2050" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 13" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 796"></p>
<p>take off the bracket.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="179" class="wp-image-2051" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 14" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 797"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="185" class="wp-image-2052" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 15" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 798"></p>
<p>4. Match the holes on the</p>
<p>5. Use screws to fix the</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>bracket with the screw</p>
<p>HDD onto the bracket.</p>
<p>holes on HDD.</p>
<p>(Optional) Put the battery cable through the hole to connect into the cable port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="292" height="185" class="wp-image-2053" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 16" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 799"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2054" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 17" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 800"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="167" class="wp-image-2055" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 18" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 801"></p>
<ol>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Install the bracket back and then fasten the screws.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fasten the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark18"></a> MINI 1U and Compact 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="176" class="wp-image-2056" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 19" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 802"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="285" height="226" class="wp-image-2057" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 20" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 803"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="214" class="wp-image-2058" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 21" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 804"></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on the rear panel.</li>
<li>Fix the screws on the</li>
<li>Place the HDD onto</li>
</ol>
<p>HDD but do not be</p>
<p>the Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="190" class="wp-image-2059" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 22" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 805" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-768x161.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-22-810x170.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the holes on the back of the device and fix the screws.</li>
<li>Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</li>
<li>Put back the cover and fix the screws.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark20"></a> 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="171" class="wp-image-2060" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 23" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 806"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="215" class="wp-image-2061" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 24" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 807"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="205" class="wp-image-2062" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 25" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 808" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25.jpeg 295w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-25-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 295px) 100vw, 295px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Remove the screws on</li>
<li>Fix the screws onto the</li>
<li>Put the HDD into the</li>
</ol>
<p>the cover.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2063" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 26" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 809"></p>
<p>4. Turn the device to see the back side of it. Aim the screws of the HDD at the</p>
<p>HDD, but do not be Device.</p>
<p>fastened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="290" height="219" class="wp-image-2064" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 27" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 810"></p>
<p>5. Use the HDD cable and power cable to connect HDD and mainboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="154" class="wp-image-2065" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 28" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 811"></p>
<p>6. Put back the cover and fix the screws.</p>
<p>holes on the back of the</p>
<p>device, and then fix the</p>
<p>screws.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark22"></a> 3 Installing Device into Rack</li>
</ol>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only 1.5U and 2U Devices support this installation.</p>
<p>To install the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) into Rack, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Check if the in-house temperature is lower than 35°C(95T) and make sure the 15cm (6in.) spacing around the Device for ventilation.</p>
<p>Step 1 Use six screws to fix the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) on each side.</p>
<p>Step 2 Install from the bottom up.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you want to install more accessories to the rack, take preventive measures to avoid power socket overload.</p>
<p>Step 3 Install more accessories to the rack if needed.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark24"></a> General Details</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark26"></a> Front Panel</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark28"></a> .1 Smart 1U</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="132" class="wp-image-2066" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 29" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 812"></p>
<p>Figure 3-1</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the HDD is running normally.</li>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in</li>
</ul>
<p>malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td>Power status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>abnormally.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the power is connected</li>
</ul>
<p>normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>The indicator is off when the network connection is</li>
</ul>
<p>correct.</p>
<ul>
<li>The indicator glows blue when the network connection</li>
</ul>
<p>is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark30"></a> 3.1.2 E Model</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1 I</td>
<td></td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>5 7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ □ □ e</td>
<td>A</td>
<td>□ □</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>1 □ 1</td>
<td>i □ n n d □ □□□ □□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□! □□□□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td>3 »</td>
<td>!»</td>
<td>■I</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ n n □ □□□□□ ei □□□ ei □□□ □ □□ r ^<sub>1</sub><sup>LJLJ</sup>A&#8217; i □ ei □ □</p>
<p>• □□ □□□□□ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □□□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>□ □ </strong>□ □ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ e</li>
<li>□ □ E</li>
<li><strong>□ □ C</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ D □</strong></p>
<p>□ □ □ E</p>
<p>□ DDE</p>
<p><strong>□ □ □</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ □ □ E</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ O El □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □ □ □</td>
<td>□ □</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</p>
<p>□ □</p>
<p>□</td>
<td colspan="3">□ □ □ □ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>c □ □ □ [</p>
<p>□ □ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □</p>
<p>□ □ □ nr</p>
<ul>
<li>□ □ □</li>
<li>□ □</li>
</ul>
<p>□ □ □ □</td>
<td>inn □ nun onn □□□ □ onn n □□□ □ nnn n uu</p>
<p>□ □ODD □□□□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ D El □ □ El El □</p>
<p>□ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □□□□□ □□□□□ ei □ ei □ □ nnn</p>
<p>□ □□□ □ □ □ □□ El □ □ □ □ □□□ El HDD □ □ El EI □</p>
<p>□ □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ C □ □ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □□□</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□□□□□ □□□□□ □□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ o □ □</li>
</ul>
<p>inn o □□□ □□□ □□□ □ □□□ □ nnn □ non □ □□ □ □ □ n □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ei □ □ □ □ n □ □ □□□□□ ei □ □ □ □ □□□ □ nnn □ □ ei □ □ □ ei □□□ □ □□□ □ □ □ ei □ □□□ □ □ □ □ nun ei □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ nnn e □□□ □ uu</p>
<ul>
<li>□□□□ □□□ □□□ □ □ □ □ □ o o □ □ □ □□non □ □ □ Q □</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 3-2</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button/Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD). The indicator glows blue when the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is turned on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>HDD status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the HDD is in malfunction.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Network status indicator</td>
<td>The indicator glows blue when the network connection is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4,5,6</td>
<td>Battery status indicator</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains full or no less than sixty percent,</li>
</ul>
<p>the No.4 indicator is on, and the No.5 and No.6 are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between thirty percent and sixty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.5 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery remains between one percent and thirty</li>
</ul>
<p>percent, the No.6 indicator is on and the others are out.</p>
<ul>
<li>When the battery is exhausted, the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is</li>
</ul>
<p>turned off, or there is no battery attached to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), all the three indicators are out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark32"></a> 3.1.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="111" class="wp-image-2067" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 30" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 813" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30.jpeg 624w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-30-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-3</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>Glows blue when HDD status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Glows blue when network status is abnormal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>Glows blue when the power is connected properly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to peripheral devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark34"></a> 3.1.4 MINI 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="612" height="180" class="wp-image-2068" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 31" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 814" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31.jpeg 612w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-31-300x88.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 612px) 100vw, 612px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="99" height="23" class="wp-image-2069" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 32" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 815"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="5">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display assistant <s> funct</s>i<s>on: PTZ contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication light</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal</p>
<p>indication light</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark36"></a> 3.1.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="633" height="170" class="wp-image-2070" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 33" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 816" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33.jpeg 633w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-33-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 633px) 100vw, 633px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-5</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Power button</td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
<td>Power button, press this button for three seconds to boot up or shut down DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Up Down</td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>A, ▼</strong></td>
<td>Activate current control, modify setup, and then move up and down.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase/decrease numeral.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assistant function such as PTZ menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Left</p>
<p>Right</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>◄ ►</strong></td>
<td>Shift current activated control,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click these buttons to control playback bar..</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td rowspan="2">ESC</td>
<td>Go to previous menu, or cancel current operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When playback, click it to restore real-time monitor mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Enter</td>
<td rowspan="3">ENTER</td>
<td>Confirm current operation</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to default button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Go to menu</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow play</td>
<td><strong>h</strong></td>
<td>Multiple slow play speeds or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Assistant</td>
<td rowspan="2">Fn</td>
<td>One-window monitor mode, click this button to display <s> ass</s>i<s>stant funct</s>i<s>on: pt</s><sub><s>7</s></sub><s> contro</s>l <s>and</s> i<s>man</s>e <s>co</s>l<s>or </s></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backspace function: in numeral control or text control, press it for 1.5seconds to delete the previous character before the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>In motion detection setup, working with Fn and direction keys to realize setup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text mode, click it to switch between numeral, English character(small/capitalized) and etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Realize other special functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB port</td>
<td></td>
<td>To connect USB storage device, USB mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network abnormal indication</td>
<td>Net</td>
<td>Network error occurs or there is no network connection, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD abnormal indication l^ht</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD error occurs or HDD capacity is below specified threshold value, the light becomes red to alert you.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IR Receiver</td>
<td>IR</td>
<td>It is to receive the signal from the remote control.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark38"></a> 3.2 Rear Panel</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark40"></a> 3.2.1 Smart 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="228" class="wp-image-2071" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 34" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 817" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-34-810x223.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-6</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark42"></a> 3.2.2 E Model</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="311" class="wp-image-2072" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 35" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 818" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-300x113.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-768x289.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-35-810x305.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-7</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="313" class="wp-image-2073" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 36" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 819" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-300x114.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-768x291.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-36-810x307.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-8</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7, 8</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Power output port</td>
<td>Outputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Ground</td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-6</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark44"></a> 3.2.3 Compact 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="188" class="wp-image-2074" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 37" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 820" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-768x175.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-37-810x184.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-9</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark46"></a> 3.2.4 MINI 1 U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="229" class="wp-image-2075" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 38" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 821" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-768x213.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-38-810x224.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-10</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the Device have the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports (Group 1: port NO1-C1,</li>
</ul>
<p>Group 2: port NO2-C2, Group 3: port NO3-C3). These ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO: Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C: Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J_</td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input port 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>DB25 port</td>
<td>Connects to the audio splitter taken from the package to convert to audio input port which receives the audio signal from devices such as microphone. It corresponds to video input ports 2-16.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to external devices such as USB storage device, keyboard and mouse.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use a cable tie to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) to prevent loss.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark48"></a> 3.2.5 1U</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="209" class="wp-image-2076" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 39" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 822" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-300x76.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-768x194.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-39-810x205.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-11</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Ground terminal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">2</td>
<td>Alarm input port 1-16</td>
<td>4 groups of alarm input ports (Group 1: port 1 to port 4; Group 2: port 5 to port 8; Group 3: port 9 to port 12; Group 4: port 13 to port 16). These ports receive the signal from the external alarm source. There are two types: NO (normal open) and NC (normal close).</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>When your alarm input device is using external power, please make sure the alarm input device and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) connect to the same ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm output port 1-3 (NO1-NO3;</p>
<p>C1-C3)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>3 groups of alarm output ports. (Group 1: port NO1-</li>
</ul>
<p>C1,Group 2:port NO2-C2,Group 3:port NO3-C3) ). These</p>
<p>ports output alarm signal to the alarm device. Please make sure power supply to the external alarm device.</p>
<ul>
<li>NO : Normal open alarm output port.</li>
<li>C : Alarm output public end.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Video input port</td>
<td>Connects to analog camera to input video signal.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Port Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Audio input port</td>
<td>Receives audio signal output from the devices such as microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Audio output port</td>
<td>Outputs audio signal to the devices such as the sound box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>HDMI port</td>
<td>High definition audio and video signal output port.</p>
<p>The port outputs the uncompressed high definition video and multi-channel audio data to the connected display with HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>USB port</td>
<td>Connects to the external devices such as keyboard, mouse, and USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Network port</td>
<td>Connects to Ethernet port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>RS485 communication port</td>
<td>Connects to the control devices such as speed dome PTZ. RS485_A port is connected by the cable A and RS485_B is connected to the cable B.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Power input port</td>
<td>Inputs DC 12V power.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>VGA port</td>
<td>Outputs analog video data to the connected display with VGA port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Turns on/off the DVR (WITHOUT HDD).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Power cable fastener</td>
<td>Use clamp to secure the power cable on the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) in case there is any loss.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-9</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark50"></a> Remote Control Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Please note the remote control is not our standard accessory and might not be included in the</p>
<p>accessary bag. It is supplied dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="634" class="wp-image-2077" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 40" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 823" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40.jpeg 532w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-40-252x300.jpeg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Figure 3-12</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Power button</td>
<td>Press this button to boot up or shut down the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Press this button to input device serial number, so that you can control the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>Multi-step forward speed and normal speed playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Slow motion</td>
<td>Multi-step slow motion speed or normal playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Next record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the next video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Previous record</td>
<td>In playback state, press this button to play back the previous video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Play/Pause</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In normal playback state, press this button to pause</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In pause state, press this button to resume to normal</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>In live view window interface, press this button to enter video</li>
</ul>
<p>search menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">8</td>
<td rowspan="2">Reverse/pause</td>
<td>In the reverse playback state, press this button to pause reverse playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In the reverse playback pause state, press this button to resume to playback reversing state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Esc.</td>
<td>Go back to previous menu or cancel current operation (close front interface or control).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Start or stop record manually.</li>
<li>In record interface, use the direction buttons to select the</li>
</ul>
<p>channel that you want to record.</p>
<ul>
<li>Press this button for at least 1.5 seconds, and the manual</li>
</ul>
<p>record interface will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Direction keys</td>
<td>Switch between current activated controls by going left or right. In playback state, the keys control the playback progress bar. Aux function (such as operating the PTZ menu).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Enter/menu key</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Confirms an operation.</li>
<li>Go to the <strong>OK </strong>button.</li>
<li>Go to the menu.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Multiple-window switch</td>
<td>Switch between multiple-window and one-window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Fn</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>In single-channel monitoring mode, press this button to</li>
</ul>
<p>display the PTZ control and color setting functions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Switch the PTZ control menu in PTZ control interface.</li>
<li>In motion detection interface, press this button with direction</li>
</ul>
<p>keys to complete setup.</p>
<ul>
<li>In text mode, press and hold this button to delete the last</li>
</ul>
<p>character. To use the clearing function: Long press this button for 1.5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>In HDD menu, switch HDD recording time and other</li>
</ul>
<p>information (as indicated in the pop-up message.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>Alphanumeric keys</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Input password, numbers.</li>
<li>Switch channel.</li>
<li>Press Shift to switch the input method.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-10</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark53"></a> Mouse Operations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Q3 NOTE</p>
<p>The operations are based on the considerations for right-handed users.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">Click left mouse button</td>
<td>Password input dialogue box pops up if you have not logged in yet. In live view window interface, you can go to the main menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When you have selected one menu item, click it to view menu content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Implement the control operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modify checkbox or motion detection status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click combo box to pop up drop-down list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>In text box, click the corresponding button on the panel to enter a numeral or English character (small/capitalized).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In English input mode: Click =1 to enter a backspace and click a</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p><strong>Function</strong></p>
<p>to delete the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="125" class="wp-image-2078" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 41" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 824" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-41-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>In numeral input mode: Click =1 to clear and click a to delete</p>
<p>the previous character.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="134" height="135" class="wp-image-2079" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 42" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 825"></p>
<p>Double-click left</p>
<p>mouse button</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>Implement special control operations such as double-click one item in the file list to play back the video.</p>
<p>In multiple-window mode, double-click one channel to view in full-window. Double-click current video again to go back to previous multiple-window mode.</p>
<p>Right-click in live view window interface, the shortcut menu is displayed. For different series product, the shortcut menu may vary.</p>
<p>Exit current menu without saving the modification.</p>
<p>In numeral input box: Increase or decrease numeral value.</p>
<p>Click scroll wheel button</p>
<p>Switch the items in the check box.</p>
<p>Page up or page down.</p>
<p>Point to select and move</p>
<p>Select current control and move it.</p>
<p>Dragging selection with left button</p>
<p>a box</p>
<p>mouse</p>
<p>Select motion detection zone.</p>
<p>Select privacy mask zone.</p>
<p>Table 3-11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="488" class="wp-image-2080" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 43" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 826" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43.jpeg 657w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-43-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark55"></a> Connecting Basics</li>
</ol>
<p>This chapter introduces various components of the Device, remote control and mouse operations, and typical connection.</p>
<p>Typical Connection Diagram</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The following figure is for reference only. The actual product shall govern.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="512" class="wp-image-2081" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 44" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 827" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-768x444.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-44-810x468.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="592" class="wp-image-2082" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 45" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 828" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-45-810x541.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-2</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="886" height="656" class="wp-image-2083" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 46" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 829" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46.jpeg 886w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-300x222.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-768x569.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-46-810x600.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 886px) 100vw, 886px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark57"></a> Connecting to Video and Audio Input and Output
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark59"></a> Video Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The video input interface is BNC. The input video format includes: PAL/NTSC BNC (1.0VP-P, 75Q.).</p>
<p>The video signal should comply with your national standards.</p>
<p>The input video signal shall have high SNR, low distortion; low interference, natural color and suitable lightness.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee the stability and reliability of the camera signal</strong></p>
<p>The camera shall be installed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, inflammable, explosive substances and etc.</p>
<p>The camera and the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) should have the same grounding to ensure the normal operation of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>Guarantee stability and reliability of the transmission line</strong></p>
<p>Please use high quality, sound shielded BNC. Please select suitable BNC model according to the transmission distance.</p>
<p>If the distance is too long, you should use twisted pair cable, and you can add video compensation devices or use optical fiber to ensure video quality.</p>
<p>You should keep the video signal away from the strong electromagnetic interference, especially the high-tension current.</p>
<p><strong>Keep connection lugs in well contact</strong></p>
<p>The signal line and shielded wire should be fixed firmly and in well connection. Avoid dry joint, lap welding and oxidation.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark61"></a> Video Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video output includes a BNC (PAL/NTSC1.0Vp-p, 75Q) output, a VGA output and HDMI output. System supports BNC, VGA and HDMI output at the same time.</p>
<p>When you are using pc-type monitor to replace the monitor, please pay attention to the following points:</p>
<ul>
<li>To defer aging, do not allow the pc monitor to run for a long time.</li>
<li>Regular demagnetization will keep device maintain proper status.</li>
<li>Keep it away from strong electromagnetic interference devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using TV as video output device is not a reliable substitution method. You also need to reduce the working hour and control the interference from power supply and other devices. The low- quality TV may result in device damage.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark63"></a> Audio Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>These series Product audio input port adopt BNC port.</p>
<p>Due to high impedance of audio input, please use active sound pick-up.</p>
<p>Audio transmission is like video transmission. Try to avoid interference, dry joint, loose contact and it shall be away from high tension current.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark65"></a> Audio Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The audio output signal parameter is usually over 200mv 1KQ (BNC or RCA). It can directly connect to low impedance earphone, active sound box or amplifier-drive audio output device. If the sound box and the pick-up cannot be separated spatially, it is easy to arouse squeaking. In this case you can adopt the following measures:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use better sound pick-up with better directing property.</li>
<li>Reduce the volume of the sound box.</li>
<li>Using more sound-absorbing materials in decoration can reduce voice echo and improve acoustics environment.</li>
<li>Adjust the layout to reduce happening of the squeaking.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark68"></a> Connecting to Alarm Input and Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please read the followings before connecting.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm input</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please make sure alarm input mode is grounding alarm input.</li>
<li>Grounding signal is needed for alarm input.</li>
<li>Alarm input needs the low-level voltage signal.</li>
<li>Alarm input mode can be either NC (normal Open) or NO (Normal Close)</li>
<li>When you are connecting two DVR (WITHOUT HDD)s or you are connecting one DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) and one other device, please use a relay to separate them.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm output</strong></p>
<p>The alarm output port should not be connected to high power load directly (It shall be less than 1A) to avoid high current which may result in relay damage. Please use the contactor to realize the connection between the alarm output port and the load.</p>
<p><strong>How to connect PTZ decoder</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the decoder has the same grounding with DVR (WITHOUT HDD), otherwise you may not control the PTZ. Shielded twisted wire is recommended and the shielded layer is used to connect to the grounding.</li>
<li>Avoid high voltage. Ensure proper wiring and some thunder protection measures.</li>
<li>For too long signal wires, 120Q should be parallel connected between A, B lines on the far end to reduce reflection and guarantee the signal quality.</li>
<li>“485 A, B” of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) cannot parallel connect with “485 port” of another</li>
</ul>
<p>device.</p>
<ul>
<li>The voltage between of A, B lines of the decoder should be less than 5V.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark70"></a> Please make sure the front-end device has soundly earthed</p>
<p>Improper grounding may result in chip damage.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark72"></a> .3.1 Introducing Alarm Port</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The alarm input ports are dependent on the model you purchased.</p>
<p>I 4 NOT C1 4 NO2 C2 4 NO3 C3 4 NO4 C4 4- NO5 C5 NC5 4- <sup>C</sup>&lt;2V~ T* T- R+ R- |</p>
<p>[BBHMBBBBBBiaiilIRffBBBBBïHïBBRI I 1 2 3 445 6 7 8 4 A B 4 9 10 11 12 4 13 14 15 16 4 4 |</p>
<p>Figure 4-4</p>
<p><strong>Icon Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,</p>
<p>7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16</td>
<td>ALARM 1 to ALARM 16. The alarm becomes active in low voltage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO1 C1, NO2 C2, NO3 C3, NO4 C4</td>
<td>There are four groups of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NO5 C5 NC5,</td>
<td>There is one group of normal open activation output (on/off button).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL 12V</td>
<td>Control power output of the 6<strong><sup>th</sup> </strong>alarm output channel. Voltage current: 500mA.</p>
<ul>
<li>When there is an alarm output, close the power output.</li>
<li>When the alarm is cancelled, open the power output.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>+12V</td>
<td>Rated current.</p>
<p>Voltage current: 500mA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Ground cable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>485 A/B</td>
<td>485 communication port. They are used to control devices such as decoder. 1200 should be parallel connected between A, B lines if there are too many PTZ decoders.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T+,T-,R+,R-</td>
<td>Four-wire full-duplex RS485 port.</p>
<p>T+ T-: output wire.</p>
<p>R+ R-: input wire.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-1</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark74"></a> .3.2 Alarm Input</li>
</ul>
<p>Please refer to the following figure for more information.</p>
<ul>
<li>Grounding alarm inputs which includes Normal open and Normal close type.</li>
<li>Please parallel connect COM end and GND end of the alarm detector (Provide external power to the alarm detector).</li>
<li>Please parallel connect the Ground of the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and the ground of the alarm detector.</li>
<li>Please connect the NC port of the alarm sensor to the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) alarm input(ALARM)</li>
<li>Use the same ground with that of DVR (WITHOUT HDD) if you use external power to the alarm device.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="307" class="wp-image-2084" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 47" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 830" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47.jpeg 521w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-47-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-5</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark76"></a> .3.3 Alarm Output</li>
<li>Provide external power to external alarm device.</li>
<li>To avoid overloading, please read the following relay parameters table carefully.</li>
<li>RS485 A/B cable is for the A/B cable of the PTZ decoder.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark78"></a> .3.4 Alarm Output Relay Parameters</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Refer to the actual product for relay model information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Material of the touch</td>
<td>AgNi+ gold-plating</td>
<td>AuAg10/AgNi10/CuNi30</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Rating (Resistance Load)</td>
<td>Rated switch capacity</td>
<td>30V DC 1A/125V AC 0.5A</td>
<td>24V DC 1A/125V AC 2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch power</td>
<td>62.5VA/30W</td>
<td>250VA/48W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch voltage</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
<td>125V AC/60V DC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Maximum switch currency</td>
<td>2A</td>
<td>2A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Insulation</td>
<td>Between touches</td>
<td>400VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>500VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Between touch and winding</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
<td>1000VAC 1 minute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-on Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Turn-off Time</td>
<td>5 ms max</td>
<td>5ms max</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Longevity</td>
<td>Mechanical</td>
<td>1x107times</td>
<td>5&#215;106 times</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Model</strong></td>
<td><strong>HFD23/005-1ZS</strong></td>
<td><strong>HRB1-S-DC5V</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
<td>(300 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electrical</td>
<td>1*105 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
<td>2.5*104 times (30 times/MIN)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Working Temperature</td>
<td>-30C-+70C</td>
<td>-40C-+70C</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark80"></a> Connecting to RS485 Port</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the RS485 cable of the PTZ camera to the RS485 port on the Device. Ensure the match of A and B interfaces.</p>
<p>Step 2 Connect the video out cable of the PTZ camera to the video input port on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Turn on the PTZ camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark82"></a> Replacing Battery</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Please make sure to use the same battery model if possible.</p>
<p>We recommend replace battery regularly (such as one-year) to guarantee system time</p>
<p>accuracy.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2085" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 48" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 831"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Before replacement, please save the system setup, otherwise, you may lose the data completely!</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark85"></a> Local Configurations</li>
</ol>
<p>Please read the following notes prior to using your Device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Conventions for mouse operations on a menu.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Click: On the menu, left-click the mouse once on an option to enter the option setting.</p>
<p>O Right-click: On any interface, right-click the mouse once to return to the previous level. For details about mouse operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark52">&#8220;3.4 Mouse Operations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark87"></a> Initial Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark89"></a> Booting up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the input voltage corresponds to the power requirement of the Device. Power on the Device after the power cable is properly connected.</li>
<li>To protect the Device, please connect the Device with the power cable first, and then connect to the power source.</li>
<li>To ensure the stable work of the Device and the external devices connected to the Device and to prolong the batter life, it is recommended to refer to the national related standard to use the power source that provides stable voltage with less interference from ripples. USP power source is recommended.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Connect the Device to the monitor.</p>
<p>Step 2 Plug in the power cable to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Press the power button to turn on the Device. The power indicator light is on.</p>
<p>On the connected monitor, the live view screen is displayed by default. If you turn on the Device during the time period that is configured for recording, the system starts recording after it is turned on, and you will see the icon indicating recording status is working in the specific channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark91"></a> Initializing the Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When booting up for the first time, you need to configure the password information for <strong>admin </strong>(by default).</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>To secure the Device, it is strongly recommended for you to properly keep the password for admin and modify it regularly.</p>
<p>Step 1 Turn on the Device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device Initialization </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark93"> Figure 5-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="605" class="wp-image-2086" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 49" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 832" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-49-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark93"></a> Step 2 Configure the password information for admin. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark94"> Table 5-1.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td colspan="4">By default, the user is <strong>admin</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2">In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the password for admin.</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Prompt Question</td>
<td colspan="4">In the <strong>Prompt Question </strong>box, enter the information that can remind you of the password.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2">On the login interface, click</td>
<td>Efi</td>
<td rowspan="2">, the prompt will display to help you</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>find back the password.</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark94"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The unlock pattern setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark95"> Figure 5-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="565" class="wp-image-2087" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 50" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 833" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-50-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark95"></a> Step 4 Draw a unlock pattern.</p>
<p>After the setting is completed, the password protection settings interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark96"> Figure 5-3.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The pattern that you want to set must cross at least four points.</li>
<li>If you do not want to configure the unlock pattern, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</li>
<li>Once you have configured the unlock pattern, the system will require the unlock</li>
</ul>
<p>pattern as the default login method. If you skip this setting, enter the password for login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="584" class="wp-image-2088" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 51" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 834" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-51-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark96"></a> Figure 5-3</p>
<p>Step 5 Configure the protection parameters for password. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark97"> Table 5-2.</a></p>
<p>After configuration, if you forgot the password for admin user, you can reset the password through the reserved email address or security questions. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark98">&#8220;5.1.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>If you do not want to configure the settings, disable the email address and security questions functions on the interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>Protection Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the reserved email address.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter an email address for password reset. In case you forgot password, enter the security code that you will get from this reserved email address to reset the password of admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</p>
<p>Questions</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the security questions and answers.</p>
<p>In case you forgot password, enter the answers to the questions can make you reset the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Œ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">If you want to configure the email or security questions fucntion later or you want to</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark97"></a> change the configurations, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Account </strong>^ <strong>USER</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-2</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>End-User License Agreement </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step <em>S</em> Select the <strong>I have read and agree to all terms </strong>check box.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. For details about quick settings during startup, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark108">&#8220;5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark99"></a> 5.1.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the QR code or the security questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reset through the QR code, make sure the Enable check box is selected in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>SECURITY &gt; Password Reset</strong>.</li>
<li>To reset through the security questions, make sure the security quesitons is configured. Step 1 Enter the login interface.</li>
<li>If you have configured unlock pattern, the unlock pattern login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark101"> Figure 5-4.</a> Click <strong>Forgot Pattern</strong>, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
<li>If you did not configure unlock pattern, the password login interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark102"> Figure 5-5.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>On the unlock pattern login interface, click <strong>Switch User </strong>to login<strong>; </strong>or on the password login interface, in the <strong>User Nam</strong>e list, select other users to login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="331" height="534" class="wp-image-2089" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 52" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 835" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52.jpeg 331w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-52-186x300.jpeg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-4</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="274" class="wp-image-2090" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 53" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 836" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53.jpeg 490w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-53-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-5</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark102"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>□.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you did not set the reserved email address, the email entering interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6.</a> Enter the email address, and then click <strong>Next</strong>, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
<li>If you have set the reserved email address, the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark104"> Figure 5-7.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="611" class="wp-image-2091" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 54" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 837" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-54-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark103"></a> Figure 5-6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="600" class="wp-image-2092" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 55" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 838" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55.jpeg 856w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-55-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-7</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark104"></a> Step 3 Rest the password.</p>
<ul>
<li>QR code</li>
</ul>
<p>Follow the onscreen instructions to get the security code in your reserved email address. In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code.</p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You are given the limited times to get the security code by scanning the QR code within 24 hours. Please operate carefully.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Security questions</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface as shown in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark103"> Figure 5-6,</a> in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, select <strong>Security Questions</strong>, the Security Questions interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark105">Figure 5-8.</a></li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you did not configure the security questions before, in the <strong>Reset Type </strong>list, there will be no <strong>Security Questions</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Answer </strong>box, enter the correct answers.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2093" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 56" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 839" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-56-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-8</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark105"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark106"> Figure 5-9.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="605" class="wp-image-2094" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 57" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 840" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-57-810x569.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark106"></a> Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Figure 5-9</p>
<p>In the <strong>New Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed asking if you want to sync the password with the remote devices, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel</strong>, the resetting is finished.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>, the Sync Info interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark107"> Figure 5-10.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="577" class="wp-image-2095" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 58" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 841" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-58-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-10</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2096" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 59" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 842"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark107"></a> This message appears only when there are digital channels instead of complete analog channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="576" class="wp-image-2097" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 60" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 843" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-768x535.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-810x564.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-60-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-11</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark109"></a> 5.1.4 Setting Up with the Startup Wizard</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark111"></a> Entering Startup Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Startup Wizard helps you configure the basic settings to set up the Device.</p>
<p>After you have initialized the Device, the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark113"> Figure 5­12.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="384" class="wp-image-2098" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 61" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 844" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61.jpeg 571w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-61-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark113"></a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Auto-check for updates </strong>check box, the system will notify you automatically when updates are available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark114"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark115"></a> Configuring General Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the general settings for the Device such as Device name, language, and settings for instant playback.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> System <em>■+</em> General ^ General</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Startup Wizard </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>General </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark117"> Figure 5-13.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="614" class="wp-image-2099" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 62" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 845" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62.jpeg 878w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-768x537.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-810x566.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-62-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-13</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the general settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark118"> Table 5-3.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark117"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>box, enter the Device name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device No.</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device No. </strong>box, enter a number for the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Language</td>
<td>In the <strong>Language </strong>list, select a language for the Device system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Standard</td>
<td>In the <strong>Video Standard </strong>list, select <strong>PAL </strong>or <strong>NTSC </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Instant Play (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time length for playing back the recoded video. The value ranges from 5 to 60.</p>
<p>On the live view control bar, click the instant playback button to play back the recorded video within the configured time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Logout (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Auto Logout </strong>box, enter the standby time for the Device. The Device automatically logs out when it is not working for the configured time period. You need to login the Device again.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 60. 0 indicates there is not standby time for the Device.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Monitor Channel(s) when logout</strong>. You can select the channels that you want to continue monitoring when you logged out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Navigation Bar</td>
<td>Enable the navigation bar. When you click on the live view screen, the navigation bar is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark118"></a> Mouse Sensitivity</td>
<td>Adjust the speed of double-click by moving the slider.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the faster the double-clicking speed must be.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-3</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark120"></a> Configuring Date and Time Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the system time, choose the time zone, set the daylight saving time, and enable the NTP server.</p>
<p>You can also configure date and time settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ System <em>■+</em> General ^ Date &amp;Time</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the general settings, on the <strong>General </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Date &amp; Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark122"> Figure 5-14.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="582" class="wp-image-2100" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 63" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 846" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-768x538.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-63-810x567.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-14</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for date and time parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark123"> Table 5-4.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark122"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>System Time </strong>box, enter time for the system.</p>
<p>Click the time zone list, you can select a time zone for the system, and the time in adjust automatically.</p>
<p>/K CAUTION</p>
<p>Do not change the system time randomly; otherwise the recorded video cannot be searched. It is recommended to avoid the recoding period or stop recording first before you change the system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Format </strong>list, select a date format for the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Separator</td>
<td>In the <strong>Date Separator </strong>list, select a separator style for the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>Time Format </strong>list, select <strong>12-HOUR </strong>or <strong>24-HOUR </strong>for the time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DST</td>
<td>Enable the Daylight-Saving Time function. Click <strong>Week </strong>or click <strong>Date</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td rowspan="2">Configure the start time and end time for the DST.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NTP</td>
<td>Enable the NTP function to sync the Device time with the NTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>In the <strong>Server </strong>box, enter the IP address or domain name of the corresponding NTP server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Manual Update</strong>, the Device starts syncing with the server immediately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The system supports TCP protocol only and the default setting is 123.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark123"></a> Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the amount of time that you want the Device to sync time with the NTP server. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-4</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark125"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic network settings such as net mode, IP version, and IP address of the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure network settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the date and time settings, on the <strong>Date&amp;Time </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark127"> Figure 5-15.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="795" height="562" class="wp-image-2101" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 64" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 847" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64.jpeg 795w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-64-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-15</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for network parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark128"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark128"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Net Mode</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multi-address</strong>: Two Ethernet ports work separately through either of which you can request the Device to provide the services such as HTTP and RTSP. You need to configure a default Ethernet port (usually the Ethernet port 1 by default) to request the services from the device end such as DHCP, Email and FTP. If one of the</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>two Ethernet ports is disconnected as detected by networking testing, the system network status is regarded as offline.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Fault Tolerance</strong>: Two Ethernet ports share one IP address.</li>
</ul>
<p>Normally only one Ethernet port is working and when this port fails, the other port will start working automatically to ensure the network connection.</p>
<p>When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Load Balance</strong>: Two network cards share one IP address and they</li>
</ul>
<p>are working at the same time to share the network load averagely. If one of them fails, the other can continue working normally. When testing the network status, the network is regarded as offline only when both of the two Ethernet ports are disconnected. The two Ethernet ports are used under the same LAN.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The Device with single Ethernet port does not support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Ethernet Port</td>
<td>In the <strong>Ethernet Card </strong>list, select an Ethernet port as a default port.</p>
<p>This setting is available only when the <strong>Multi-address </strong>is selected in the <strong>Net Mode </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Version</td>
<td>In the <strong>IP Version </strong>list, you can select <strong>IPv4 </strong>or <strong>IPv6</strong>. Both versions are supported for access.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function. The IP address, subnet mask and default gateway are not available for configuration once DHCP is enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DHCP is effective, the obtained information will display in the <strong>IP</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Address </strong>box, <strong>Subnet Mask </strong>box and <strong>Default Gateway </strong>box. If not, all values show 0.0.0.0.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you want manually to configure the IP information, disable the</li>
</ul>
<p>DHCP function first.</p>
<ul>
<li>If PPPoE connection is successful, the IP address, subnet mask,</li>
</ul>
<p>default gateway, and DHCP are not available for configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td rowspan="3">Enter the IP address and configure the corresponding subnet mask and default gateway.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>IP address and default gateway must be in the same network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS DHCP</td>
<td>Enable the DHCP function to get the DNS address from router.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preferred DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Preferred DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alternate DNS</td>
<td>In the <strong>Alternate DNS </strong>box, enter the IP address of alternate DNS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>In the <strong>MTU </strong>box, enter a value for network card. The value ranges from 1280 byte through 1500 byte. The default is 1500.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Modifying MTU value will cause network interruption and restart,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>which interrupt the network service. There is a pop-up message to</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>let you confirm if you want to save the modification, if yes, the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>modification takes effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Suggested MTU values are as below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1500: The biggest value of Ethernet information package.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This value is typically selected if there is no PPPoE or VPN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>connection, and it is also the default value of some routers,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>network adapters and switches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1492: Optimized value for PPPoE.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>O 1468: Optimized value for DHCP.</p>
<p>O 1450: Optimized value for VPN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Test</td>
<td>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the entered IP address and gateway are interworking.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-5</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark130"></a> Configuring InstaOn Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add the Device into your cell phone client or the platform to manage.</p>
<p>You can also configure InstaOn function by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Network <em>■+</em> InstaOn Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Make sure the DVR (WITHOUT HDD) is connected into the Internet, and if yes, in the <strong>Status </strong>box of the InstaOn interface, it shows <strong>Online</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the network settings, on the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn Cloud </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark132"> Figure 5-16.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="747" height="524" class="wp-image-2102" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 65" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 848" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65.jpeg 747w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-65-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 747px) 100vw, 747px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-16</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark132"></a> Step 2 Enable the InstaOn function.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>You can start adding the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device.</li>
<li>Platform: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual.</li>
</ul>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You can also enter the QR code of Cell Phone Client and Device SN by clicking<br />
on the top right of the interfaces after you have entered the Main Menu.</p>
<p>PG</p>
<p>To use this function, take adding device into Cell Phone Client as an example.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Device into Cell Phone Client</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Use your cell phone to scan the QR code under Cell Phone Client to download the application.</p>
<p>Step 2 On your cell phone, open the application, and then tap .</p>
<p>The menu is displayed. You can start adding the device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Device Manager</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Device Manager </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark133"> Figure 5-17.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="731" class="wp-image-2103" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 66" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 849" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-66-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-17</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark133"></a> Tap on the top right corner.</li>
</ol>
<p>The interface requiring device initialization is displayed. A pop-up message reminding you to make sure the Device is initialized is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>O If the Device has not been initialized, Tap <strong>Device Initialization </strong>to perform initializing by following the onscreen instructions.</p>
<p>O If the Device has been initialized, you can start adding it directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap <strong>Add Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Add Device interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark134"> Figure 5-18.</a></p>
<p>LJ NOTE</p>
<p>You can add wireless device or wired device. The Manual takes adding wired device as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="640" class="wp-image-2104" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 67" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 850" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-67-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark134"></a> 5) Tap <strong>InstaOn</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark135"> Figure 5-19.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="534" class="wp-image-2105" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 68" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 851" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68.jpeg 370w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-68-208x300.jpeg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>..■Il E 10:39 O 41%</strong></p>
<p>(V) Scan QR Code</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="428" height="458" class="wp-image-2106" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 69" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 852" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69.jpeg 428w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-69-280x300.jpeg 280w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark135"></a> Enter a name for the DVR (WITHOUT HDD), the username and password, scan the QR code under <strong>Device SN</strong>.</li>
<li>Tap <strong>Start Live Preview</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Device is added and displayed on the live view interface of the cell phone.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark136"> Figure 5-20.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="389" height="664" class="wp-image-2107" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 70" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 853" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70.jpeg 389w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-70-176x300.jpeg 176w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-20</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark137"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings of main stream and sub stream for the Device.</p>
<p>You can also configure encode settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera <em>■+</em> Encode ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the InstaOn settings, on the <strong>InstaOn </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>. The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark139"> Figure 5-21.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="854" height="599" class="wp-image-2108" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 71" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 854" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71.jpeg 854w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-768x539.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-71-810x568.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-21</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark139"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark140"> Table 5-6.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>However, the actual range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate Type </strong>list, select <strong>CBR </strong>(Constant Bit Rate) or <strong>VBR </strong>(Variable Bit Rate). If you select <strong>CBR</strong>, the image quality cannot be configured; if you select VBR, the image quality can be configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio In port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-6</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark141"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the basic snapshot settings such as quantity of snapshot each time, channel(s) to take snapshot, and image size and quality of snapshot.</p>
<p>You can also configure general settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>For more information about snapshot settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark365">&#8220;5.8 Configuring Snapshot Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>Encode </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark143"> Figure 5-22.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="545" class="wp-image-2109" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 72" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 855" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-72-768x538.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-22</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark143"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark144"> Table 5-7.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select type of snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configure the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark144"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configure or customize the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-7</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark145"></a> Configuring Basic Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the situations when HDD is full, file length and time length of recorded video, and the settings if to auto-delete the old files.</p>
<p>You can also configure basic storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the encode settings, on the <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark147"> Figure 5-23.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="501" class="wp-image-2110" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 73" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 856" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73.jpeg 711w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-73-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-23</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark147"></a> Step 2 Configure the basic storage settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark148"> Table 5-8.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation when all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files always</li>
</ul>
<p>from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, in the <strong>Auto­Delete Old Files </strong>list, select <strong>Customized </strong>to configure the time length for how long you want to keep the old files.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-8</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark150"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the schedule for the recorded video such as channels to record, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure recorded video storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+ </em>Schedule ^ Record</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the basic storage settings, on the <strong>BASIC </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Record </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark152"> Figure 5-24.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="713" height="500" class="wp-image-2111" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 74" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 857" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74.jpeg 713w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-74-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 713px) 100vw, 713px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-24</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark152"></a> Step 2 Configure the record settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark153"> Table 5-9.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to record the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-record</td>
<td>In the <strong>Pre-record </strong>list, enter the amount of time that you want to start the recording in advance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Redundancy</td>
<td>If there are several HDDs installed to the Device, you can set one of the HDDs as the redundant HDD to save the recorded files into different HDDs. In case one of the HDDs is damaged, you can find the backup in the other HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>HDD MANAGER</strong>, and then set</li>
</ul>
<p>a HDD as redundant HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Storage </strong>^ <strong>Schedule </strong>^ <strong>Record</strong>, and</li>
</ul>
<p>then select the <strong>Redundancy </strong>check box.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is not recording, the redundancy</p>
<p>function takes effect next time you record no matter you select the check box or not.</p>
<p>O If the selected channel is recording, the current recorded</p>
<p>files will be packed, and then start recording according to the new schedule.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>The redundant HDD only back up the recorded videos but not</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(motion detect, video loss, tempering, diagnosis), <strong>Alarm </strong>(IoT alarms, local alarms, alarms from alarm box, IPC external alarms, IPC Offline alarms), <strong>MD &amp; Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel </strong>(IVS events, face detection), and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured recording setting is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EO NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark153"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-9</p>
<p>Step 3 Define the video recording period by drawing or editing. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<p>• Define the period by drawing.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of event type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark154"> Figure 5-25.</a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark154"></a> B General</p>
<p><strong>■ MD</strong></p>
<p>| Alarm</p>
<p>MD&amp;Alarm ■ Intel</p>
<p>■ 90S</p>
<p>Figure 5-25</p>
<ol>
<li>Define a period. The system supports maximum six periods.</li>
</ol>
<p>o</p>
<p>Define for the whole week: Click H next to <strong>All</strong>, all the icon switches to □</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>you can define the period for all the days simultaneously.</p>
<p>Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day one by one, the</p>
<p>icon switches to S. You can define the period for the selected days</p>
<p>simultaneously.</p>
<p>On the timeline, drag to define a period. The Device starts recoding the selected<br />
event type in the defined period. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark155"> Figure 5-26.</a></p>
<p>3)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="404" class="wp-image-2112" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 75" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 858" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-75-810x385.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-26</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark155"></a> The color bar indicates the event type that is effective in a defined period:</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Recording priority in case of event types are overlapped: <strong>MD&amp;Alarm </strong><em>•+ </em><strong>Alarm ^ Intel ^ MD ^ General</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Select the check box of event type, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="41" class="wp-image-2113" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 76" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 859"></p>
<p>to clear the defined</p>
<p>period.</p>
<ul>
<li>When selecting MD&amp;Alarm, the respective check box of MD and Alarm will be cleared.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2114" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 77" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 860"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark156"> Figure 5-27.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2115" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 78" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 861" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-78-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-27</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark156"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the event check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>After configuring the recording schedule settings, you need to perform the following operations to start recording according to the defined schedule. O Enable the alarm event and cofigure the settings for the recording channel.</li>
</ul>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>O You need to enable the recording function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">Control.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark158"></a> 5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</p>
<p>You can configure the storage schedule for the snapshot such as channels to take snapshot, alarm settings, and the armed period.</p>
<p>You can also configure snapshot storage settings by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 After you have configured the video recording settings, on the <strong>Record </strong>interface, click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNAPSHOT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark160"> Figure 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Alt</td>
<td colspan="2">Q General</td>
<td>■ MD</td>
<td>■ Alarm</td>
<td colspan="2">MD&amp;Alarm</td>
<td>■ Intel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
<td>2 4</td>
<td>6 8</td>
<td>10 12 14</td>
<td>16 18</td>
<td>20</td>
<td>22 24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Sunday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Monday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Tuesday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>«</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Wednes&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Thursday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Friday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o Saturday</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back Finished Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-28</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark160"></a> Step 2 Configure the snapshot settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark161"> Table 5-10.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event type</td>
<td>Select the check box of the event type which includes <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD</strong>, <strong>Alarm</strong>, <strong>MD&amp;Alarm</strong>, <strong>Intel</strong>, and <strong>POS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the configured snapshot setting is active. For details about defining a period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark161"></a> Copy</td>
<td>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-10</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Finished</strong>.</p>
<p>A pop-up message is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The live view screen is displayed. The setting up with startup wizard is completed. You can start using the Device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark162"></a> 5.2 Live View</p>
<p>After you logged in the Device, the live view is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark164"> Figure 5-29.</a> The number of channels displayed depends on your model.</p>
<p>To enter the live view screen from other interfaces, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="46" class="wp-image-2116" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 79" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 862"></p>
<p>on the top right of the screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="664" class="wp-image-2117" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 80" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 863" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-300x241.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-768x617.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-80-810x650.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-29</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark165"></a> Live View Screen</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the live video from the connected cameras through each channel on the screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>By default, the system time, channel name and channel number are displayed on each channel window. This setting can be configured by selecting <strong>Main Menu &gt; Camera &gt; OVERLAY.</strong></li>
<li>The figure in the bottom right corner represents channel number. If the channel position is changed or the channel name is modified, you can recognize the channel number by this figure and then perform the operations such as record query and playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>For the icons displayed on each channel, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark167"> Table 5-11.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>Indicates recording status. This icon displays when the video is being recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This icon displays when the motion detection occurs in the scene.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>?</td>
<td>This icon displays when the video loss is detected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark167"></a> a</td>
<td>This icon displays when the channel monitoring is locked.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-11</p>
<p>TIPS</p>
<p>To switch the position of two channels, point to one of the two channels, and then drag the window to the other channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark168"></a> Live View Control bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The live view control bar provides you access to perform the operations such as playback, zoom, real-time backup, manual snapshot, voice talk, adding remote devices, and streams switch.</p>
<p>When you move the pointer to the top middle position of a channel window, the live view control bar is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark170"> Figure 5-30 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark171"> Figure 5-31 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is not operation for six seconds after the control bar is displayed, the control bar hides automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="429" class="wp-image-2118" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 81" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 864" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-81-300x272.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark170"></a> Figure 5-30</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="439" class="wp-image-2119" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 82" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 865" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-82-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark171"></a> Figure 5-31</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Instant Play</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>7</td>
<td>Add IP Camera</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Digital Zoom</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Mute</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Real-time</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Audio Talk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark173"></a> 5.2.2.1 Instant Playback</p>
<p>You can play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video.</p>
<p>By clicking □, the instant playback interface is displayed. The instant playback has the</p>
<p>following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Move the slider to choose the time you want to start playing.</li>
<li>Play, pause and close playback.</li>
<li>The information such as channel name and recording status icon are shielded during instant playback and will not display until exited.</li>
<li>During playback, screen split layout switch is not allowed.</li>
<li>To change the playback time, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System &gt; GENERAL</strong>, in the <strong>Instant Play </strong>box, enter the time you want to play back. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark175"> Figure 5-32.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="794" height="447" class="wp-image-2120" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 83" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 866" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83.jpeg 794w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-83-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 794px) 100vw, 794px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-32</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark176"></a> 5.2.2.2 Digital Zoom</p>
<p>You can enlarge a specific area of the image to view the details by either of the following two ways.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click Ltl, the icon switches to ^3. Hold down the left mouse button to select the area</li>
</ul>
<p>you want to enlarge. The area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released.</p>
<ul>
<li>Point to the center that you want to enlarge, rotate the wheel button to enlarge the area.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when the image is enlarged in the first way described previously, the selected area is zoomed proportionally according to the window.</li>
<li>When the image is in the enlarged status, you can drag the image toward any direction to view the other enlarged areas.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Right-click on the enlarged image to return the original status.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark178"></a> Real-time Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record the video of any channel and save the clip into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking , the recording is started. To stop recording, click this icon again. The clip is</p>
<p>automatically saved into the connected USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark180"></a> Manual Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can take one to five snapshots of the video and save into a USB storage device.</p>
<p>By clicking you can take snapshots. The snapshots are automatically saved into the</p>
<p>connected USB storage device. You can view the snapshots on your PC.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>To change the quantity of snapshots, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select the snapshot quantity.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark182"></a> Mute (Analog channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can mute the video sound by clicking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2121" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 84" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 867"></p>
<p>. This function is supported in single-channel</p>
<p>view.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark184"></a> Bidirectional Talk (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the voice interaction between the Device and the remote device to improve<br />
efficiency of emergency. This function is supported only when the remotely connected IPC<br />
device supports bidirectional talk.</p>
<p>, the icon switches to ^3, the bidirectional talk of the remote device is turned</p>
<p>on. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is disabled.</p>
<p>• Click □ to cancel the bidirectional talk. The bidirectional talk of other digital channels is resumed.</p>
<p>• Click</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark186"></a> Remote Devices (Digital channel only)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information of remote devices and add new remote devices to replace the current connected devices.</p>
<p>By clicking LJ, the <strong>Camera Registration </strong>interface is displayed. For details about adding the</p>
<p>remote devices, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark188"></a> 5.2.3 Navigation Bar</p>
<p>You can access the functions to perform operations through the function icons on the navigation bar. For example, you can access Main Menu and switch window split mode. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark190"> Figure 5-33.</a> CD NOTE</p>
<p>The navigation bar is disabled by default. It does not appear in the live view screen until it is enabled. To enable it, select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>^ <strong>General</strong>, enable the Navigation Bar, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="40" class="wp-image-2122" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 85" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 868" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-768x37.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-85-810x39.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-33</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark190"></a><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>Expand or condense the navigation bar.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">i_uuia»</td>
<td>Select view layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Go to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">IE]</td>
<td>Go to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Enable tour function. The icon switches to ^^3.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">□</td>
<td>Open the PTZ control panel. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">&#8220;5.4 Controlling</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark228">PTZ Cameras.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>Color Setting </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">&#8220;5.2.5 Color</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark195">Setting.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>CD <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>This function is supported only in single-channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the record search interface. For detail, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">&#8220;5.9 Playing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark386">Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">H</td>
<td>Open the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface to view the device alarm status. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark852">&#8220;5.19.3 Viewing Event Information.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">E3</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface to display the information of each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark311">&#8220;5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Open the <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">&#8220;5.14.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark619">Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">o</td>
<td>Open the <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">&#8220;5.17.3</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark749">Configuring HDD Manager.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Open the <strong>USB MANAGER </strong>interface. For details about USB operations, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-12</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark191"></a> 5.2.4 Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>You can quickly access some function interfaces such as main menu, record search, PTZ setting, color setting and select the view split mode.</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark193"> Figure 5-34.</a> For details about the functions of shortcut menu, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark194"> Table 5-13.</a></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you access any interface through shortcut menu, you can return to the previous screen by right-clicking on the current screen.</p>
<p><strong>Main Menu</strong></p>
<p><strong>Q Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>W PTZ</strong></p>
<p>■ View 1 ►</p>
<p>S View 4 »</p>
<p>■- View 8 ►</p>
<p>S View 9 ►</p>
<p>Si View 16 : Previous Screen : Next Screen</p>
<p>S Manual ►</p>
<p>Preview Mode »</p>
<p><strong>S Color Setting</strong></p>
<p><strong>3G</strong></p>
<p><strong>a Image</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-34</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark193"></a><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main Menu</td>
<td>Open <strong>Main Menu </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search</td>
<td>Open the <strong>Playback </strong>interface where you can search and play back record files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Open the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View Layout</td>
<td>Configure the live view screen as a single-channel layout or multi­channel layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous Screen</td>
<td rowspan="2">Click Previous Screen to go to the previous screen. For example, if you are using 4-split mode, the first screen is displaying the channel 1-4, click <strong>Next screen</strong>, you can view channel 5-8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next Screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Registration</td>
<td>Open the <strong>CAMERA REGISTRATION </strong>interface. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">&#8220;5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark308">Adding Remote Devices.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Record</strong>, you can configure the recording mode as</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Manual</strong>, or stop the recording. You can also enable or disable snapshot function</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Alarm Out</strong>, you can configure alarm output settings.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>General</strong>, the layout of live view screen is as default.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Show Face Lis</strong>t, the detected face snapshots are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed in the bottom of the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Focus</td>
<td>Point to the channel window and right-click on it to open the shortcut menu, and then click <strong>Auto Focus</strong>.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all cameras support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Setting</td>
<td>Open the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface where you can adjust the video image color.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark194"></a> Image</td>
<td>Click to modify the camera properties.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-13</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark196"></a> Color Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can adjust the video image color effect such as sharpness, brightness, and contrast. The parameters are different according to the connected camera type. Take analog channel as an example.</p>
<p>In the live view screen, right-click on the analog channel to see the shortcut menu, and then select <strong>Color Setting</strong>, the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark198"> Figure 5-35.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark279">&#8220;5.5.1 Configuring Image Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="585" class="wp-image-2123" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 86" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 869" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86.jpeg 529w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-86-271x300.jpeg 271w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark198"></a> Figure 5-35</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Divide 24 hours into two periods and configure the corresponding color settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the function and then set the effective time for each period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjust the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjust the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjust the image brightness. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</p>
<p>The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjust the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjust the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Standard</strong>, <strong>Soft</strong>, <strong>Bright</strong>, <strong>Colorful</strong>, <strong>Bank</strong>, <strong>Customized 1</strong>, <strong>Customized 2</strong>, <strong>Customized 3, </strong>and <strong>Customized 4</strong>.</p>
<p>The sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation will adjust automatically according to the selected color mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EQ</td>
<td>Enhance the image effect. Adjust the effect value.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Click ^3, image is adjusted to the optimized effect</p>
<p>automatically.</p>
<p>• Click ^3, the current effect setting will be locked.</p>
<p>EO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only HD analog channel supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Position</td>
<td>Adjust the display position of the image in the channel window.</p>
<p>The value indicates pixel. The default value is 16.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>This function is only supported by analog channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Customized</td>
<td>You can customize four color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Customized</strong>. The <strong>Customized Color </strong>interface is</li>
</ol>
<p>displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Customized 1</strong>, for example.</li>
</ol>
<p>Then configure the settings for sharpness, hue, brightness, contrast and saturation. If you select <strong>All</strong>, the configuration will apply to all four customized color modes.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>On the <strong>COLOR </strong>interface, in the <strong>Color Mode </strong>list, you can</li>
</ol>
<p>select the customized color mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-14</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark199"></a> Live View Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="979" height="492" class="wp-image-2124" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 87" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 870" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87.jpeg 979w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-87-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 979px) 100vw, 979px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark201"></a> Configuring Display Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the display effect such as displaying time title and channel title, adjusting image transparency, and selecting the resolution.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong><em>■+</em><strong> Display</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DISPLAY </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark203"> Figure 5-36.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="784" height="439" class="wp-image-2125" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 88" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 871" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88.jpeg 784w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-88-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 784px) 100vw, 784px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-36</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark203"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the display parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark204"> Table 5-15.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Main</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Indicates the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Title </strong>check box, the current system time displays in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box, the channel name, channel number and recording status display in each channel window in live view screen. To hide the time, clear the check box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Original Rate</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Original Rate </strong>check box, the video image displays in its actual size in the channel window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IVS Rule Preview</td>
<td>Select the <strong>IVS Rule Preview </strong>check box to enable IVS rule preview function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transparency</td>
<td>Configure the transparency of the graphical user interface (GUI). The higher the value, the more transparent the GUI becomes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;1024.</p>
<p>OJ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>General: No information is displayed on the channel</li>
</ul>
<p>window.</p>
<ul>
<li>Show Face List: Displays the detected face snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p>taken as a result of face detection on the bottom of the live view screen.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable extra screen function. After this function is enabled, you can select which port as extra screen port, and the other port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Extra</p>
<p>Screen</td>
<td>Out Port</td>
<td>Select the VGA port or HDMI port as the port connected by a secondary monitor. For example, if you select HDMI port as the extra screen port, the VGA port automatically becomes the main screen port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Select resolution for the video. The default resolution for VGA port and HDMI port is 1280&#215;720.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Some of the resolution options might not be supported on the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>HDMI port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• The main menu does not display on the extra screen.</p>
<p>• If you do not enable the extra screen function, both the VGA port and HDMI port</p>
<p>display the same image.</p>
<p>Table 5-15</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark205"></a> Configuring Viewing Layout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the view layout in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ VIEW</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>View Setting </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark207"> Figure 5-37.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="408" class="wp-image-2126" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 89" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 872" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89.jpeg 722w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-89-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-37</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark208"></a> Step 2 Configure the view layout by clicking the layout buttons on the bottom. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark208"> Figure 5­38.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="56" class="wp-image-2127" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 90" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 873"></p>
<p>Figure 5-38</p>
<p>For example, click and select <strong>9-16</strong>, the view layout changes immediately,</p>
<p>see</p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark209">Figure 5-39.</a></p>
<p>Ji</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>DISPLAY</p>
<p>VIEW</p>
<p>TOUR</p>
<p>ZERO-CHANNEL</p>
<p>• A S (!)</p>
<p>Display / DISPLAY / VIEW</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="631" height="367" class="wp-image-2128" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 91" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 874" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91.jpeg 631w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-91-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-39</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark209"></a> Step 3 Adjust the position of channels if needed.</p>
<p>In the channel list, for example, in the channel 9 list, you can select 10, and then the channel 9 and channel 10 exchange positions.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The live view screen displays the same layout as configured in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark210"></a> Configuring Zero-Channel Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view several video sources on one channel on the web end.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display <em>■&gt;</em> Zero-Channel</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ZERO-CHANNEL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark212"> Figure 5-40.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="469" class="wp-image-2129" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 92" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 875" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-92-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark212"></a> Figure 5-40</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the zero-channel parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark213"> Table 5-16.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable zero-channel function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the video compression standard according to the device capability. The default is H.264.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the <strong>Resolution </strong>list, select the video resolution. The default is 704&#215;576 (D1).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Select a value between 1 and 25 for PAL standard, and between 1 and 30 for NTSC standard. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark213"></a> Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>The default value is 1024Kb/S. The actual arrange is decided and selected dependent on the Device capability and frame rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-16</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>In the live interface on the web, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="31" class="wp-image-2130" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 93" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 876" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93.jpeg 355w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-93-300x26.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>to select one of the</p>
<p>multi-channel modes, and then you can view the local video image.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark214"></a> Configuring TV</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can adjust the border margins in top, bottom, left and right directions as well as the brightness of the monitor connected to the Video out port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tv Adjust</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TV ADJUST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark216"> Figure 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DISPLAY</td>
<td>Tûp Mai yin</td>
<td><strong>-Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VIEW</td>
<td>Rcltcwn Margin</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ Û</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>KHJR</td>
<td>Leit Mai jo</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ZERO-CHANHEL</td>
<td>FùgFl Mai pn</td>
<td>-o</td>
<td></td>
<td>+ 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TV ADJUST</td>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>+ 12«</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark216"></a><strong>OeiMlt OK Bad.</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-41</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the parameters according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark217"></a> Configuring Tour Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure a tour of selected channels to repeat playing videos. The videos display in turn according to the channel group configured in tour settings. The system is playing one channel group for a certain period and then automatically changes to the next channel group.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>TOUR </strong>interface is displayed. There are MainScreen tab and ExtraScreen tab, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark219"> Figure 5-42 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark220"> Figure 5-43.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="18" class="wp-image-2131" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 94" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 877" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94.jpeg 734w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-94-300x7.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display &gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; DISPLAY /</strong></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; TOUR</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DISPLAY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Main Screen</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VIEW</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>!■</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Interval(Sec)</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>TOUR</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video Detect</strong></td>
<td><strong>View 1</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ZERO-CHANNEL</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Window Split</strong></td>
<td><strong>Viewl</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="570" height="181" class="wp-image-2132" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 95" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 878" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95.jpeg 570w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-95-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p><strong>Add Modify Delete Move up Move down</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default</strong></p>
<p><strong>Apply Back</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-42</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark219"></a><strong>V </strong>DISPLAY</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>CtSFLAV</td>
<td><strong>Mùiî</strong> Szceri</td>
<td>EKii’j <strong>Soma</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YEW</td>
<td>En-sWe</td>
<td>■_</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1C4JR</td>
<td><strong>Itïï-vAÎSm.</strong> j</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">ffiAOrCMWfflÊL</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Lfrrta Efdii</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">77Âri.ii.F$,T</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB J</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>C-A-nd i&#8221;r&gt;xi2</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="23" class="wp-image-2133" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 96" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 879" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96.jpeg 464w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-96-300x15.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></p>
<p>a j a</p>
<p>3 2</p>
<p>4 ■/ 4</p>
<ol>
<li>i</li>
<li>/ ?</li>
</ol>
<p>u <em>j</em> a</p>
<p>B J S</p>
<p>TO J TO</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark220"></a> Md Krikty lifte to Mow up «uwiiwffl</p>
<p>Figure 5-43</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the tour parameters for both Main Screen and Extra Screen.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark221"> Table 5-17.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable tour function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want each channel group displays on the screen. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 120 seconds, and the default value is 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Detect, Alarm</td>
<td>Select the View 1 or View 8 for <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tour and <strong>Alarm </strong>Tour (system alarm events).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Window Split</td>
<td>In the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, select <strong>View 1</strong>, <strong>View 4</strong>, <strong>View 8</strong>, or other modes that are supported by the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Group</td>
<td>Display all channel groups under the current Window Split setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a channel group: Click <strong>Add</strong>, in the pop-up <strong>Add Group</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>channel, select the channels to form a group, and then click <strong>Save</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Delete a channel group: Select the check box of any channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Edit a channel group: Select the check box of any channel group</li>
</ul>
<p>and then click <strong>Modify</strong>, or double-click on the group. The <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can regroup the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Move up </strong>or <strong>Move down </strong>to adjust the position of channel</li>
</ul>
<p>group.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-17</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark221"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings. TIPS</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>On the top right of the live view screen, use the left mouse button or press Shift</p>
<p>to switch between (image switching is allowed) and &#8216;•=?&gt; (image switching is</p>
<p>not allowed) to turn on/off the tour function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>On the navigation bar, click</td>
<td>o</td>
<td>to enable the tour and click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to disable</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>it.</p>
<p><strong>Adding a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark222"> Figure 5-44.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="340" class="wp-image-2134" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 97" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 880" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-97-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-44</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark222"></a> Step 2 Select the channels that you want to group for tour. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark223"> Figure 5-45.</a></p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you want to select more than one channel, in the <strong>Window Split </strong>list, do not select <strong>View 1</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="587" height="337" class="wp-image-2135" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 98" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 881" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98.jpeg 587w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-98-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark223"></a><strong>Modifying a Channel Group</strong></p>
<p>Double-click on a channel group, the <strong>Modify Channel Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark224"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark224">5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark224"></a> You can modify channel group and click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="323" class="wp-image-2136" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 99" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 882" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99.jpeg 572w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-99-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-46</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark225"></a> 5.3 Entering Main Menu</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed, Click Main Menu and then login the system. The Main Menu is displayed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark227"> Figure 5-47.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="513" class="wp-image-2137" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 100" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 883" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-100-810x480.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark227"></a> Figure 5-47</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td colspan="3">Function tiles</td>
<td>Includes eleven function tiles: <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Backup</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, <strong>intelligent</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Display, Account, System</strong>, and <strong>Info</strong>. Click each tile to open the configuration interface of the tile.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Video</strong>: Search for and play back the recorded video saved on the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Backup</strong>: Search and back up the video files to the local PC or</li>
</ul>
<p>external storage device such as USB storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Camera</strong>: Configure the Encode settings of camera, remote device,</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot settings etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Network</strong>: Configure the network parameter (TCP/IP), Port settings,</li>
</ul>
<p>InstaOn Cloud etc.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Event</strong>: Search for alarm information and configure alarm event</li>
</ul>
<p>actions.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Intelligent</strong>: Configure the behavior detections by drawing rules for</li>
</ul>
<p>detecting tripwire, intrusion, abandoned objects, and missing objects, POS (Point of Sale), Face Detection and loT.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong>: Hard disk details, record plan configuration for video and</li>
</ul>
<p>snapshot.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Display</strong>: Configure the display effect such as displaying content,</li>
</ul>
<p>image transparency, and resolution, and enable the zero-channel function.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Account</strong>: Create, Delete, Modify user account or user group and</li>
</ul>
<p>Onvif User.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>System</strong>: General settings for DVR (WITHOUT HDD) like as date &amp;</li>
</ul>
<p>time, language settings and PTZ settings.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong>: Manage Log files and firmware version with device details..</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td colspan="3">Live</td>
<td><strong>Click </strong>to go to the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>D</strong></td>
<td>When you point to <strong>^3, </strong>the current user account is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>■ ■</td>
<td></td>
<td>Click Q, select <strong>Logout</strong>, <strong>Reboot</strong>, or <strong>Shutdown </strong>according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Displays <strong>Cell Phone Client </strong>and <strong>Device SN </strong>QR Code.</p>
<ul>
<li>Cell Phone Client: Use your mobile phone to scan the QR code to</li>
</ul>
<p>add the device into the Cell Phone Client, and then you can start accessing the Device from your cell phone.</p>
<ul>
<li>Device SN: Obtain the Device SN by scanning the QR code. Go to</li>
</ul>
<p>the InstaOn management platform and add the Device SN into the platform. Then you can access and manage the device in the WAN. For details, please refer to the InstaOn operation manual. You can also configure InstaOn function in the local configurations. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-18</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark229"></a> 5.4 Controlling PTZ Cameras</p>
<p>PTZ is a mechanical platform that carries a camera and a protective cover and performs overall control remotely. A PTZ can move in both horizontal and vertical direction to provide all-around view to the camera.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Before operating PTZ, please assure the network connection between PTZ and the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark231"></a> Configuring PTZ Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the PTZ connection settings before use.</p>
<ul>
<li>Local connection: RS485 Port for connecting Speed Dome or coaxial cable for connecting coaxial camera.</li>
<li>Remote connection: local area network.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ PTZ</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark233"> Figure 5-48.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="464" class="wp-image-2138" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 101" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 884" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101.jpeg 829w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-101-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark233"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the PTZ connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark234"> Table 5-19.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to connect the PTZ camera to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Local: Connect through RS485 port or coaxial cable.</li>
<li>Remote: Connect through network by adding IP address of PTZ</li>
</ul>
<p>camera to the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Control Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Serial </strong>or <strong>HDCVI</strong>. For HDCVI series product, please select HDCVI. The control signal is sent to the PTZ through the coaxial cable. For the serial mode, the control signal is sent to the PTZ through the RS485 port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol </strong>list, select the protocol for the PTZ camera, for example, select <strong>HDCVI3.0</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>In the <strong>Address </strong>box, enter the address for PTZ camera. The default is 1. CO NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>The entered address must be the same with the address configured on</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the PTZ camera; otherwise the PTZ camera cannot be controlled from</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select the baudrate for the PTZ camera. The default is 9600.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>The default is 8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>The default is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark234"></a> Parity</td>
<td>The default is NONE.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-19</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark235"></a> Working with PTZ Control Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ control panel performs the operations such as directing camera in eight directions, adjusting zoom, focus and iris settings, and quick positioning.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark237"></a> Basic PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Right-click on the live view screen and then select <strong>PTZ</strong>. The PTZ control panel is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark239">Figure 5-49.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="168" class="wp-image-2139" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 102" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 885" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102.jpeg 379w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-102-300x133.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-49</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2140" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 103" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 886"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark239"></a> The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed</td>
<td>Controls the movement speed. The bigger the value is, the faster the movement will be.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Wide angle.</p>
<p><strong>^3: </strong>Long shot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus</td>
<td><strong>3: </strong>Zoom in. <strong>^3: </strong>Zoom out.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Iris</td>
<td>3: Small.</p>
<p>^3: Large.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ movement</td>
<td>Supports eight directions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fast positioning button.</p>
<p>• Positioning: Click ^3 to enter the fast positioning screen, and</p>
<p>then click anywhere on the live view screen, the PTZ will turn to this point and move it to the middle of the screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Zooming: On the fast positioning screen, drag to draw a square on</p>
<p>the view. The square supports zooming.</p>
<p>O Dragging upward is to zoom out, and dragging downward is</p>
<p>to zoom in.</p>
<p>O The smaller the square, the larger the zoom effect.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function and can only be controlled through mouse operations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click U, you can control the four directions (left, right, up, and down) PTZ movement through mouse operation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Click ^3 to open the expanded PTZ control panel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-20</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark240"></a> Expanded PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>On the basic PTZ control panel, click</p>
<p>to open the expanded PTZ control panel to find more</p>
<p>options. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark242"> Figure 5-50.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2141" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 104" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 887"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="164" class="wp-image-2142" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 105" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 888" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105.jpeg 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-105-300x83.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-50</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark242"></a> • The functions with buttons in gray are not supported by the system.</p>
<p>• Right-click once to return to the interface of PTZ basic control panel.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>01</strong></td>
<td>Preset</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto Pan</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>A * *-•</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Flip</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Pattern</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Autoscan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click the <strong>AUX Config </strong>icon to open the PTZ functions settings interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>AUX Switch</td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Click the <strong>Enter Menu </strong>icon to open the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-21</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark243"></a> Configuring PTZ Functions
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark245"></a> Configuring Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="35" class="wp-image-2143" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 106" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 889"></p>
<p>The <strong>Preset </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark247"> Figure 5-51.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="327" class="wp-image-2144" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 107" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 890" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-107-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-51</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark247"></a> Step 2 Click the direction arrows to the required position.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the value to represent the required position.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Setting </strong>to complete the preset settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark248"></a> Configuring Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Tour </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tour </strong>tab is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark250"> Figure 5-52.</a></p>
<p><strong>PTZ Preset Tour Pattern Border</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preset i</strong></p>
<p><strong>Patrol&#8230; o</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>Del Tour</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-52</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark250"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Patrol No</strong>. box, enter the value for the tour route.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Preset </strong>box, enter the preset value.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Add Preset</strong>.</p>
<p>A preset will be added for this tour.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can repeat adding more presets.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Del Preset </strong>to delete the preset for this tour. This operation can be repeated to delete more presets. Some protocols do not support deleting.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark251"></a> Configuring Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="36" class="wp-image-2145" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 108" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 891"></p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Pattern </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Pattern </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark253"> Figure 5-53.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="324" class="wp-image-2146" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 109" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 892" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-109-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-53</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark253"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Pattern </strong>box, enter the value for pattern.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Start </strong>to perform the directions operations. You can also go to the PTZ Control Panel to perform the operations of adjusting zoom, focus, iris, and directions.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>PTZ </strong>interface, click <strong>End </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark254"></a> Configuring AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click .</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click the <strong>Border </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Border </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark256"> Figure 5-54.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="326" class="wp-image-2147" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 110" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 893" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110.jpeg 514w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-110-300x190.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click the direction arrows to position the left and right borders.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark257"></a> Calling PTZ Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you have configured the PTZ settings, you can call the PTZ functions for monitoring from the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>a.<strong> Speed 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>No. 0</strong></td>
<td><em>9</em></td>
<td>▼</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Zoom</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&lt; i.Q ► _</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0|</td>
<td></td>
<td>• • 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>— Focus</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><sup>v</sup> 8 — Iris</strong></td>
<td>+</td>
<td>iol <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />*</td>
<td></td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-55</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark260"></a> Calling Presets</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the preset that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click [Si to call the preset.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click [Si again to stop calling the preset.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark262"></a> Calling Tours</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the tour that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click to call the tour.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2148" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 111" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 894"></p>
<p>again to stop calling the tour.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark264"></a> Calling Patterns</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the pattern that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Call <strong>I9l </strong>to call the pattern.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera moves according to the configured pattern repeatedly.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click ISI again to stop calling the pattern.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark266"></a> Calling AutoScan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, in the <strong>No. </strong>box, enter the value of the border that you want to call.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click SI.</p>
<p>The PTZ camera performs scanning according to the configured borders.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>l^l </strong>again to stop auto canning.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark268"></a> Calling AutoPan</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2149" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 112" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 895"></p>
<p>to start moving in horizontal direction.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click s</p>
<p>again to stop moving.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark270"></a> Using AUX Button</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click , the AUX setting interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark272">Figure 5-56.</a></p>
<ul>
<li>In the <strong>Direct Aux </strong>list, select the option that corresponds to the applied protocol.</li>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark272"></a> In the <strong>Aux Num </strong>box, enter the number that corresponds to the AUX switch on the</li>
</ul>
<p>decoder.</p>
<p><strong>AUX</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>On Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>Direct </strong>Aux</p>
<p><strong>NONE</strong></p>
<p><strong>Aux Num</strong></p>
<p><strong>1</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-56</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark273"></a> Calling OSD Menu</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the coaxial camera, you can call the OSD menu through the Expanded PTZ Control Panel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark259"> Figure 5-55.</a></p>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p>On the Expanded PTZ Control Panel, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2150" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 113" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 896"></p>
<p>The <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark275"> Figure 5-57.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="310" class="wp-image-2151" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 114" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 897" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-114-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-57</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark275"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>The OSD menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark276"> Figure 5-58.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="331" class="wp-image-2152" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 115" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 898" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-115-300x188.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-58</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark276"></a> Step 3 On the <strong>MENU OPERATION </strong>interface, click the arrow button to select the onscreen parameters.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Enter </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark277"></a> 5.5 Configuring Camera Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="525" class="wp-image-2153" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 116" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 899" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116.jpeg 933w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-116-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark280"></a> Configuring Image Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the image settings such as saturation, contrast, brightness, sharpness for</p>
<p>each connected camera.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ IMAGE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMAGE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark282"> Figure 5-59 </a>for analog channel and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark283"> Figure 5</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark283">60 </a>for digital channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="455" class="wp-image-2154" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 117" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 900" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-768x405.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-117-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark282"></a> Figure 5-59</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="490" class="wp-image-2155" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 118" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 901" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-118-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-60</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark283"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the image parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark284"> Table 5-22.</a></p>
<p>On the digital channel interface, click <strong>More Setting </strong>to display more parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cable Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Cable Type </strong>list, select the cable type that the camera uses. EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>list, select a time period for the image settings. The image settings will be only used during the selected period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective Time</td>
<td>Enable the effective function.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Effective Time </strong>box, enter the start time and end time for the period you selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saturation</td>
<td>Adjusts the color shades. The bigger the value, the lighter the color will become. This value does not influence the general image lightness.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Contrast</td>
<td>Adjusts the image contrast. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the contrast between the light area and dark area will become. You can adjust this value when the contrast is not obvious. However, if the value is too big, the dark area is likely to become darker and the light area over exposed. If the value is too small, the image is likely to become dim.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Brightness</td>
<td>Adjusts the image brightness. The bigger the value is, the brighter the image will become. You can adjust this value when the image as a whole looks dark or bright. However, the image is likely to become dim if the value is too big.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50. The recommended range is between 40 and 60.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hue</td>
<td>Adjusts the hue of image. The value ranges from 0 to 100. The default value is 50.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sharpness</td>
<td>Adjusts the sharpness of image edge. The bigger the value is, the more obvious the image edge, and the noise is also greater.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 1 to 15. The default value is 1.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Enhance</td>
<td>Adjusts the image definition. The bigger the value is, the clearer the image will become, but there will be more noises.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NR</td>
<td>Reduces the noises from image. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config File</td>
<td>In the <strong>Config File </strong>list, select <strong>Day</strong>, <strong>Night</strong>, <strong>Normal</strong>, or <strong>Switch By Period</strong>. The system configures the parameters correspondingly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Day: Apply the configuration during daytime.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the configuration during nighttime.</li>
<li>Normal: Apply the configuration during day and night.</li>
<li>Switch by Period: If you select this option, you need to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time where you are located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mirror</td>
<td>Enable the function, the left and right side of the video image will be switched. It is disabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3D Denoise</td>
<td>This function specially applies to the image which frame rate is configured as 2 at least. It reduces the noises by making use of the information between two frames. The bigger the value is, the better the effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip</td>
<td>In the <strong>Flip </strong>list, you can select <strong>180° </strong>to change the video image display.</p>
<p>By default, the setting is <strong>No Flip</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Light</td>
<td>In the <strong>Light </strong>list, select <strong>Close </strong>or <strong>Enable </strong>to use the backlight compensation or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scene Mode</td>
<td>Configure the white balance to adjust the general hue of the image.</p>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Automatically apply white balance to different colors to</li>
</ul>
<p>make the image color display normally.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sunny: Apply the threshold value to sunny environment.</li>
<li>Night: Apply the threshold value to night.</li>
<li>Customized: Manually adjust the Red Gain and Blue Gain</li>
</ul>
<p>values.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Day &amp; Night</td>
<td>Configure the color and black&amp;white mode of the image. This setting is not affected by the configuration files. The default setting is <strong>Auto</strong>. • Color: The camera outputs color image only.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Depends on the camera, such as overall brightness and</li>
</ul>
<p>whether there is an IR light, either color image or black&amp;white image is output.</p>
<ul>
<li>B/W: The camera outputs Black and white image only.</li>
<li>By Time: The camera outputs image according to the configure</li>
</ul>
<p>the sunrise time and sunset time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-22</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark285"></a> Configuring Encode Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera^ ENCODE ^ Encode</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Encode </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark287"> Figure 5-61.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="845" height="478" class="wp-image-2156" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 119" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 902" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119.jpeg 845w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-119-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 845px) 100vw, 845px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-61</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark287"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the main/sub streams parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark288"> Table 5-23.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Codec</td>
<td>Enable the smart codec function. This function can reduce the video bit stream for non-important recorded video to maximize the storage space.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Main Stream: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, <strong>MD </strong>(Motion</li>
</ul>
<p>Detect), or <strong>Alarm</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Sub Stream: This setting is not configurable.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Compression</td>
<td>In the <strong>Compression </strong>list, select the encode mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.265: Main profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264H: High profile encoding. Low bit stream with high</li>
</ul>
<p>definition. This setting is recommended.</p>
<ul>
<li>H.264: General profile encoding.</li>
<li>H.264B: Baseline profile encoding. This setting requires higher</li>
</ul>
<p>bit stream compared with other settings for the same definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>In the Resolution list, select resolution for the video.</p>
<p>The maximum video resolution might be different dependent on your device model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Rate (FPS)</td>
<td>Configure the frames per second for the video. The higher the value, the clearer and smoother the image will become. Frame rate changes along with the resolution.</p>
<p>Generally, in PAL format, you can select the value from 1 through 25; in NTSC format, you can select the value from 1 through 30.</p>
<p>However, the specific range of frame rate that you can select depends on the capability of the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Quality</td>
<td>This function is available if you select <strong>VBR </strong>in the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>List. The higher the value, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I Frame Interval</td>
<td>The interval between two reference frames.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bit Rate (Kb/S)</td>
<td>In the <strong>Bit Rate </strong>list, select a value or enter a customized value to change the image quality. The bigger the value is, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video</td>
<td>Enable the function for sub stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Encode</td>
<td rowspan="3">Click <strong>More Setting</strong>, the <strong>More Setting </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Encode: This function is enabled by default for main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream. You need to manually enable it for sub stream 1. Once this function is enabled, the recorded video file is composite audio and video stream.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Source: In the <strong>Audio Source </strong>list, you can select <strong>LOCAL</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>and <strong>HDCVI</strong>.</p>
<p>O LOCAL: The audio signal is input from Audio input port.</p>
<p>O HDCVI: The audio signal is input from HDCVI camera.</p>
<ul>
<li>Audio Format: In the <strong>Audio Forma</strong>t list, select a format that you</li>
</ul>
<p>need.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark288"></a> Audio Format</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-23</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2157" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 120" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 903"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark289"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark291"> Figure 5-62.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="472" class="wp-image-2158" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 121" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 904" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-121-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-62</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark291"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the snapshot parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark292"> Table 5-24.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Snap</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manual Snap </strong>list, select how many snapshots you want to take each time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Human Face</strong>, <strong>Event</strong>, or <strong>General </strong>as the event type for which you want to take a snapshot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Size</td>
<td>In the <strong>Image Size </strong>list, select a value for the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Quality</td>
<td>Configures the image quality by 6 levels. The higher the level, the better the image will become.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark292"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Configures or customizes the snapshot frequency.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-24</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark293"></a> Configuring Overlay Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure to display system time and channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Overlay</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Overlay </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark295"> Figure 5-63.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="489" class="wp-image-2159" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 122" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 905" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122.jpeg 874w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-122-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-63</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark295"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the text overlay parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark296"> Table 5-25.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Time Display </strong>check box to display the system time on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Time Display </strong>list, select time display style.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark296"></a> Channel Title</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Channel Title </strong>check box to display the channel name on each channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Channel Title </strong>box, enter the name for the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-25</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark297"></a> Configuring Covered Area Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ OVERLAY ^ Cover-Area</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Cover-Area </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark299"> Figure 5-64.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="494" class="wp-image-2160" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 123" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 906" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-123-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-64</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark299"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the covered area parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark300"> Table 5-26.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the settings for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview</p>
<p>Record</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window in the live view screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>Record: Select the <strong>Record </strong>check box to apply the configured</li>
</ul>
<p>covered block to the selected channel window during recording.</p>
<p>To configure covering block, do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Preview </strong>check box or the <strong>Record </strong>check box, or</li>
</ol>
<p>select the both. The &#8220;1,2, 3, 4&#8221; buttons are activated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the buttons to select blocks.</li>
<li>A triangle solid black block is displayed. You can drag the block</li>
</ol>
<p>to the area that you want to cover and adjust the size of the block.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can configure total 4 covered blocks.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-26</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark302"></a> Configuring Channel Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the channel type as <strong>Analog </strong>or <strong>IP </strong>channel.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Camera ^ CHANNEL TYPE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CHANNEL TYPE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="463" class="wp-image-2161" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 124" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 907" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-124-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-65</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark304"></a> Step 2 Configure the channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>Analog Channel: Select the transmission medium such as CVI, CVBS, and then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
<li>IP Channel: Select a channel for IP camera from the last channel number, for example, in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark304"> Figure 5-65,</a> select from the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box. Then follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The 17-24 channels are only for IP camera and the range changes dependent on the model you purchased.</li>
<li>The channel selection for analog camera or IP camera are in sequence, for example, if you want to select channels for IP camera, you need to select the <strong>17-24 </strong>check box first, and then you cannot jump to select the channel <strong>15 </strong>directly until you have selected the channel <strong>16</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>and follow the onscreen instructions to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark305"></a> 5.5.7 Upgrading Coaxial Camera</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ COAXIAL UPGRADE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark307"> Figure 5-66.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="506" class="wp-image-2162" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 125" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 908" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-125-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-66</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark307"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the upgrade file and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>COAXIAL UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>You need to insert the USB storage device that contains the upgrading files.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the check box of the channel that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>If the upgrading is successful, the system pops up a message indicating the upgrading</p>
<p>is completed. If the upgrading is failed, please check if the Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark309"></a> 5.6 Configuring Remote Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark312"></a> 5.6.1 Adding Remote Devices</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function is available after you have configured the channel type as IP channel as described in previous section, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark301">&#8220;5.5.6 Configuring Channel Type.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>You can add remote devices by adding the IP address.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Registration</strong>, the <strong>Registration </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark314"> Figure 5-67.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="473" class="wp-image-2163" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 126" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 909" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126.jpeg 842w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-126-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-67</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark314"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uninitialized</td>
<td>Enable the <strong>Uninitialized </strong>function, the uninitialized devices out of the searched devices are displayed in the searched device list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Initialize</td>
<td>Select the uninitialized device from the uninitialized device list, and the click <strong>Initialize </strong>to start initializing device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Filter</td>
<td>In the <strong>Show Filter </strong>list, select the remote device type that you want to display in the searched device list.</p>
<ul>
<li>None: Display all types of devices.</li>
<li>IPC: Display the front-end devices.</li>
<li>DVR (WITHOUT HDD): Display all storage devices such as</li>
</ul>
<p>NVR, DVR (WITHOUT HDD) and HCVR.</p>
<ul>
<li>OTHER: Display the devices that do not belong to IPC or DVR</li>
</ul>
<p>(WITHOUT HDD) type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Searched Device List</td>
<td>Displays the searched devices. You can view the device information such as status, IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Search</td>
<td>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>, the searched devices display in the searched device list.</p>
<p>To adjust the display sequence, in the title line, you can click the IP address, Manufacturer, Type, MAC Address, Port, or Device Name text. For example, click the IP address text, the sequence icon OZES is displayed.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8220;*&#8221; is displayed next to the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add</td>
<td>In the Searched Device List area, select the device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Add</td>
<td>Add the device by manually configuring settings such as IP address, channel selection. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">&#8220;5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark328">Manually.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Added Device List</td>
<td>Displays the added devices. You can edit and delete the device, and view the device information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Select the check box of the added device, and then click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete the added device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import</td>
<td>Select the searched devices and then click <strong>Import </strong>to import the devices in batches.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</td>
<td>Select the added devices and then click <strong>Export</strong>. The exported devices information is saved into the USB storage device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-27</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark315"></a> 5.6.1.2 Initializing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can reset the password and IP address of the remote devices through initializing.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>Click <strong>Device Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed in the table. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark317"> Figure 5-68.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="473" class="wp-image-2164" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 127" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 910" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-127-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-68</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark317"></a> Step 2 Enable the Initialized function.</p>
<p>The uninitialized devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark318"> Figure 5-69.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="444" class="wp-image-2165" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 128" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 911" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-128-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-69</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark318"></a> Step 3 Select the uninitialized device that you want to initialize.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Initialize</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Enter Password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark319"> Figure 5-70</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2166" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 129" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 912" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-129-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-70</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark319"></a> Step 5 Configure the password and email information.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>If you select the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box, the remote device automatically uses the current password and email information, so you do not need to set the password and email address again and can go to Step 6.</p>
<ol>
<li>Clear the <strong>Using current device password and email info </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark320"> Figure 5-71.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="417" class="wp-image-2167" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 130" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 913" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-130-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-71</p>
<p>2) Configure the settings for the password setting parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark321"> Table 5-28.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark320"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User</td>
<td>The default is admin.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark321"></a> Confirm Password</td>
<td>Please enter a strong password according to the password strength bar indication.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-28</p>
<p>3) Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Password Protection </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark322"> Figure 5-72</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="418" class="wp-image-2168" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 131" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 914" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131.jpeg 598w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-131-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-72</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark322"></a> Select the <strong>Email Address </strong>box and enter the email address that you want to reserve for password reset in the future.</li>
</ol>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to set the reserved email address, click <strong>Skip</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>NETWORK </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark323"> Figure 5-73.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="538" class="wp-image-2169" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 132" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 915" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132.jpeg 763w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-132-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-73</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark323"></a> Step <em>C</em> Configure the IP address.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the <strong>DHCP </strong>check box, you do not need to enter the IP address information, because the system will allocate one IP address to the remote device.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>STATIC </strong>check box, you need to enter the IP address, subnet mast, default gateway, and incremental value. The system will allocate the IP address to the remote devices by progressively increasing the last part of the IP address when initializing devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>When configuring IP address for multiple remote devices which were not in the same network segment, these remote devices will belong to the same network segment after configuration.</p>
<p>Step 8 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The initializing is started. After the process is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark324"> Figure 5-74.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="583" class="wp-image-2170" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 133" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 916" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-133-810x571.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-74</p>
<p>Step 9 Click <strong>Finished </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark325"></a> 5.6.1.3 Adding Remote Devices Automatically</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Device Search</strong></p>
<p>The searched devices are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark327"> Figure 5-75.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="439" class="wp-image-2171" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 134" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 917" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-134-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-75</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark327"></a> Step 2 Select the check box of the device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The device is added into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can also double-click the device to add it into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
<li>You can add devices in batches.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark329"></a> 5.6.1.4 Adding Remote Devices Manually</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>Registration </strong>interface, click <strong>Manual Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Manual Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark331"> Figure 5-76.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="568" class="wp-image-2172" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 135" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 918" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135.jpeg 492w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-135-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-76</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark331"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the manual adding device parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark332"> Table 5-29.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want use on the Device to connect the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manufacturer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Manufacturer </strong>list, select the manufacturer of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>In the IP Address box, enter the IP address of remote device. CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The default is 192.168.0.0 which the system cannot connect to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of the remote device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of the user for the remote device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Channel</td>
<td>Enter the remote channel number of the remote device that you want to add.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decoder Buffer</td>
<td>In the <strong>Decoder Buffer </strong>list, select <strong>Default</strong>, <strong>Realtime</strong>, or <strong>Fluent</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark332"></a> Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>Auto</strong>, <strong>TCP</strong>, <strong>UDP</strong>, or <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The default is <strong>TCP</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-29</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>• Only one device can be added manually at one time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="36" class="wp-image-2173" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 136" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 919"></p>
<p>indicates successful connection and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="32" class="wp-image-2174" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 137" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 920"></p>
<p>indicates connection failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark333"></a> Modifying or Deleting Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify and delete the added devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>To modify the remote devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Click □ or double-click a device.</p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark335"> Figure 5-77.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="548" class="wp-image-2175" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 138" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 921" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138.jpeg 476w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-138-261x300.jpeg 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-77</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark335"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to modify settings for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the user name and password to other channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>To delete one or more added devices, do the following:</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="36" class="wp-image-2176" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 139" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 922"></p>
<p>to delete one device</p>
<p>o Select the check box of the devices that you want to delete, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark336"></a> Modifying IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can modify a single IP address or multiple IP addresses of remote devices at the one time.</p>
<p>• To modify a single IP address, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, click □ for the device that you want to modify IP.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark338"> Figure 5-78.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="413" class="wp-image-2177" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 140" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 923" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140.jpeg 499w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-140-300x248.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-78</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark338"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 3 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the device into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>• To modify IP address in batches, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 In the Searched Device list area, select the devices that you want to modify IP address in batches.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click □.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark339"> Figure 5-79.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="384" class="wp-image-2178" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 141" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 924" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141.jpeg 462w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-141-300x249.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-79</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark339"></a> Step 3 Enable the <strong>Batch Modify </strong>function.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for start IP address (the IP address is allocated in sequence), subnet mask, default gateway, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 5 Enable the <strong>Add </strong>function to add the devices into the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark340"></a> Exporting IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the added IP address to the USB storage device.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The exported information is saved in .csv file, which includes IP address, port number, channel number, manufacturer, user name, and password.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Export.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark342"> Figure 5-80.</a></p>
<p>Browse</p>
<p>Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) • 3.71 GB/3.73 GB(Free/Total) Refresh Format</p>
<p>Address /</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ {fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb}</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>là printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>lg kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>dk</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 SmartPlayer.exe.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td><strong>5&#8242;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl ty.lnk</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>Ale</td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-80</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark342"></a> Step 3 Configure the save path.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>A pop-up message indicating &#8220;Successfully exported&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark343"></a> Importing IP Address</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add remote devices by importing IP address information.</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert the USB storage device to the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark345"> Figure 5-81.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="564" class="wp-image-2179" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 142" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 925" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-300x215.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-142-768x550.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-81</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark345"></a> Step 3 Select the file that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing.</p>
<p>After importing is completed, a pop-up message indicating &#8220;The import succeeded&#8221; is displayed.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>If the IP address that you want to import already exists in the Device, the system will pop up a message to ask you whether to overwrite the existing content.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to replace the existing one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to add it as a separate device in the <strong>Added Device </strong>area.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can edit the exported .csv file and be cautious not to change the file format; otherwise the file cannot be imported as it will be judged as invalid.</li>
<li>The language of .csv file must match the Device language.</li>
<li>The import and export through customized protocol is not supported.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark346"></a> 5.6.2 Managing Remote Devices</p>
<p>You can view the status of remote devices and upgrade.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark348"></a> Viewing Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device information such as connection status, IP address, motion detection, video loss detection, camera name, and manufacturer.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Status</strong>, the <strong>Status </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark350"> Figure 5-82.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="466" class="wp-image-2180" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 143" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 926" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-143-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-82</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark351"></a> Viewing Firmware Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the device firmware information such as channel number, IP address, manufacturer, system version, video input, audio input, and alarm in.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Firmware</strong>, the <strong>Firmware </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark353"> Figure 5-83.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="507" class="wp-image-2181" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 144" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 927" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144.jpeg 899w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-144-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-83</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark354"></a> Upgrading Remote Devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ REGISTRATION &gt; Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark356"> Figure 5-84.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="450" class="wp-image-2182" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 145" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 928" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-145-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-84</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark356"></a> Step 2 Upgrade the device.</p>
<p>• File Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</li>
<li>Select the devices that you want to upgrade.</li>
<li>Click <strong>File upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>File Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the upgrading files and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>• Online Upgrade</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Detect </strong>or select the check box the device that you want to upgrade and click <strong>Manual Check</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The system starts detecting if there is a new version on the online server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box of all the devices that have new version.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Upgrade</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The system will pop up a message to indicate if the upgrading is successful.</li>
<li>You can use the Type list to filter the devices so that you can find the devices</li>
</ul>
<p>quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark357"></a> Configuring Record Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can record video manually or automatically and configure the recording settings to main stream and sub stream respectively.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark359"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2183" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 146" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 929"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark361">Figure 5-85.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="598" class="wp-image-2184" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 147" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 930" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-768x540.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-147-810x570.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-85</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark361"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark362"> Table 5-30.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark362"></a> Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-30</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark363"></a> Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark365"></a> You need to configure the storage schedule for the recorded video so that the recorded video can be saved. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark366"></a> Configuring Snapshot Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark368"></a> Configuring Snapshot Trigger</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The snapshot is divided into scheduled snapshot, event triggered snapshot, and face detection triggered snapshot. When the both are enabled, the event triggered snapshot has the priority.</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no alarm event, the system performs scheduled snapshot.</li>
<li>If there is any alarm event, the system performs event triggered snapshot.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark370"></a> 5.8.1.1 Configuring Scheduled Snapshot</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual </strong>^ <strong>Record Control</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Snapshot </strong>area, enable the snapshot for the channels if needed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark372"> Figure 5­86.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="813" height="567" class="wp-image-2185" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 148" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 931" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148.jpeg 813w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-300x209.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-810x565.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-148-145x100.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-86</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark372"></a> Step 4 Select <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Camera </strong>^ <strong>Encode </strong>^ <strong>Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>General</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark373"> Figure 5­87.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="427" class="wp-image-2186" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 149" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 932" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149.jpeg 758w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-149-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-87</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark373"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you have configured the snapshot schedule, the configuration has been completed.</li>
<li>If you have not configured the snapshot schedule, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark374"></a> Configuring Event Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark376"> Figure 5-88.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="483" class="wp-image-2187" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 150" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 933" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150.jpeg 857w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-150-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-88</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark376"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event <em>■&gt;</em> VIDEO DETECT</strong>, and select the event type to configure, for example, select the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark377"> Figure 5-89.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="502" class="wp-image-2188" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 151" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 934" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-151-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-89</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark377"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark378"></a> Configuring Face Detection Triggered Snapshot</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Camera ^ Encode &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Human Face</strong>, and then configure other parameters. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark380">Figure 5-90.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="461" class="wp-image-2189" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 152" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 935" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-152-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-90</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark380"></a> Step 3 Select <strong>Main Menu -&gt;Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters &gt; Human Face</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark381"> Figure 5-91.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="497" class="wp-image-2190" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 153" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 936" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153.jpeg 880w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-153-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-91</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark381"></a> Step 4 Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box and select the corresponding channel.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark382"></a> Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to configure the storage schedule for the snapshot so that the snapshot can be saved.</p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring Snapshot Storage Schedule.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark384"></a> Backing up Snapshots to FTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5-92.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="470" class="wp-image-2191" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 154" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 937" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-154-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 Enable the FTP function and configure the parameters. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">&#8220;5.17.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark785">Configuring FTP Storage Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>The snapshots will be uploaded to FTP for backup.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark387"></a> 5.9 Playing Back Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="510" class="wp-image-2192" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 155" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 938" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155.jpeg 906w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-155-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark390"></a> Enabling Record Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2193" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 156" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 939"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Manual recording operation requires the user have the permission to access <strong>STORAGE </strong>settings.</li>
<li>Check to ensure the HDD installed in the Device has been formatted properly.</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter the record control interface, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Right-click on the live view screen, the shortcut menu is displayed. On the shortcut menu, select <strong>Manual <em>■&gt;</em> Record Control</strong>. The <strong>RECORD </strong>interface is displayed, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark392">Figure 5-93.</a></p>
<p>RECORD</p>
<p>Mainstream All 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Sub Stream</p>
<p>Auto</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>Disable</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-93</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark392"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the record control parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark393"> 0.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark393"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays all the analog channels and the connected digital channels.</p>
<p>You can select a single channel or select <strong>All</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record status</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically record according to the record type and</li>
</ul>
<p>recording time as configured in the recording schedule.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Keep general recording for 24 hours for the selected</li>
</ul>
<p>channel.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not record.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot status</td>
<td>Enable or disable the scheduled snapshot for the corresponding channels.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-31</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark394"></a> Instant Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can use the instant playback function to play back the previous five minutes to sixty minutes of the recorded video in any channel. For details about instant playback function, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">&#8220;5.2.2.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark172">Instant Playback.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark396"></a> Main Interface of Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search for and play back the recorded video saved on the Device.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark398"> Figure 5-94.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="844" height="478" class="wp-image-2194" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 157" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 940" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157.jpeg 844w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-157-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 844px) 100vw, 844px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-94</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark398"></a><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td rowspan="2">Display Window</td>
<td>Display the searched recorded video or picture. It supports playing in single-channel, 4-channel, 9-channel, and 16-channel simultaneously.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When playing back in a single channel mode, hold down the left</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>mouse button to select the area that you want to enlarge. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>area is enlarged after the left mouse button is released. To exit the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>enlarged status, right-click on the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Playback</p>
<p>Controls Bar</td>
<td>Playback control buttons. For details about the control buttons, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark399">&#8220;5.9.3.2 Introducing Playback Controls.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Time Bar</td>
<td>Display the type and time period of the current recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>In the 4-channel layout, there are four-time bars are</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed; in the other view layouts, only one-time bar is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click on the colored area to start playback from a certain time.</li>
<li>In the situation when you are configuring the settings, rotate</li>
</ul>
<p>the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming in from 0. In the situation when playback is ongoing, rotate the wheel button on the time bar, the time bar is zooming from the time point where the playback is located.</p>
<ul>
<li>Time bar colors: Green indicates general type; Red indicates</li>
</ul>
<p>external alarm; Yellow indicates motion detection; Blue indicates intelligent events; Purple indicates POS events.</p>
<ul>
<li>For some models, when you are clicking on the blank area in</li>
</ul>
<p>the time bar, the system automatically jumps to the next time point where there is a recorded video located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Play Status</td>
<td>Includes two playback statuses: <strong>Play </strong>and <strong>Stop</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Sync</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Sync </strong>check box to simultaneously play recorded videos of different channels in the same period in multi-channel view.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td colspan="7"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Record type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to define the recording type to search for.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Search type</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the content to play back: <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>PIC</strong>, <strong>Splice Playback</strong>.</p>
<p>For details about the selecting search type, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">&#8220;5.9.3.3 Selecting</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark403">Search Type.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Calendar</td>
<td colspan="7">Click the date that you want to search, the time bar displays the corresponding record.</p>
<p>The dates with record or snapshot have a small solid circle under the date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">9</td>
<td rowspan="3">View Layout and Channel Selection</td>
<td colspan="7">In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play back.</p>
<p>• The window split is decided by how you select the channel(s).</p>
<p>For example, if you select one channel, the playback is displayed in the single-channel view; if you select two to four channels, the playback is displayed in the four-channel view. The maximum is eight channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Clink</td>
<td>M</td>
<td colspan="3">tn Q\A/itnh thn Qtrnam«;</td>
<td>M</td>
<td rowspan="2">indicates main .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">stream, and</td>
<td>S</td>
<td colspan="2">indicates sub stream</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Video Splice</td>
<td colspan="7">Splice a section of recorded video and save it. For details about splicing a recorded video, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td colspan="7">Back up the recorded video files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">&#8220;5.9.3.5 Backing</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark413">up Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>List Display</td>
<td colspan="7">This area includes <strong>Mark List </strong>and <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>Mark List </strong>button, the marked recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. Double-click the file to start playing.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>^3: </strong>Click the <strong>File List </strong>button, the searched recorded video</li>
</ul>
<p>list is displayed. You can lock the files. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">&#8220;5.9.8</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark440">Using the File List.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td colspan="7">Click ^3 to display in full screen. In the full screen mode, point to the bottom of the screen, the time bar is displayed. Right-click on the screen to exit full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Time Bar Unit</td>
<td colspan="7">You can select 24hr, 2hr, 1hr, or 30min as the unit of time bar. The time bar display changes with the setting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-32</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark400"></a> Introducing Playback Controls Bar</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can perform the operations such as control the speed of playback, add mark, and take</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark402"></a> snapshots through the playback controls bar. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark402"> Figure 5-95 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark404"> Table 5-33.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="52" class="wp-image-2195" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 158" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 941" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-158-768x51.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The play backward function and playback speed are dependent on the product version. The actual product shall govern. You can also contact the technical support to consult the hardware version information.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. m</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can switch between play and pause.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Stop.</p>
<p>During playing back, you can click the <strong>Stop </strong>button to stop playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□.m</strong></td>
<td>Play Backward.</p>
<p>• During playing back, click the <strong>Play Backward </strong>button to</p>
<p>backward play the recorded video, the button switches to EH; click EH to stop playing backward.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click to start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□. □</strong></td>
<td>Previous Frame/Next Frame.</p>
<p>* When the playback is paused, click <strong>UJ </strong>or click <strong>U3 </strong>to play single-frame recorded video.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> When playing back single-frame recorded video, click <strong>13 </strong>to</p>
<p>start playing forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Slow Playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of slow</li>
</ul>
<p>playback as SlowX1/2, SlowX1/4, SlowX1/8, or SlowX1/16.</p>
<ul>
<li>During fast playback, click ^3 to slow down the speed of fast</li>
</ul>
<p>playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Fast Playback.</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> During playing back, click ^3 to set the speed of fast playback</p>
<p>as FastX2, FastX4, FastX8, or FastX16.</p>
<p>* During slow playback, click ^3 to speed up slow playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El. d</strong></td>
<td>Previous Day/Next Day.</p>
<p>Click ^3 or click <strong>C2 </strong>to play the previous day or next day of the current recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>L o |</strong></td>
<td>Adjust volume of playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Smart Search. For details about the using the smart search, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark417">&#8220;5.9.4 Smart Search.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">In the full screen mode, click to take a snapshot and save into</p>
<p>the USB storage device or mobile HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Add Mark for the recorded view. For details about adding mark, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark420">&#8220;5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Hide POS Hide.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">During single-channel playback, click information on the screen.</td>
<td><strong>^9</strong></td>
<td rowspan="3">to display or hide POS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-33</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark404"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark405"></a> Selecting Search Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search the recorded videos, splice, or snapshots from HDD or external storage device.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>From R/W HDD</strong>: Recorded videos or snapshots playback from HDD of the Device. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark407">Figure 5-96.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="113" class="wp-image-2196" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-159.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 159" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 942"></p>
<p>Figure 5-96</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark407"></a><strong>From I/O Device</strong>: Recorded videos playback from external storage device. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark409"> Figure 5­97.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, select the save path of recorded video file that you want to play. Double­click the video file or click 13 to start playing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="166" class="wp-image-2197" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 160" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 943" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160.jpeg 377w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-160-375x166.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-97</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark410"></a> 5.9.3.4 Clipping Recorded Video</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark412"></a> During playback, clip sections of recorded video and save to the USB storage device. For the video clip interface, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark412"> Figure 5-98.</a></p>
<p>00:00:00 &#8211; 00:00:00</p>
<p>Figure 5-98</p>
<p>Step 1 Select a recorded video that you want to play.</p>
<p>• Click to start playing from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p>Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2198" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 161" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 944"></p>
<p>to start clipping.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click on the time bar to select the start time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="33" class="wp-image-2199" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 162" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 945"></p>
<p>to stop clipping.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. You can back up the files.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>You can clip the video of a single-channel or multiple channels.</li>
<li>Maximum 1024 files can be backed up at one time.</li>
<li>The files that are selected in the <strong>File List </strong>cannot be clipped.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark413"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark414"></a> 5.9.3.5 Backing up Recorded Video</p>
<p>You can back up the recorded video file or splice video file into the USB storage device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select the recorded video file that you want to back up. You can select the following two types of files:</p>
<ul>
<li>Recorded video file: Click ^3, the <strong>File List </strong>area is displayed. Select the file(s) that you want to back up.</li>
<li>Splice video file. For details about splicing video file, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">&#8220;5.9.3.4 Clipping</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark408">Recorded Video.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 2 Click .</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark416"> Figure 5-99.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="585" class="wp-image-2200" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 163" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 946" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-768x543.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-163-810x572.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-99</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark416"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Backup</strong>.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>If you do not want to back the file, clear the check box.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark418"></a> 5.9.4 Smart Search</p>
<p>During playback, you can analyze a certain area to find if there was any motion detection event occurred. The system will display the images with motion events of the recorded video.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, you need to enable the motion detection for the channel by selecting <strong>Main Menu ^ Alarm ^ Video Detect ^ Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>To use the Smart Search function, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select the channel(s) that you want to play.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>13 </strong>or double-click anywhere in the time bar colored area to start playback.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="45" class="wp-image-2201" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 164" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 947"></p>
<p>The grid is displayed on the screen.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only single-channel supports smart search.</li>
<li>If multi-channels are selected, double-click on the channel window to display this channel only on the screen, and then you can start using smart search function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 5 Drag the pointer to select the searching area. ED NOTE</p>
<p>The grid area supports 22&#215;18(PAL) and 22&#215;15(NTSC).</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="48" class="wp-image-2202" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 165" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 948"></p>
<p>The screen starts playing back the motional splices of recorded video for the selected searching area.</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="45" class="wp-image-2203" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 166" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 949"></p>
<p>to exit the playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark420"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark421"></a> 5.9.5 Marking and Playing Back Video</p>
<p>You can mark the recording for somewhere important. Then you can easily find the marked recording by searching time and mark name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark423"></a> Marking a Video</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the playback mode, click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark425"> Figure 5-100.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="229" class="wp-image-2204" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 167" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 950" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167.jpeg 483w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-167-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-100</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark425"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter a name.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>This marked video file displays in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark426"></a> Playing Back Marked Video</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>This function is supported on single-channel playback.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>CAME NAME </strong>list, select one channel.</p>
<p>Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="39" class="wp-image-2205" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 168" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 951"></p>
<p>The Mark List interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark428"> Figure 5-101.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="477" class="wp-image-2206" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 169" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 952" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169.jpeg 250w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-169-157x300.jpeg 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 250px) 100vw, 250px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-101</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark428"></a> Step 3 Double-click the file that you want to play back.</p>
<p>To search the marked video by time, in the <strong>SEARCH </strong>box on the top of the interface,</p>
<p>enter the time, and then click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="33" class="wp-image-2208" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 170" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 953"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark429"></a> Playing Back Time before the Mark</p>
<p>You can configure to play N seconds of the marked video before the marked time.</p>
<p>Step 1 In the <strong>Name </strong>box, enter the name of a marked video.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Playback time before the mark </strong>box, enter N seconds.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2209" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 171" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 954"></p>
<p>The playback starts from N seconds before the marked time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>If there is N seconds exist before the marked time, the playback starts from N seconds before the marked time. If there is not, it plays back as much as there is.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark431"></a> Managing Marked Video</p>
<p>In the <strong>Mark List </strong>interface, click ^3, the Manager interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark433"> Figure 5-102.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="618" height="591" class="wp-image-2210" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 172" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 955" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172.jpeg 618w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-172-300x287.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-102</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark433"></a> Be default, it manages all the marked videos of the selected channel.</li>
<li>To search the marked video, select channel number from the <strong>Channel </strong>list, enter time in <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li>All the marked videos display in time order.</li>
<li>To modify the name of marked video, double-click a marked video, the <strong>Edit Mark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</li>
<li>To delete the marked video, select the marked video, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>After opening the <strong>Manger </strong>interface, the playback will pause until exiting this interface. If the marked video that was in playing back is deleted, the playback will start from the first marked video in the <strong>Mark List</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark434"></a> Playing Back Snapshots</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and play back the snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>PIC</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel number.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>13.</strong></p>
<p>The system starts playing snapshots according to the configured intervals.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark436"></a> Playing Back Splices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can clip the recorded video files into splices and then play back at the same time to save your time.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Search Type </strong>list, select <strong>Splice Playback</strong>; In the Split Mode list, select <strong>4</strong>, <strong>9</strong>, or</p>
<p><strong>16</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark438"> Figure 5-103.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="215" class="wp-image-2211" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 173" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 956"></p>
<p>Figure 5-103</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark438"></a> Step 3 In the <strong>Calendar </strong>area, select a date.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>CAM NAME </strong>list, select a channel.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Only single-channel supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 5 Start playing back splices. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark439"> Figure 5-104.</a></p>
<p>• Click □, the playback starts from the beginning.</p>
<p>• Double-click anywhere on the time bar, the playback starts from where you click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="52" class="wp-image-2212" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 174" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 957" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-768x48.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-174-810x51.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-104</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark439"></a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Every recorded video file must be at least five minutes. If a recorded video file is less than 20 minutes but still choose to split into four windows, the system will automatically adjust the windows quantity to ensure every splice is more than five minutes, and in this case it is possible that there are no images are displaying in some windows.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark440"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark441"></a> 5.9.8 Using the File List</p>
<p>You can view all the recorded videos within a certain period from any channel in the <strong>File List</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Video</strong>, the video search interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select a channel(s).</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="36" class="wp-image-2213" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 175" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 958"></p>
<p>The <strong>File List </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark443"> Figure 5-105.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="888" class="wp-image-2214" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 176" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 959" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176.jpeg 254w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-176-86x300.jpeg 86w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 254px) 100vw, 254px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-105</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark443"></a> Step 4 Start playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click , the playback starts from the first file by default.</li>
<li>Click any file, the system plays back this file.</li>
</ul>
<p>Q2 NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>In the time box on the top of the file list interface, you can enter the specific time to search the file that you want to view.</li>
<li>In the File List area, there are 128 files can be displayed.</li>
<li>File type: <strong>R </strong>indicates general recorded video; <strong>A </strong>indicates recorded video with external alarms; <strong>M </strong>indicates recorded video with motion detection events; <strong>I </strong>indicates recorded video with intelligent vents.</li>
<li>Click a to return to the interface with calendar and CAM NAME list.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark444"></a> Locking and Unlocking the Recorded Video</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the recorded video, in the <strong>File List </strong>interface, select the check box of the recorded</li>
</ul>
<p>video, and then click LU. The locked video will not be covered.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>To view the locked information, click</p>
<p>, the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The recorded video that is under writing or overwriting cannot be locked.</p>
<ul>
<li>To unlock the recorded video, in the <strong>FILE LOCKED </strong>interface, select the video, and then click Unlock. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark446"> Figure 5-106.</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark446"></a> Figure 5-106</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark447"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark448"></a> 5.10 Alarm Events Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="908" height="512" class="wp-image-2215" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 177" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 960" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177.jpeg 908w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-177-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 908px) 100vw, 908px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark450"></a> Video Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark452"></a> Video detection adopts computer vision and image processing technology. The technology analyzes the video images to detect the obvious changes such as moving objects and blurriness. The system activates alarms when such changes are detected.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark453"></a> Configuring Motion Detect Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the moving object appears, and moves fast enough to reach the preset sensitivity value, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the motion, detect settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Motion Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark455"> Figure 5-107.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="459" class="wp-image-2216" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 178" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 961" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-178-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-107</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark455"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the motion detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5-34.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the motion detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to define the motion detection region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable MD</td>
<td>Enable or disable the motion detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable PIR</td>
<td>PIR function helps enhancing the accuracy and validity of motion detect. It can filter the meaningless alarms that are activated by the objects such as falling leaves, flies. The detection range by PIR is smaller than the field angle.</p>
<p>PIR function is enabled by default if it is supported by the cameras. Enabling PIR function will get the motion detect to be enabled automatically to generate motion detection alarms; if the PIR function is not enabled, the motion detect just has the general effect.</p>
<p>£D NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only when the channel type is CVI, the PIR function can be</li>
</ul>
<p>enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the camera does not support PIR function, it will be</li>
</ul>
<p>unusable.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the Device does not support PIR function, it will not be</li>
</ul>
<p>displayed on the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for motion detection and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule &gt; Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in <strong>Main Menu</strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>Tour</strong>.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="7">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark456"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="7">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-34</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Setting the Motion Detection Region</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Region</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The region setting screen is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 2 Point to the middle top of the interface.</p>
<p>The setting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark457"> Figure 5-108.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="205" class="wp-image-2217" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 179" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 962" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179.jpeg 526w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-179-300x117.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-108</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark457"></a> Step 3 Configure the regions settings. You can configure totally four regions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select one region, for example, click .</li>
<li>Drag on the screen to select the region that you want to detect.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area shows the color that represents the region.</p>
<p>3) Configure the parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the region.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sensitivity</td>
<td>Every region of every channel has an individual sensitivity value. The bigger the value is, the easier the alarms can be activated.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Threshold</td>
<td>Adjust the threshold for motion detect. Every region of every channel has an individual threshold.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-109</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>When anyone of the four regions activates motion detect alarm, the channel where this region belongs to will activate motion detect alarm.</p>
<p>Step 4 Right-click on the screen to exit the region setting interface.</p>
<p>Step 5 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Setting Motion Detection Period</strong></p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>The system only activates the alarm in the defined period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark458"> Figure 5-110.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="471" class="wp-image-2218" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 180" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 963" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-180-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-110</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark458"></a> Step 2 Define the motion detection period. By default, it is active all the time.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by drawing.</li>
</ul>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click ^9 before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to a. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days with a will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all e switches to E3. On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</li>
</ul>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2219" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 181" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 964"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark459"> Figure 5-111.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="815" height="457" class="wp-image-2220" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 182" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 965" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182.jpeg 815w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-182-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-111</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark459"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 On the <strong>Motion Detect </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark460"></a> 5.10.1.2 Configuring Video Loss Settings</p>
<p>When the video loss occurs, the system activates the alarm. To configure the Video loss settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT <em>■&gt;</em> Video Loss</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Video Loss </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark462"> Figure 5-112.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="458" class="wp-image-2221" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 183" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 966" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-183-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-112</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark462"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the video loss detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark463"></a> 5.10.1.3 Configuring Tampering Settings</p>
<p>When the camera lens is covered, or the video is displayed in a single color because of the causes such as sunlight status, the monitoring cannot be continued normally. To avoid such situations, you can configure the tampering alarm settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ VIDIEO DETECT ^ Tampering</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Tampering </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark465"> Figure 5-113.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="448" class="wp-image-2222" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 184" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 967" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184.jpeg 799w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-184-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-113</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark465"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the tampering detection parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">“5.10.1.1</a> Co<a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">nfiguring Motion Detect Settings.</a>”</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>For PTZ activation, different from motion detection, the video loss detection can activate PTZ preset, tour, and pattern.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the motion detection settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark466"></a> 5.10.1.4 Configuring Diagnosis Settings</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>This function can be used only when it is supported by the camera.</p>
<p>When the video appear the conditions such as blurry, overexposed, or the color changes, the system activates the alarm.</p>
<p>To configure the diagnosis settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events VIDIEO DETECT &gt; Diagnosis</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark468"> Figure 5-114.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="423" class="wp-image-2223" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 185" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 968" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-185-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-114</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark468"></a> Step 2 To configure the settings for the diagnosis parameters, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Setting the Types for Diagnosing Targets</strong></p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Rule</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark469"> Figure 5-115.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="374" class="wp-image-2224" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 186" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 969" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186.jpeg 528w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-186-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-115</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark469"></a> Step 2 Select the items that you want to diagnose and set the threshold (30 by default). See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark470">Table 5-35.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stripe</td>
<td>A horizontal, vertical or diagonal stripe that might appear in the video because of device aging or electronic interruption. Such stripe brings visual interruption.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise</td>
<td>Video noises such as blurriness or quality reduction that is caused by optical distortion or device problem during camera shooting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Cast</td>
<td>Variances in the normal proportions of RGB colors.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Out of Focus</td>
<td>Blurry video is caused during camera shooting, transferring and processing. Such condition is a common image quality reduction problem and defined as out of focus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overexposure</td>
<td>The video brightness refers to the intensity of image pixel. The range is between 0 (the darkest black) and 255 (the brightest white). If the brightness exceeds the threshold, the image is over exposed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark470"></a> Threshold</td>
<td>The range is from 1 through 100. If the value after diagnosing is higher than what you set, the system activates the alarm to the corresponding diagnosing types such as stripe.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-35</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The system returns to the <strong>Diagnosis </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark471"></a> 5.10.2 Intelligent Function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="907" height="510" class="wp-image-2225" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 187" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 970" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187.jpeg 907w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-187-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2226" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 188" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 971"></p>
<p>Please disable IP channels function first before using IVS function.</p>
<p>IVS function processes and analyzes the images to extract the key information to match with the preset rules. When the detected behaviors match with the rules, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark473"> Figure 5-116.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2227" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 189" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 972" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-189-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-116</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark473"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel number that you want to configure the IVS function for.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>One line of rule is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark474"> Figure 5-117.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="739" height="418" class="wp-image-2228" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 190" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 973" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190.jpeg 739w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-190-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 739px) 100vw, 739px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-117</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark474"></a> Step 4 Configure the parameters for the rule that you selected.</p>
<p>Step 5 Select the check box of the rule to enable it.</p>
<p>Step 6 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark475"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark476"></a> Configuring Tripwire Rules</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>The tripwire can be configured as a straight line or broken line.</li>
<li>Supports detecting one-way or two-way tripwire crossing.</li>
<li>Supports multiple tripwires in the same scenario to meet the complexity.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Tripwire</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark478"> Figure 5-118.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2229" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 191" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 974" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-191-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-118</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark478"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the tripwire rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark479"> Figure 5­119.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="563" class="wp-image-2230" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 192" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 975" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-192-300x222.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-119</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark480"> Table 5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark479"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="3">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="3">Set the direction of the tripwire. You can choose <strong>A to B </strong>(left to right), <strong>B to A </strong>(right to left), and <strong>Both</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Target</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td></td>
<td>to draw areas to filter the target.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-36</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark480"></a> Drag to draw a tripwire. The tripwire can be a straight line, broken line or polygon.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2231" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 193" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 976"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered.</p>
<p>The <strong>Trigger </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark481"> Figure 5-120.</a></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Period</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Show Message</p>
<p>Record Channel</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td rowspan="3">Latch</p>
<p>Send Email</td>
<td rowspan="3">10</td>
<td rowspan="3">Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setting</p>
<p>Alarm Upload</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>10</td>
<td>Sec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td></td>
<td>Log</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>None</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>OK Back</p>
<p>Figure 5-120</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark481"></a> Step 4 Configure the triggering parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark482"> Table 5-37.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display set interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period” section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs. ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu ^ Display^ Tour</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule <em>■+</em> Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^Camera ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the <strong>Mode </strong>list,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ Tour</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark482"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="2">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a motion detection event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-37</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>INTELL SETTING </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 6 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The tripwire detecting function is active. When the target object crosses the tripwire in the defined direction, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark483"></a> 5.10.2.2 Configuring Intrusion Rules</p>
<p>When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that enter and leave the intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Supports detecting the behaviors that are moving in the intrusion areas. The quantity of</li>
</ul>
<p>areas and lasting time can be configured.</p>
<ul>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Intrusion</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark485"> Figure 5-121.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2232" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 194" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 977" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-194-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-121</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark485"></a> Step 2 Draw a tripwire.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
<li>Click □.</li>
</ol>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the intrusion rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark486"> Figure 5­122.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="545" class="wp-image-2233" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 195" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 978" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195.jpeg 705w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-195-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-122</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark487"> Table 5-3</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">8Table</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark480">5-36.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark486"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Action</td>
<td colspan="5">Configure the actions that are defined as intrusion. You can select the <strong>Appear </strong>check box and the <strong>Cross-check </strong>box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td colspan="5">In the <strong>Direction </strong>list, select the direction of crossing the configured area. You can select <strong>Enter&amp;Exit</strong>, <strong>Enters</strong>, and <strong>Exits</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click ^3 to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark487"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-38</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2234" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 196" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 979"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The intrusion detecting function is active. When the target enters and leaves the area, or the target appears in the defined area, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark488"></a> 5.10.2.3 Configuring Abandoned Rules</p>
<p>When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can define the shape and quantity of intrusion areas.</li>
<li>Period value can be configured.</li>
<li>Supports size filtering for target.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Abandoned</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Abandoned </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark490"> Figure 5-123.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="760" height="429" class="wp-image-2235" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 197" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 980" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197.jpeg 760w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-197-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 760px) 100vw, 760px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-123</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark490"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</li>
</ol>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="47" class="wp-image-2236" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 198" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 981"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the abandoned rules is displayed. See Figure 5-124.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="494" class="wp-image-2237" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 199" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 982" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-199-300x239.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark491"> Table 5-39.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized rule name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the abandoned objects.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click fad to draw areas to filter the target</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark491"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td>You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-39</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2238" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 200" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 983"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The abandoned object detecting function is active. When the object is placed in the defined detection area for more than the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark492"></a> 5.10.2.4 Configuring Missing Rules</p>
<p>When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the rule line that you added, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Missing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Missing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark494"> Figure 5-125.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="425" class="wp-image-2239" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 201" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 984" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201.jpeg 757w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-201-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-125</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark494"></a> Step 2 Draw an area.</p>
<p>1) In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that you want to configure the rules for.</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2240" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 202" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 985"></p>
<p>The monitoring screen to configure the missing rules is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark495"> Figure 5­126.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="571" class="wp-image-2241" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 203" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 986" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-203-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-126</p>
<p>3) Configure the settings for the parameters of drawing rules. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark496"> Table 5-40.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark495"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td colspan="2">Enter the customized rule name.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="3">Configure the minimum time period for activating alarms by detecting the missing objects.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Click to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark496"></a> Filtering Target</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target that is crossing the tripwire is</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">smaller than the minimum size or larger than the maximum size,</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">no alarms will be activated. The maximum size should be larger</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-40</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to draw an area.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2242" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 204" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 987"></p>
<p>to set the actions to be triggered. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">&#8220;5.10.2.1 Configuring</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark475">Tripwire Rules.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p>The missing object detecting function is active. When the target is taken away from the defined area exceeds the set time, the system activates alarms.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark497"></a> Face Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the face detection settings and search the detected faces in the defined time period.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark499"></a> Configuring Face Detection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device detects the human faces, the system activates alarms.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all models support this function.</li>
<li>Smart IPC must be equipped with face detect function.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ Face Detect ^ Parameters</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Human Face </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark501"> Figure 5-127.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="803" height="452" class="wp-image-2243" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 205" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 988" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205.jpeg 803w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-205-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 803px) 100vw, 803px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2244" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 206" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 989"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark501"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the face detection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark502"> Table 5-41.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel to set the face detection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to draw areas to filter the target.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Target Filter</td>
<td colspan="2">You can configure two filtering targets (maximum size and</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">minimum size). When the target is smaller than the minimum size</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">or larger than the maximum size, no alarms will be activated. The</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>maximum size should be larger than the minimum size.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the face detection function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td colspan="2">Define a period during which the motion detection is active.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Enable alarm activation function. Select the alarm output port(s) to which the peripheral alarm devices are connected. When an alarm event occurs, the system activates the peripheral alarm devices connected to the selected output port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="9">The recording for intelligence event and auto recording function</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8"><a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8216;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td colspan="9">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">Motion Detect can only activate PTZ preset.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td colspan="10">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="10">Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="7">To use this function, make sure the following settings are</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td colspan="2">configured:</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="8">Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">the <strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="8">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="10">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark502"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="9">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a human face detection event.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-41</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark503"></a> Searching for Detected Faces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Video^ Intelligent Play^ Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SMART SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark505"> Figure 5-128.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="439" class="wp-image-2245" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 207" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 990" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207.jpeg 782w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-207-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-128</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark505"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Begin Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The faces searched in the defined period display. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark506"> Figure 5-129.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="465" class="wp-image-2246" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 208" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 991" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-208-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-129</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark506"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark507"></a> System Events</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm output for three types of system event (HDD, Network, and User). When there is an abnormal system event occurs, the system activates alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark509"></a> Configuring HDD Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events Abnormity &gt; HDD</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark511"> Figure 5-130.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="486" class="wp-image-2247" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 209" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 992" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209.jpeg 873w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-209-810x451.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-130</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the HDD event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark512"> Table 5-42.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark511"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>No HDD</strong>, <strong>HDD Error</strong>, or <strong>HDD No Space </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HDD event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ NETWORK ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark512"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a HDD alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-42</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark513"></a> Configuring Network Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity ^ Network</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark515"> Figure 5-131.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="467" class="wp-image-2248" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 210" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 993" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-210-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-131</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the Network event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark516"> Table 5-43.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark515"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Net Disconnection</strong>, <strong>IP Conflicted</strong>, or <strong>MAC Conflicted </strong>as the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Network event detection function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark516"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a network alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-43</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark517"></a> Configuring User Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ Abnormity ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>User </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark519"> Figure 5-132.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="804" height="451" class="wp-image-2249" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 211" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 994" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211.jpeg 804w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-211-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 804px) 100vw, 804px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-132</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the User event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark520"> Table 5-44.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark519"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>Illegal Login</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the user error detection function.</p>
<p>If you do not enable this function, there will be no limit for wrong password entry and the account cannot be locked because of the wrong password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attempt(s)</td>
<td>Set the maximum number of allowable wrong password entries. The account will be locked after your entries exceed the maximum number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock Time</td>
<td>Set how long the account is locked for. The value ranges from 1 minute to 60 minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>1&#8217;H NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ Email</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark520"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a user account alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-44</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark521"></a> Configuring Device Event Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Event ^ Abnormity &gt; Device</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Device </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark523"> Figure 5-133.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="732" height="586" class="wp-image-2250" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 212" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 995" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212.jpeg 732w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-212-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-133</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the device event. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark524"> Table 5-45.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark523"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Event Type </strong>list, select <strong>High Temperature </strong>or <strong>Fan Speed Abnormal</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the name for the event type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the device event detection function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Temperature</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Max Temperature </strong>box, enter the max temperature value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td colspan="3">Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td colspan="3">Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark524"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td colspan="3">Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a Device alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-45</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark525"></a> Alarm Input Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Connect the alarm input and output ports by referring to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">&#8220;4.3 Connecting to Alarm Input and</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark67">Output.</a>&#8221; You can configure the alarm settings for each channel individually or apply the settings to all channels and then save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark527"></a> Configuring Local Alarms</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm device to the alarm input port of the Device. When the alarm is activated on the alarm device, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the local alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Events ALARM INPUT <em>■&gt;</em> Local</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Local </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark529"> Figure 5-134.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="542" class="wp-image-2251" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 213" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 996" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213.jpeg 677w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-213-300x240.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-134</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the local alarms. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark529"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm In</td>
<td>Select the channel number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the local alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>NO </strong>or select <strong>NC </strong>as the voltage output type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show Message</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Upload</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box to enable the system to upload the alarm signal to the network (including alarm center) when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Send Email </strong>check box to enable the system to send an email notification when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the function. When an alarm event</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Matrix</td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Display <em>■+</em> TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>EQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Not all models support this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the Device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local alarm log.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark530"></a> Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-46</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy</strong>, in the <strong>Copy </strong>dialog box, select the additional channel(s) that you want to copy the local alarm settings to, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark531"></a> Configuring Alarms from Alarm Box</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the alarm box to the RS485 port of the Device. When the alarm is detected by the alarm box, the alarm information will be uploaded to the Device, and then the Device outputs the alarms in the way that you configure in this section.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event^ALARM INPUT ^ Alarm Box</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Alarm Box </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark533"> Figure 5-135</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="420" class="wp-image-2252" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 214" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 997" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214.jpeg 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-214-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2253" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 215" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 998"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark533"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Alarm Box </strong>list, select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Alarm In </strong>list, select the alarm input port on the Alarm Box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark534"></a> Configuring Alarms from External IP Cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Events ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Ext</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Ext </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark536"> Figure 5-136.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="425" class="wp-image-2254" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 216" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 999" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216.jpeg 759w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-216-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-136</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark536"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2255" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 217" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1000"></p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh configured settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark537"></a> 5.10.5.4 Configuring Alarms for IP Camera Offline</p>
<p>You can configure the alarm settings for the situation when the IP camera is offline.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Event ^ ALARM INPUT ^ IPC Offline</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IPC Offline </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark539"> Figure 5-137.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="421" class="wp-image-2256" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 218" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1001" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218.jpeg 749w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-218-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2257" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 219" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1002"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark539"></a> Step 2 Configure the alarm input settings from the external IPC. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5-46.</a></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the default setting.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark540"></a> 5.10.5.5 Configuring Alarms from External Devices</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^Event^ ALARM INPUT ^ HDCVI Alarm</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Ext. Alarm </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark542"> Figure 5-138.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2258" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 220" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1003" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-220-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-138</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark542"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select a channel or <strong>all</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2259" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 221" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1004"></p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="778" height="464" class="wp-image-2260" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 222" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1005" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222.jpeg 778w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-222-768x458.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 778px) 100vw, 778px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-139</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark543"></a> Step 4 Configure the settings for other parameters of the Alarm Box. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark530"> Table 5­46.</a></p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark544"></a> 5.10.6 Alarm Output Settings</p>
<p>When the Device activates alarms, the connected alarm device generates alarms in the way that you can configure in this section. You can connect to the output port of the Device or connect wirelessly.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: When an alarm event is triggered on the Device, the connected alarm device generates alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: The alarm device is forced to keep generating alarms.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: The alarm output function is not enabled.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu^ Event ^ ALARM OUTPUT.</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM OUTPUT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark546"> Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="405" class="wp-image-2261" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 223" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1006" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-223-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-140</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark547"> Table 5-47</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table 5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark546"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">General Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select alarm type for each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Ext. Alarm</td>
<td>Alarm Box</td>
<td>Select the alarm box number corresponding to the address number configured by the DIP switch on the Alarm Box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Type</td>
<td>Select the alarm type for each alarm output ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of each alarm output port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2037-bookmark547"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-47</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark548"></a> 5.11 IoT Function</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark550"></a> Configuring Sensor Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect external sensors wirelessly through the Device with USB gateway or through connecting to a camera gateway. After connection, you can activate alarm events through external sensors.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark552"></a> Connecting Sensor through Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with USB gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark554"> Figure 5-141.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2262" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 224" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1007" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-224-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-141</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark554"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark555"> Figure 5-142.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2263" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 225" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1008" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-225-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-142</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark555"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark556"> Figure 5-143.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="482" class="wp-image-2264" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 226" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1009" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-226-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-143</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark556"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark557"> Figure 5-144.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2265" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 227" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1010"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2266" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 228" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1011"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2267" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 229" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1012" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-229-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-144</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark557"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark558"></a> Connecting Sensor through Camera with Gateway</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the camera with gateway supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Sensor Pairing</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Sensor Pairing </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark560"> Figure 5-145.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2268" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 230" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1013" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-230-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-145</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark560"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>Camera Gateway</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Channel </strong>list, select the channel that is connected to the camera.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark561"> Figure 5-146.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="486" class="wp-image-2269" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 231" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1014" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-231-300x247.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-146</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark561"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>Pair</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts pairing with the sensor.</p>
<p>After pairing is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark562"> Figure 5-147.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="484" class="wp-image-2270" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 232" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1015" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-232-300x246.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-147</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark562"></a> Step 6 Click <strong>Back </strong>to exit the pairing interface.</p>
<p>The added sensor information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark563"> Figure 5-148.</a> Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2271" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 233" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1016"></p>
<p>to modify the sensor name; click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="45" class="wp-image-2272" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 234" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1017"></p>
<p>to delete sensor information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="440" class="wp-image-2273" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 235" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1018" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235.jpeg 781w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-235-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-148</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark563"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark564"></a> 5.11.1.3 Configuring Alarm Linkage</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent^ IoT ^ Manager ^ Wireless Detector</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark566"> Figure 5-149.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="614" class="wp-image-2274" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 236" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1019" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-300x221.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-768x565.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-236-810x596.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark566"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Access Type </strong>list, select <strong>USB</strong>, <strong>Camera</strong>, or <strong>All</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2275" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 237" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1020"></p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark543"> Figure 5-139.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="454" class="wp-image-2276" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 238" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1021" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-238-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-150</p>
<p>Step 4 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark567"> Table 5-48.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Enter the customized alarm name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the motion detection is active. For details, see &#8220;Setting Motion Detection Period&#8221; section in <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Configuring Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface.</p>
<p>Enable PTZ activation function. For each PTZ camera, select the preset that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the connected</li>
</ul>
<p>alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Record Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The recording for alarm and auto snapshot must be enabled. For</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select the <strong>Snapshot </strong>check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Snapshot</td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the following settings are configured:</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• The snapshot function is enabled for motion detect alarms in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Storage ^ Schedule ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>• Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>, in the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mode </strong>list, select <strong>Event</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Tour </strong>check box to enable a tour of the selected channels. nn. note</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a local alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to enable a</li>
</ul>
<p>pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function. When</li>
</ul>
<p>an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu ^ Display ^ TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification when</p>
<p>an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in <strong>Main</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a local</p>
<p>alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-48</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark567"></a> Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 6 On the <strong>Wireless Detector </strong>interface, click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark568"></a> Configuring Temperature and Humidity Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view, search and export the temperature and humidity data of camera with such sensors and configure the alarm event settings.</p>
<p>To use this function, please make sure there is at least one camera with temperature and humidity sensor has been connected to the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark570"></a> Enabling Detecting Function</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You should enable the IoT function the first time when you enter this interface.</p>
<p>Step <strong>1 </strong>On the main menu^Intelligent, click <strong>loT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark572"> Figure 5-151.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="636" class="wp-image-2277" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 239" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1022" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239.jpeg 928w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-768x526.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-810x555.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-239-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-151</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark572"></a> Step 2 Select the <strong>Enable </strong>check boxes to enable IoT function. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark573"> Figure 5-152.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>l?Pi</td>
<td>Detect PosOon Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Ternipaatiire</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Piiirmg</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2278" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 240" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1023" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-240-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-152</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the temperature and humidity data from the camera and display on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark574"></a> Viewing Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the temperature and humidity data on the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface after the IoT function is enabled.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Refresh Interval </strong>box, select data refresh interval. For example, you can select <strong>5 Sec</strong>.</p>
<p>You can also display the temperature and humidity data in graphical way by selecting the <strong>Display Graph </strong>check box to. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark576"> Figure 5-153 </a>for humidity data in graphical way.</p>
<p>&gt; REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>r+eh&#8217;«fi interval</td>
<td>5Sk</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>tiifXay Gras*</td>
<td>Accth Rani dm 6</td>
<td>tn*</p>
<p>Trtfnpcf dlijf f</td>
<td>Oawcr Roa bon Na*ii Chnfi-lenipcf alurc-1</td>
<td>Curr enl Vai u are</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>dify</td>
<td>Ghnfrltaiirftï 1</td>
<td>* m</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Témçièr Mui fr Ciiarl Humdiity Chart</p>
<p>&lt;kRH|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="165" class="wp-image-2279" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 241" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1024"></p>
<p>C*e»f</p>
<p>Figure 5-153</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2280" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 242" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1025"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to delete the data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark576"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark577"></a> Exporting Temperature and Humidity Data</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export the temperature and humidity data in .BMP format. Take exporting humidity data as an example.</p>
<p>Step 1 Prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 On the <strong>Realtime Display </strong>interface, click the <strong>Humidity </strong>tab. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark579"> Figure 5-154</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="607" class="wp-image-2281" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 243" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1026" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-243-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-154</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark579"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Locked </strong>to lock the data.</p>
<p>The export button is enabled.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>. The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark580"></a> Configuring Alarm Linkage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure alarm linkage settings for temperature and humidity data.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Configuring Alarm Linkage for Temperature Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ Manager ^ Temperature/Humidity</strong>. The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark582"> Figure 5-155.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<p>Tempraturev^u- Wirde» Detector VrSrdc» Siren</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Setting</td>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>W</td>
<td>Delect Position Nam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ch»6</td>
<td>Tern ¡para Cure</td>
<td>Chn6 Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sçnjçr Pairing</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="551" height="24" class="wp-image-2282" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 244" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1027" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244.jpeg 551w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-244-300x13.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-155</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="39" class="wp-image-2283" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 245" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1028"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark582"></a> Step 2 On the temperature information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark583"> Figure 5-156.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="479" class="wp-image-2284" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 246" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1029" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-246-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-156</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark583"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for alarm linkage. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark584"> Table 5-49.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Temperature </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High </strong>or <strong>Low</strong>, and set the upper and low temperature limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>28</strong>, the alarm occurs when the temperature reaches 28 (&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-49</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark584"></a><strong>Configuring Alarm Settings for Humidity Data</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm event by setting the humidity data.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT <em>■+</em> Manager </strong>^ <strong>Temperature/Humidity</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Temperature/Humidity </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark585"> Figure 5-157.</a></p>
<p>REALTIME DISPLAY</p>
<p>SEARCH INFO</p>
<p>&gt; MANAGER</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Senser Pairing</td>
<td colspan="2">Tempratu rcAI u_</td>
<td>Wirde» Detector</td>
<td>Wir el ess Siren</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="6"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2 1</td>
<td>E natte</p>
<p>s</td>
<td>Sating</p>
<p>&lt;5</td>
<td>Accession!</p>
<p>Chn6</td>
<td>Temperature</td>
<td>Deled Position Nam Chn6-Temperature</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="20" class="wp-image-2285" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 247" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1030" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247.jpeg 511w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-247-300x12.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-157</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="38" class="wp-image-2286" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 248" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1031"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark585"></a> Step 2 On the humidity information line, click</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark586"> Figure 5-158.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="830" height="526" class="wp-image-2287" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 249" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1032" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249.jpeg 830w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-300x190.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-768x487.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-249-810x513.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-158</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark586"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the following parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark587"> Table 5-50.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td><strong>Humidity </strong>by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Position</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Set the detect position name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to preview to help monitor the channel of access point. This channel could be the channel of access point or any other channels according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>or <strong>Low Humidity</strong>, and set the upper and low humidity limit respectively. For example, select event type as <strong>High Humidity </strong>and set upper limit as <strong>60</strong>, the alarm occurs when the humidity reaches 60%RH.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upper Limit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Define a period during which the alarm setting is active. For more information about setting the period, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">&#8220;5.10.1.1 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark452">Motion Detect Settings.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Out</td>
<td>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display setting interface.</p>
<ul>
<li>General Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the alarm</li>
</ul>
<p>devices connected to the selected output port.</p>
<ul>
<li>External Alarm: Enable alarm activation through the</li>
</ul>
<p>connected alarm box.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wireless Siren: Enable alarm activation through devices</li>
</ul>
<p>connected by USB gateway or camera gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Enable PTZ activation function.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to display the PTZ interface. For each PTZ camera, select the preset, tour, or pattern that you want to be called when an alarm event occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latch</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off alarm after the external alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 0 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds. If you enter 0, there will be no delay.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Post Record</td>
<td>Set a length of time for the Device to delay turning off recording after the alarm is cancelled. The value ranges from 10 seconds to 300 seconds, and the default value is 10 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anti-Dither</td>
<td>Configure the event detection lasting time. The system records only one event during this period. The value ranges from 5 seconds to 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td>Select the check box to take a snapshot of the selected channel. CD NOTE</p>
<p>To use this function, make sure the snapshot is enabled motion detect alarms in <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage <em>■+</em> Schedule <em>■+ </em>Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for IoT alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Tour</td>
<td>Select the check box to enable a tour of the selected channels.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To use this function, make sure the tour is enabled and configured</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>in <strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display <em>•+</em> TOUR</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Voice Prompts</td>
<td>Select to enable audio broadcast/voice prompts in response to a temperature alarm event.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">More Setting</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Show Message: Select the <strong>Show Message </strong>check box to</li>
</ul>
<p>enable a pop-up message in your local host PC.</p>
<ul>
<li>Buzzer: Select the check box to activate a buzzer noise at the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>Video Matrix: Select the check box to enable the function.</li>
</ul>
<p>When an alarm event occurs, the video output port outputs the settings configured in &#8220;<strong>Main Menu </strong>^ <strong>Display </strong>^ <strong>TOUR</strong>.&#8221;</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>• Send Email: Enable the system to send an email notification</p>
<p>when an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>CP NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>To use this function, make sure the email function is enabled in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>•+</em> EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>• Log: Select the check box to enable the Device to record a</p>
<p>local alarm log</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-50</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark587"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark588"></a> Searching IoT Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can search and backup all your IoT data.</p>
<p>To back up the data, you should prepare a USB device and plug it into the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 On the main interface of Intelligent, click <strong>IoT ^ SEARCH INFO</strong>. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark590"> Figure 5-159.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="610" class="wp-image-2288" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 250" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1033" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250.jpeg 796w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-300x230.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-250-768x589.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-159</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark590"></a> Step 2 Configure the parameters settings. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark591"> Table 5-51.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Point</td>
<td>Indicates the channel that the camera is connected to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Display Type </strong>list, select <strong>List </strong>or <strong>Graph</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Select the information type that you want to search. You can select</p>
<p><strong>Humidity </strong>or <strong>Temperature</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Select the information state that you want to search.</p>
<p>This option is available when you select <strong>List </strong>in the <strong>Display Type </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark591"></a> End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the information that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-51</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search</strong>. The system starts search according to your parameters settings.</p>
<p>After searching is finished, the result displays.</p>
<ul>
<li>For the data displayed in list, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark592"> Figure 5-160.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Go To </strong>to switch result pages.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>UM</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>M</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wtTwne</strong></td>
<td><strong>2017 11 06</strong></td>
<td><strong>00:0000 E</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2017-12-06 00 00 00</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>120</strong></td>
<td><strong>lime</strong></td>
<td><strong>Accew Pant</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Detect Paaton Name •</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MI-0721 13 58</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ovi t</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ctmt liznwStv 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 201</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>1</em> 1147 21 14 00</strong></p>
<p><strong>M147 71 14 09</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 14 10 Mt 47 21 14 14 Mi-07 21 14 23 F It 0721 1004</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>1</em> 11 07 21.16 07</strong></p>
<p><strong>MI-0721 10 17 Ml 47 21 16 26 MI-07 21 16 77 1-1147 21 16 36</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Kim*aty</strong></td>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1/</strong></td>
<td><strong>85 &gt; » 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Go To</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Backup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-160</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark592"></a> For the data displayed in graph, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark593"> Figure 5-161.</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&gt; SEARCI</p>
<p>Humodit/</p>
<p>Stall Ti</p>
<p>2017-11-06 00:00.00&#8242;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="293" height="120" class="wp-image-2289" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 251" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1034"></p>
<p>Ml</p>
<p>Cbnl HuMiny 1</p>
<p>Figure 5-161</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark593"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Backup. </strong>The system starts exporting the data.</p>
<p>After exporting is finished, a <strong>Message </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>You can find the exported data on your USB device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark594"></a> 5.11.3 Configuring Wireless Siren</p>
<p>You can connect the wireless siren to the Device, when there is an alarm event activated on the Device, the wireless siren generates alarms.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Intelligent ^ IoT &gt; Manager &gt; Wireless Siren</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wireless Siren </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark596"> Figure 5-16</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark546">2Figure 5-140.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="590" class="wp-image-2290" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 252" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1035" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252.jpeg 765w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-252-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-162</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark596"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the wireless alarm output. For details, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark597"> Table 5-52</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">.Table</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2037-bookmark530">5-46</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>USB Gateway, Camera Gateway</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Automatically activate alarm if the alarm output function</li>
</ul>
<p>for wireless siren is enabled for specific events. For example, if you want to enable the alarm output through wireless siren for motion detection, see &#8220;Alarm Output&#8221; parameter in<a href="#post-2037-bookmark456"> Table 5­34.</a></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Manual</strong>: Activate alarm immediately.</li>
<li><strong>Stop</strong>: Do not activate alarm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark597"></a> Alarm Release</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK to </strong>clear all alarm output status of wireless siren.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-52</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark598"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can connect the Device to the POS (Point of Sale) machine and receive the information from it. This function applies to the scenarios such as supermarket POS machine. After connection is established, the Device can access the POS information and display the overlaid text in the channel window.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Playing POS information in the local playback and viewing the POS information in the live view screen only support single-channel mode. Displaying monitoring screen and playing back in the web support multi-channel mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark600"></a> Searching the Transaction Records</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Intelligent <em>•+</em> POS ^ POS SEARCH</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SEARCH </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark602"> Figure 5-163.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="459" class="wp-image-2291" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 253" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1036" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-253-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-163</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark602"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Transaction No. </strong>list, enter the transaction number on your receipt printed out by POS machine.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to search the POS transaction information.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The searched transaction results display in the table.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark603"></a> Configuring POS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Intelligent^ POS ^ POS SETUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>POS SETUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark605"> Figure 5-164.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="805" height="452" class="wp-image-2292" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 254" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1037" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254.jpeg 805w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-254-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 805px) 100vw, 805px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-164</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark605"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the POS parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark606"> Table 5-53.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>POS Name </strong>list, select the POS machine that you want to configure settings for. Click ^3 to modify the POS name. CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The POS name supports 21 Chinese characters or 63 English characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the POS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>Select the channel(s) that you want to record. The selected channel(s) starts recording after an alarm occurs.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>The recording for POS alarms and auto recording function must be enabled. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark389">&#8220;5.9.1 Enabling Record Control.</a>&#8220;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Privacy Setup</td>
<td>Enter the privacy content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>Select <strong>POS </strong>by default. Different machine corresponds to different protocol.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Connect Type </strong>list, select the connection protocol type.</p>
<p>Click <strong>^3, </strong>the IP Address interface is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Source IP </strong>box, enter the IP address (the machine that is connected to the Device) that sends messages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Convert</td>
<td>Select a character encoding mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Overlay</td>
<td>In the <strong>Overlay </strong>list, Select <strong>Turn </strong>or <strong>ROLL</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network time out</td>
<td>When the network is not working correctly and cannot be recovered after the entered timeout limit, the POS information will not display normally. After the network is recovered, the latest POS information will be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time Display</td>
<td>Enter the time that how long you want to keep the POS information displaying. For example, enter 5, the POS information disappear from the screen after 5 seconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Font Size</td>
<td>In the Font Size list, select <strong>Small</strong>, <strong>Medium</strong>, or <strong>Big </strong>as the text size of POS information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>COLOR</td>
<td>In the color bar, click to select the color for the text size of POS information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Info</td>
<td>Enable the POS Info function, the POS information displays in the live view screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction Start</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the transaction start character and end character.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transaction End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark606"></a> Line Delimiter</td>
<td>Enter the line delimiter that you want to use.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-53</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark607"></a> Configuring Backup Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="470" class="wp-image-2293" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 255" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1038" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-255-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark609"></a> Finding USB Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you inset a USB storage device into the USB port of the Device, the Device detects the USB storage device and pops up &#8220;Find USB device&#8221; interface, which provides you a shortcut to perform backup and upgrading operations. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark612"> Figure 5-165.</a></p>
<p>For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark611">&#8220;5.13.2 Backing up Files&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark847">&#8220;5.19.2 Viewing Log Information&#8221;</a>, <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">&#8220;5.18.5 Exporting</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark818">and Importing System Settings&#8221;</a>, and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark831">&#8220;5.18.7 Upgrading the Device.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="379" class="wp-image-2294" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 256" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1039" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256.jpeg 601w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-256-300x189.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-165</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark611"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark612"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark613"></a> Backing up Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can back up the recorded videos and snapshots.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ BACKUP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BACKUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark615"> Figure 5-166.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="458" class="wp-image-2295" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 257" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1040" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-257-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-166</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark615"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the backup parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark616"> Table 5-54.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>Device Name </strong>list, select the device that you want to back up the files to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Format</td>
<td>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the selected device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>Click <strong>Browse</strong>, the <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. Select the route where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record CH</td>
<td>In the <strong>Record CH </strong>list, select the channel where you want to search for the files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the file type that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</p>
<p>End Time</td>
<td>Enter the start time and end time for the files that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark616"></a> File Format</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Format </strong>list, select the file format that you want to search.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-54</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Search </strong>to search the files that meet the configured settings.</p>
<p>The searched results will display in the table.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the files that you want to back up.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the selected files to the configured path. Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all the searched results.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark617"></a> Network Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="472" class="wp-image-2296" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 258" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1041" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258.jpeg 939w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-768x386.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-258-810x407.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark619"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark620"></a> Configuring Network Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can ensure the network interworking between the Device and other devices through configuring the network settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark622"></a> Configuring TCP/IP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the settings for the Device such as IP address, DNS according to the networking plan.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark624"> Figure 5-167.</a></p>
<p>For details about parameter settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="740" height="526" class="wp-image-2297" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 259" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1042" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259.jpeg 740w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-259-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 740px) 100vw, 740px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-167</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark624"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark625"></a> Configuring Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the maximum connection accessing the Device from Client such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone and configure each port settings.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ CONNECTION</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>CONNECTION </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark627"> Figure 5-168.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="459" class="wp-image-2298" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 260" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1043" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-260-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-168</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark627"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark628"> Table 5-55.</a> Q2 NOTE</p>
<p>The connection parameters except Max Connection cannot take effects until the Device has been restarted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Connection</td>
<td>The allowable maximum clients accessing the Device at the same time, such as WEB, Platform, and Mobile Phone.</p>
<p>Select a value between 1 and 128. The default value setting is 128.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TCP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25001. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>UDP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 25002. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 80. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>If you enter other value, for example, 70, and then you should enter 70 after the IP address when logging in the Device by browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td>The default value setting is 554. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>POS Port</td>
<td>Data transmission. The value range is from 1 through 65535. The default value is 38800.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTPS Enable</td>
<td>Enable <strong>HTTPS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark628"></a> HTTPS Port</td>
<td>HTTPS communication port. The default value setting is 443. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-55</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark629"></a> Configuring Wi-Fi Connection Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can make wireless connection between the Device and the other devices in the same network through Wi-Fi settings, facilitating the devices connection and mobility.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>Only the Device with Wi-Fi module supports this function.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network <em>■&gt;</em> Wi-Fi</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Wi-Fi </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark631"> Figure 5-169.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="460" class="wp-image-2299" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 261" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1044" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261.jpeg 816w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-261-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-169</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark631"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the Wi-Fi connection parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark632"> Table 5-56.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</td>
<td>Enable <strong>Wi-Fi Auto Connect</strong>.</p>
<p>After the Device is restarted, it will automatically connect to the nearest hotspot that had been connected successfully.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Refresh the hotspot list. The self-adaption function such as adding password is supported if such setting was once configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect</td>
<td>In the <strong>hotpot</strong>s list, select a hotspot, and then click <strong>Connect</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>To reconnect the same hotspot, disconnect first and then</li>
</ul>
<p>reconnect.</p>
<ul>
<li>To connect to other hotspot, disconnect from the current</li>
</ul>
<p>connected hotspot first, and then connect to the other hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark632"></a> Disconnect</td>
<td>To disconnect from a hotspot, click <strong>Disconnect</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-56</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>After the Device is connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot, in the <strong>Wi-Fi Working Info </strong>area, the current hotspot, IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark633"></a> Configuring PPPoE Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PPPoE is another way for the Device to access the network. You can establish network connection by configuring PPPoE settings to give the Device a dynamic IP address in the WAN. To use this function, firstly you need to obtain the user name and password from the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ PPPoE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>PPPoE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark635"> Figure 5-170.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="465" class="wp-image-2300" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 262" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1045" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262.jpeg 823w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-262-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-170</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark635"></a> Step 2 Enable the PPPoE function.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>User Name </strong>box and <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the user name and password accordingly provided by the Internet Service Provider.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate the successfully saved. The IP address appears on the PPPoE interface. You can use this IP address to access the Device. CD NOTE</p>
<p>When the PPPoE function is enabled, the IP address on the <strong>TCP/IP </strong>interface cannot be modified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark636"></a> Configuring DDNS Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the IP address of the Device changes frequently, the DDNS function can dynamically refresh the correspondence between the domain on DNS and the IP address, ensuring you access the Device by using the domain.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark638"></a> Preparing for Configuration</p>
<p>Please confirm if the Device supports the DDNS Type and log in the website provided by the DDNS service provider to register the information such as domain from PC located in the WAN.</p>
<ul>
<li>If DDNS belongs to Quick DDNS type, domain registration is not needed.</li>
<li>If DDNS belongs to other type, you need to login the DDNS website to register the information such as user name, password, and domain name.</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>After you have registered and logged in the DDNS website successfully, you can view the information of all the connected devices under this user name.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark640"></a> Configuring Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ DDNS</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DDNS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark642"> Figure 5-171.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="465" class="wp-image-2301" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 263" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1046" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263.jpeg 827w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-263-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-171</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark642"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the DDNS parameters. • DDNS type. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark643"> Table 5-57.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the DDNS function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DDNS Type</td>
<td rowspan="2">Type and address of DDNS service provider.</p>
<ul>
<li>Type: CP Plus DDNS Free</li>
<li>Type: Dyndns DDNS; address: members.dyndns.org</li>
<li>Type: NO-IP DDNS; address: dynupdate.no-ip.com</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>The domain name for registering on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password obtained from DDNS service provider. You need to register (including user name and password) on the website of DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark643"></a> Interval</td>
<td>Enter the amount of time that you want to update the DDNS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-57</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Enter the domain name in the browser on your PC, and then press <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p>If the web interface of the Device is displayed, the configuration is successful. If not, the configuration is failed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark644"></a> Configuring EMAIL Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the email settings to enable the system to send the email as a notification when there is an alarm event occurs.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ EMAIL</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>EMAIL </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark646"> Figure 5-172.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="453" class="wp-image-2302" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 264" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1047" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-264-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="124" height="23" class="wp-image-2303" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-265.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 265" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1048"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark646"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the email parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark647"> Table 5-58.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the email function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the address of SMTP server of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port value of SMTP server. The default value setting is 25. You can enter the value according to your actual situation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the user name and password of sender’s email account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>If enable the anonymity function, you can login as anonymity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mail Receiver</td>
<td>In the <strong>Mail Receiver </strong>list, select the number of receiver that you want to receive the notification. The Device supports up to three mail receivers.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email Address</td>
<td>Enter the email address of mail receiver(s).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sender</td>
<td>Enter the sender’s email address. It supports maximum three senders separated by comma.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Title</td>
<td>Enter the email subject.</p>
<p>Supports Chinese, English and Arabic numerals. It supports maximum 64 characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attachment</td>
<td>Enable the attachment function. When there is an alarm event, the system can attach snapshots as an attachment to the email.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the encryption type: <strong>NONE</strong>, <strong>SSL</strong>, or <strong>TLS</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends an email for the same type of alarm event, which means, the system does not send an email upon any alarm event.</p>
<p>This setting helps to avoid the large amount of emails caused by frequent alarm events.</p>
<p>The value ranges from 0 to 3600. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Health Enable</td>
<td>Enable the health test function. The system can send a test email to check the connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval (Min.)</td>
<td>This is the interval that the system sends a health test email. The value ranges from 30 to 1440. 0 means that there is no interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark647"></a> Test</td>
<td>Click Test to test the email sending function. If the configuration is correct, the receiver’s email account will receive the email.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</p>
<p>Before testing, click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-58</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark648"></a> Configuring UPnP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can map the relationship between the LAN and the WAN to access the Device on the LAN through the IP address on the WAN.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark650"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Login the router to set the WAN port to enable the IP address to connect into the WAN.</li>
<li>Enable the UPnP function at the router.</li>
<li>Connect the Device with the LAN port on the router to connect into the LAN.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ TCP/IP</strong>, configure the IP address into the router IP</li>
</ul>
<p>address range, or enable the DHCP function to obtain an IP address automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark652"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ UPnP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPnP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark654"> Figure 5-173.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="461" class="wp-image-2304" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 266" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1049" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-266-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-173</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark654"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the UPnP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark655"> Table 5-59.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT</td>
<td colspan="2">Enable the UPnP function.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td colspan="4">Indicates the status of UPnP function.</p>
<p>* Offline: Failed.</p>
<p>• Online: Succeeded.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">LAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the LAN.</p>
<p>Cfl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">WAN IP</td>
<td colspan="4">Enter IP address of router on the WAN.</p>
<p>LJ NOTE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">After mapping succeeded, the system obtains IP address</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="6">automatically without performing any configurations.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">The settings in PAT table correspond to the UPnP PAT table on the router.</p>
<ul>
<li>Service Name: Name of network server.</li>
<li>Protocol: Type of protocol.</li>
<li>Int. Port: Internal port that is mapped on the Device.</li>
<li>Ext. Port: External port that is mapped on the router.</li>
</ul>
<p>Wl NOTE</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">To avoid the conflict, when setting the external port, try to use</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">the ports from 1024 through 5000 and avoid popular ports</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PAT Table</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9">from 1 through 255 and system ports from 256 through 1023.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="6">When there are several devices in the LAN, please</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8">reasonably arrange the ports mapping to avoid mapping to the same external port.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">When establishing a mapping relationship, please ensure the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">mapping ports are not occupied or limited.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="9">The internal and external ports of TCP and UDP must be the</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">same and cannot be modified.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td colspan="3">Click <strong>^3 </strong>to modify the external port.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-59</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark655"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>In the browser, enter<a href="http://wan/"> http://WAN </a>IP: External IP port. You can visit the LAN Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark656"></a> Configuring SNMP Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>. . NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>You can connect the Device with some software such as MIB Builder and MG-SOFT MIB Browser to manage and control the Device from the software.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark658"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>Install the software that can manage and control the SNMP, such as MIB Builder and MG­SOFT MIB Browser</li>
<li>Obtain the MIB files that correspond to the current version from the technical support.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark660"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ SNMP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SNMP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark662"> Figure 5-174.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="442" class="wp-image-2305" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 267" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1050" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-267-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-174</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark662"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the SNMP parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark663"> Table 5-60.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the SNMP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td>Select the check box of SNMP version(s) that you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Port</td>
<td>Indicates the monitoring port on the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Read Community</td>
<td rowspan="2">Indicates the read/write strings supported by the agent program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Write Community</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trap Address</td>
<td>Indicates the destination address for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark663"></a> Trap Port</td>
<td>Indicates the destination port for the agent program to send the Trap information.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-60</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>Step 4</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p>Compile the two MIB files by MIB Builder.</p>
<p>Run MG-SOFT MIB Browser to load in the module from compilation.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, enter the Device IP that you want to manage, and<br />
then select the version number to query.</p>
<p>On the MG-SOFT MIB Browser, unfold the tree-structured directory to obtain the<br />
configurations of the Device, such as the channels quantity and software version.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark664"></a> Configuring Multicast Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you access the Device from the network to view the video, if the access is exceeded, the video will not display. You can use the multicast function to group the IP to solve the problem.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Network ^ MULTICAST</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>MULTICAST </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark666"> Figure 5-175.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="453" class="wp-image-2306" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 268" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1051" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-268-768x429.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="23" class="wp-image-2307" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-269.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 269" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1052"></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark666"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the multicast parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark667"> Table 5-61.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the multicast function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address that you want to use as the multicast IP.</p>
<p>The IP address ranges from 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark667"></a> Port</td>
<td>Enter the port for the multicast. The port ranges from 1025 through 65000.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-61</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p>You can use the multicast IP address to login the web. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark668"> Figure 5-176.</a></p>
<p>On the web login dialog box, in the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>MULTICAST</strong>. The web will automatically obtain the multicast IP address and join. Then you can view the video through multicast function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2308" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 270" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1053" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-270-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark668"></a> Figure 5-176</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark669"></a> Configuring Register Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can register the Device into the specified proxy server which acts as the transit to make it easier for the client software to access the Device.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ REGISTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REGISTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark671"> Figure 5-177.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="812" height="461" class="wp-image-2309" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 271" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1054" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271.jpeg 812w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-271-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 812px) 100vw, 812px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-177</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark671"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the register parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark672"> Table 5-62.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the register function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Select a number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP Address</td>
<td>Enter the server IP address or the server domain that you want to register to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Enter the port of the server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark672"></a> Sub Service ID</td>
<td>This ID is allocated by the server and used for the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-62</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark673"></a> Configuring Alarm Center Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the alarm center server to receive the uploaded alarm information. To use this function, the <strong>Alarm Upload </strong>check box must be selected. For details about alarm event settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark447">&#8220;5.10 Alarm Events Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Network ^ ALARM CENTER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ALARM CENTER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark675"> Figure 5-178.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="817" height="456" class="wp-image-2310" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 272" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1055" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272.jpeg 817w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-272-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 817px) 100vw, 817px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-178</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark675"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the alarm center parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark676"> Table 5-63.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the alarm center function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>In the <strong>Protocol Type </strong>list, select protocol type. The default is <strong>ALARM CENTER</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>The IP address and communication port of the PC installed with alarm client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark676"></a> Self-Report Time</td>
<td>In the <strong>Self-Report Time </strong>list, select time cycle and specific time for uploading alarm.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-63</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark677"></a> Configuring InstaOn Cloud Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can manage the devices by using InstaOn technology to download the application and register the devices. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark129">&#8220;5.1.4.5 Configuring InstaOn Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark679"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark680"></a> Configuring Network Testing Settings
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark682"></a> Testing the Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can test the network connection status between the Device and other devices.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO ^ Network ^ Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark684"> Figure 5-179.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="819" height="463" class="wp-image-2311" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 273" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1056" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273.jpeg 819w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-273-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-179</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark684"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Destination IP </strong>box, enter the IP address.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>After testing is completed, the test result is displayed. You can check the evaluation for average delay, packet loss, and network status. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark685"> Figure 5-180.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="976" height="428" class="wp-image-2312" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 274" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1057" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274.jpeg 976w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-768x337.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-274-810x355.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 976px) 100vw, 976px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-180</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark685"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark686"></a> Capturing Packet and Backing up</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Packet capture means the operations such as capturing, resending, and editing data that are sent and received during network transmission. When there is network abnormality, you can perform packet capturing and back up into the USB storage device. This date can be provided to the technical support for analyzing the network condition.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ Network &gt; Network Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Test </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark688"> Figure 5-181.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="437" class="wp-image-2313" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 275" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1058" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275.jpeg 780w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-275-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-181</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark688"></a> Step 2 Connect a USB storage device to the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Fresh</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device starts detecting the USB storage device and displays its name in the <strong>Device Name </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 4 Select the route of the data that you want to capture and back up.</p>
<p>1) In the Network Sniffer Packet Backup, click <strong>Browse</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark689"> Figure 5-182.</a></p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>Q</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>l&amp;l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 pnntf_2O18O3161539O3.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SI kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>W pnntf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® kmsg_printf_201803161S4049.txt</td>
<td>21.7 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>g</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@1 printf_2O18O316155148.txt</td>
<td>2.2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ml kmsg_phntf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_2O18O316161436.txt</td>
<td>2.5 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>fl</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bl kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>21.9 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark689"></a> New Folder</p>
<p>Import</p>
<p>Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-182</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>Select the route.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there are several USB storage devices are connected to the Device, you can select from the <strong>Device Name </strong>list.</li>
<li>Click Refresh to total space, free space and the file list in the selected USB storage device.</li>
<li>In the case of insufficient capacity, click Fl</li>
</ul>
<p>to delete the needless files.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>New Folder </strong>to create a new folder in the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p>3) Click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the route selection settings.</p>
<p>The <strong>Test </strong>interface is displayed again.</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2314" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-276.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 276" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1059"></p>
<p>to start packet capturing and backing up.</p>
<p>CO NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>Only the data packet of one LAN can be captured at one time.</li>
<li>After capturing starts, you can exit the <strong>Test </strong>interface to perform other operations</li>
</ul>
<p>such as web login and monitoring.</p>
<p>Step6 Click © to stop capturing.</p>
<p>The backup data is saved in the selected route under the naming style &#8220;LAN name- time.pcap.&#8221; See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark690"> Figure 5-183.</a> You can open it by using Wireshark software.</p>
<p>Device Name</p>
<p>Total Space</p>
<p>Free Space</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>sdal(USBUSB) Refresh Format</p>
<p>3.73 GB</p>
<p>3.27 GB</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® LANl-20180313213059.pcap</td>
<td>111.7 KB</td>
<td>Rte</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ LAN 1-20180313213722.pcap</td>
<td>182.1 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>;i‘i printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>1 2 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</td>
<td>19.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g) printf.txt</td>
<td>1.97 MB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I«l kmsg_printf.txt</td>
<td>1.1KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H pnntf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>964 B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>Sk</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(£i kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</td>
<td>2L2KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>1.5 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IB kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</td>
<td>2L7KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>® printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>22 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</td>
<td>21.6 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>printf.20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>25 KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>81 kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</td>
<td>2L9KB</td>
<td>Rie</td>
<td>B</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>New Folder</p>
<p>Import Export</p>
<p>Figure 5-183</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark690"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark691"></a> 5.15 Configuring Account Settings</p>
<p>You can add, modify and delete user accounts, groups, and ONVIF users, and set security questions for admin account.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The user name supports 31 characters and group name supports 15 characters. The user name can be consisted of letter, number, &#8220;_&#8221;, &#8220;@&#8221;, &#8220;.&#8221;.</li>
<li>You can set maximum 64 users and 20 groups. The group name by &#8220;User&#8221; and &#8220;Admin&#8221; cannot be deleted. You can set other groups and define the relevant permissions. However, the admin account cannot be set randomly.</li>
<li>You can manage the account by user and group and the name cannot be repeated. Every user must belong to a group, and one user only belongs to one group.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark693"></a> Configuring User Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark695"></a> Adding a User Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark697"> Figure 5-184.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="468" class="wp-image-2315" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 277" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1060" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277.jpeg 833w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-277-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-184</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark697"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark698"> Figure 5-185.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="792" height="445" class="wp-image-2316" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 278" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1061" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278.jpeg 792w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-278-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-185</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark698"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a user account. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark699"> Table 5-64.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter a user name and password for the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm Password</td>
<td>Re-enter the password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User MAC</td>
<td>Enter user MAC address</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Select a group for the account.</p>
<p>w note</p>
<p>The user rights must be within the group permission.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>Click <strong>Set </strong>to display <strong>Set </strong>interface.</p>
<p>Define a period during which the new account can login the device. The new account cannot login the device during the time beyond the set period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>To manage the user account easily, when defining the user account authority, it is recommended not to give the authority to the common user account higher that the advanced user account.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-64</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark699"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark700"></a> Setting Permitted Period</p>
<p>Step 1 Next to <strong>Period</strong>, click <strong>Setting</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Setting </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark702"> Figure 5-186.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="437" class="wp-image-2317" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 279" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1062" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279.jpeg 774w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-279-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-186</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark702"></a> Step 2 Define the permitted period. By default, it is active all the time. • Define the period by drawing.</p>
<p>O Define for a specified day of a week: On the timeline, click the half-hour blocks to select the active period.</p>
<p>O Define for several days of a week: Click H before each day, the icon</p>
<p>switches to Q</p>
<p>. On the timeline of any selected day, click the half-hour blocks</p>
<p>to select the active periods, all the days with Q</p>
<p>will take the same settings.</p>
<p>O Define for all days of a week: Click <strong>All</strong>, all the switches to . On the</p>
<p>timeline of any day, click the half-hour blocks to select the active periods, all the days will take the same settings.</p>
<p>• Define the period by editing. Take Sunday as an example.</p>
<p>1) Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="39" class="wp-image-2318" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-280.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 280" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1063"></p>
<p>The <strong>Period </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark703"> Figure 5-187.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="472" class="wp-image-2319" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 281" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1064" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281.jpeg 826w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-281-810x463.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-187</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark703"></a> Enter the time frame for the period and select the check box to enable the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>O There are six periods for you to set for each day.</p>
<p>O Under <strong>Copy</strong>, select <strong>All </strong>to apply the settings to all the days of a week, or select specific day(s) that you want to apply the settings to.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark704"></a> 5.15.1.2 Modify a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark706"> Figure 5-188.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="425" class="wp-image-2320" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 282" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1065" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-282-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-188</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark706"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>The <strong>Modify User </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark707"> Figure 5-189.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="453" class="wp-image-2321" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 283" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1066" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283.jpeg 809w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-283-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-189</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark707"></a> Step 3 Change the settings for password, user name, user group, user MAC, memo, period, and authority.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 digits through 32 digits and contains at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and &#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>For the admin account, you can enter or modify email address, enable/disable the unlock pattern, modify the security questions.</p>
<p>• In the <strong>Email Address </strong>box, enter the email address, and the click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• To use the unlock pattern, enable <strong>Unlock Pattern</strong>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="39" class="wp-image-2322" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-284.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 284" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1067"></p>
<p>, draw a pattern in</p>
<p>the <strong>Unlock Pattern </strong>interface, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the setting.</p>
<p>• Configuring security questions.</p>
<ol>
<li>) Click Security Questions.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Security Questions </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark708"> Figure 5-190.</a></p>
<p>Security Questions</p>
<p>Successfully set. Please delete it first if you want to reset security question ¡again.</p>
<p>Question 1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="282" class="wp-image-2323" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 285" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1068" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-285-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Figure 5-190</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark708"></a> In the <strong>Question </strong>list, select questions and enter the answers in the Answer box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Setting </strong>to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can use the security questions and answers to reset the password for admin account.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>To reset the security questions, on the <strong>Security Questions</strong>, enter the correct answers for each question, and then click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark709"></a> 5.15.1.3 Deleting a User Account</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark711"> Figure 5-191.</a></p>
<p>■&gt; USER</p>
<p>GROUP</p>
<p>ONVIFUSER</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark711"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2324" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-286.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 286" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1069"></p>
<p>1 Usa Name Group»&#8230;. Modify Mat 5«ojs MAC A.. Memo</p>
<p>I admin admin Z t Login Local admin&#8217;s account</p>
<p>AiMUfrer</p>
<p>Figure 5-191</p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a user account.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark712"></a> Configuring Group Account
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark714"></a> Adding a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark716"> Figure 5-192.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="460" class="wp-image-2325" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 287" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1070" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-287-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-192</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark716"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark717"> Figure 5-193.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="428" class="wp-image-2326" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 288" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1071" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-288-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-193</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark717"></a> Step 3 Configure the settings for the parameters of adding a group. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark718"> Table 5-65.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Name</td>
<td>Enter a name for the group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Memo</td>
<td>Optional.</p>
<p>Enter a description of the account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark718"></a> Authority</td>
<td>In the <strong>Authority </strong>area, select the check boxes in the <strong>System </strong>tab, <strong>Playback </strong>tab, and <strong>Monitor </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-65</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark719"></a> Modifying a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark721"> Figure 5-194.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="626" class="wp-image-2327" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 289" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1072" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-289-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-194</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark721"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-2328" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-290.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 290" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1073"></p>
<p>for the group account that you want to modify.</p>
<p>Step 3 The <strong>Modify Group </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark722"> Figure 5-195.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="456" class="wp-image-2329" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 291" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1074" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291.jpeg 811w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-291-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-195</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark722"></a> Step 4 Change the settings for group name, memo, and authority.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>OK </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark723"></a> Deleting a Group</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Account ^ Group</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>GROUP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark725"> Figure 5-196.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USER</td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>GlCu® Nd inc</strong></td>
<td>Miriiiy</td>
<td><strong>Ddclc</strong></td>
<td><strong>Memo</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ROUP</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>aAnimâraMr ¡¡roup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>onvif<strong> use n</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>user</strong></td>
<td><strong>/</strong></td>
<td>fl</td>
<td><strong>user 9*aup</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Add Owp</p>
<p>Figure 5-196</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark725"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="49" class="wp-image-2330" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-292.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 292" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1075"></p>
<p>for the user account that you want to delete.</p>
<p>A <strong>Message </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to delete a group.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark726"></a> Configuring Onvif Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The device manufactured by other company can connect to the Device through Onvif protocol by an authorized Onvif account.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<p>The admin account is created for Onvif users right after the Device has been initialized</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Account ^ ONVIF USER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ONVIF USER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark728"> Figure 5-197.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="476" class="wp-image-2331" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 293" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1076" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-293-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-197</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark728"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add User</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add User/Modify </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark729"> Figure 5-198.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="419" class="wp-image-2332" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 294" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1077" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294.jpeg 542w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-294-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-198</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark729"></a> Step 3 Enter user name, password, and select the group that you want this account to belong to.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>Click □ to modify the account; Click Fl</p>
<p>to delete the account.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark730"></a> 5.16 Voice Management</p>
<p>Voice management function manages audio files and configures the playing schedule. When there is an alarm event, the audio file can be activated.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark732"></a> Configuring Audio Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add audio files, listen to audio files, rename and delete audio files, and configure the audio volume.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ FILE MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark734"> Figure 5-199.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="662" class="wp-image-2333" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 295" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1078" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295.jpeg 828w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-300x240.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-768x614.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-295-810x648.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-199</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark734"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Add </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark735"> Figure 5-200.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Browse</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Device Name sdcl(USBUSB) 3.71GB/3.73GB(Free/Total)</td>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Format</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Address /</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ (fd2b025a-ac98-e383-13ea-lcf86fc539fb)</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ ScreenShot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317141255.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g| SmartPlayer.exe.Ink</td>
<td>1.7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>8</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317134749_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a Uni+ DVR_chl_main_20180317135000_&#8230;</td>
<td>26 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a ty.lnk</td>
<td>L7 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g kmsg_printf_20180317143922.txt.lnk</td>
<td>1.8 KB</td>
<td>File</td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Folder</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td>Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-200</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark735"></a> Step 3 Select the audio files that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>OK </strong>to start importing audio files from the USB storage device.</p>
<p>If the importing is successful, the audio files will display in the <strong>FILE MANAGER </strong>interface. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark736"> Figure 5-201.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="627" class="wp-image-2334" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 296" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1079" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296.jpeg 814w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-296-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-201</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark736"></a> The imported audio files are automatically saved into the HDD, so you do not need to connect to the USB storage device to get the file next time.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="40" class="wp-image-2335" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-297.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 297" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1080"></p>
<p>to play the audio file.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2336" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-298.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 298" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1081"></p>
<p>to rename the audio file.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click to delete the audio file.</li>
<li>To decrease or increase the playing volume, move the slider to the left or to the right.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark737"></a> 5.16.2 Configuring Playing Schedule for Audio Files</p>
<p>You can configure the settings to play the audio files during the defined time period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Voice ^ SCHEDULE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SCHEDULE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark739"> Figure 5-202.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="394" class="wp-image-2337" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 299" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1082" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299.jpeg 702w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-299-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-202</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark739"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the schedule parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark740"> Table 5-66.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Period</td>
<td>In the <strong>Period </strong>box, enter the time. Select the check box to enable the settings.</p>
<p>You can configure up to six periods.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Name</td>
<td>In the <strong>File Name </strong>list, select the audio file that you want to play for this configured period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval</td>
<td>In the <strong>Interval </strong>box, enter the time in minutes for how often you want to repeat the playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Repeat</td>
<td>Configure how many times you want to repeat the playing in the defined period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark740"></a> Output</td>
<td>Includes two options: MIC and Audio. It is MIC by default. The MIC function shares the same port with talkback function and the latter has the priority.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-66</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</p>
<p>• The finish time for audio playing is decided by audio file size and the configured interval.</p>
<p>•</p>
<p>Playing priority: Alarm event &gt; Talkback &gt; Trial listening &gt; Audio file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark741"></a> 5.17 Storage Management</p>
<p>Storage management function manages the stored resources such as recorded video files and storage space. The function aims at providing easier operation and improving the storage efficiency.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="502" class="wp-image-2338" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 300" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1083" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300.jpeg 897w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-300-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark743"></a> Configuring Basic Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage <em>■+</em> BASIC</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>BASIC </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark745"> Figure 5-203.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="557" class="wp-image-2339" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 301" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1084" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-301-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-203</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark745"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the basic settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark746"> Table 5-67.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD Full</td>
<td>Configure the settings for the situation all the read/write discs are full, and there is no more free disc.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Stop Record </strong>to stop recording</li>
<li>Select <strong>Overwrite </strong>to overwrite the recorded video files</li>
</ul>
<p>always from the earliest time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pack Mode</td>
<td>Configure the time length and file length for each recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark746"></a> Auto-Delete Old Files</td>
<td>Configure whether to delete the old files and if yes, configure the N days.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-67</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark747"></a> Configuring the Recording and Snapshot Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark749"></a> The system starts recording and taking snapshot according to the configured schedule. For details, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark149">&#8220;5.1.4.9 Configuring Recorded Video Storage Schedule&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">&#8220;5.1.4.10 Configuring</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark157">Snapshot Storage ScheduleConfiguring Snapshot Storage Schedule&#8221;</a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark750"></a> Configuring HDD Manager</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD information, format HDD, and configure the HDD type through HDD manager.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD MANAGER</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>HDD MANAGER </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark752"> Figure 5-204.</a></p>
<p>In the table, you can view the information of current HDD, such as device name, HDD type, status, total space and free space, and serial number of the HDD port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="559" class="wp-image-2340" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 302" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1085" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302.jpeg 726w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-302-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-204</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark752"></a> Step 2 Configuring the settings for the HDD manager.</p>
<ul>
<li>HDD type setting: In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Read/Write</strong>, <strong>Read-Only </strong>or <strong>Redundant</strong>, and then click <strong>Apply </strong>to save the settings.</li>
<li>HDD format: Select the HDD that you want to format, click <strong>Format</strong>, in the pop-up message, click <strong>OK </strong>to start formatting, and then following the onscreen message to complete formatting.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark753"></a> 5.17.4 Configuring HDD Group</p>
<p>You can configure the HDD group to save the specified main stream, sub stream and snapshots</p>
<p>to the designated HDD group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2341" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-303.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 303" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1086"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is Quota Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to HDD mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; STORAGE &gt; ADVANCE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>ADVANCE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark755"> Figure 5-205.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="584" class="wp-image-2342" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 304" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1087" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304.jpeg 750w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-304-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-205</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark755"></a> Step 2 Select the group for each HDD group, and then click <strong>Save </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Step 3 After configuring HDD group, under the <strong>Main Stream </strong>tab, <strong>Sub Stream </strong>tab and <strong>Snapshot </strong>tab, configure settings to save the main stream, sub stream and snapshot to different HDD group as selected by you. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark756"> Figure 5-206,</a><a href="#post-2037-bookmark757"> Figure 5-207,</a> and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark758"> Figure 5­208.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>HDD</td>
<td><strong>Main Stream</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Sub Steam</td>
<td></td>
<td>Snnpshol</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">SCHEDULE</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Current HDD Mode is HDD Group.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD MANAGER</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">&gt; ADVANCE</td>
<td colspan="2">Set AJI Charnel* 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Adi</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>ÇKırnH</td>
<td>Group Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Chitnncl</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Group</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>1 ’ 2</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>3</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD DETECT</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>1 &#8211; §</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>8</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>9</td>
<td>1 * 10</td>
<td>1 W</td>
<td>11</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>12</td>
<td>1 *</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FTP</td>
<td>13</td>
<td>1 * 14</td>
<td>1 ’</td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>1 •</td>
<td>Ifl</td>
<td>1 •</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Apply <sup>c</sup>«<sup>n</sup>“<sup>i</sup></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark756"></a> Figure 5-206</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="599" class="wp-image-2343" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 305" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1088" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305.jpeg 771w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-305-768x597.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark757"></a> Figure 5-207</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="770" height="597" class="wp-image-2344" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 306" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1089" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306.jpeg 770w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-306-768x595.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 770px) 100vw, 770px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-208</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark758"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark759"></a> 5.17.5 Configuring HDD Detecting Settings</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>Not all models support this function.</p>
<p>HDD detecting function detects the current status of HDD to let you know the HDD performance and replace the defective HDD.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark761"></a> Detecting HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can detect HDD by quick detect and global detect.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quick detect: Detect the files saved in HDD. The detected bad track can be repaired by formatting. If there are no files in HDD, the system cannot detect the bad track.</li>
<li>Global detect: Detect the whole HDD through Windows, which takes time and might affect the HDD that is recording the video.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■+</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Detect </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark763"> Figure 5-209.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="445" class="wp-image-2345" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 307" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1090" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-307-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-209</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark763"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select <strong>Quick Detect </strong>or <strong>Global Detect</strong>; and in the <strong>HDD </strong>list, select the HDD that you want to detect.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Start Detect</strong>.</p>
<p>The system starts detecting the HDD. After detecting is completed, see<a href="#post-2037-bookmark764"> Figure 5-210.</a></p>
<p>Q NOTE</p>
<p>During detecting, click <strong>Pause </strong>to pause detecting, click <strong>Continue </strong>to restart detecting, and click <strong>Stop Detect </strong>to stop detecting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="479" class="wp-image-2346" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 308" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1091" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308.jpeg 853w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-768x431.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-308-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-210</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark764"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark765"></a> View Detecting Results</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After the detecting is completed, you can view the detecting reports to find out the problem and</p>
<p>replace the defective HDD to avoid data loss.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage ^ HDD DETECT ^ Report</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Report </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark767"> Figure 5-211.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="416" class="wp-image-2347" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 309" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1092" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309.jpeg 737w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-309-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-211</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark767"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Details </strong>interface is displayed. You can view detecting results and S.M.A.R.T reports. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark768"> Figure 5-212 </a>and<a href="#post-2037-bookmark769"> Figure 5-213.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="718" height="539" class="wp-image-2348" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 310" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1093" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310.jpeg 718w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-310-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark768"></a> Figure 5-212</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="562" class="wp-image-2349" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 311" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1094" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311.jpeg 767w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-311-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-213</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark769"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark770"></a> Configuring Quota Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the quote for each channel to be saved into each HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2350" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-312.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 312" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1095"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>If &#8220;Current HDD Mode is HDD Mode&#8221; is shown on the interface, you need to switch to Quota mode.</li>
<li>You can enable either HDD Mode or Quota Mode at one time. The system reboots to activate the settings.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Storage ^ QUOTA</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>QUOTA </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark772"> Figure 5-214.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Current HEX) Mode is</td>
<td>HOD Group</td>
<td>Change lo Quota Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QUOTA</td>
<td>HEX) Que</p>
<p>SATAI</td>
<td>4a</td>
<td>SATA2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>REC ESTIMATE</p>
<p>FTP</td>
<td>SATA3</p>
<p>SATAS</p>
<p>SATA7</td>
<td></td>
<td>SATA4</p>
<p>SA TAG</p>
<p>SATAS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Apply</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-214</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark772"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Channe</strong>l list, select the channel that you want to configure.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>SATA </strong>list, select the quota for the selected channel.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click Apply to complete the settings.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Statistic</strong>s to view the quota of each channel. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark773"> Figure 5-215.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="466" class="wp-image-2351" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 313" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1096" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313.jpeg 591w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-313-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark773"></a> Figure 5-215</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark774"></a> Configuring Record Estimate</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Record estimate function can calculate how long you can record video according to the HDD capacity, and calculate the required HDD capacity according to the record period.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ STORAGE ^ REC ESTIMATE</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark776"> Figure 5-216.</a></p>
<p>STORAGE Storage / STORAGE / REC ESTIMATE</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BASIC</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Edit</td>
<td>Bit Rate(Kb/S)</td>
<td>Record Time</td>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>Frame Rate</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 1</td>
<td>X</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SCHEDULE</td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 2</td>
<td>Z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD MANAGER</td>
<td>V 3</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>V 4</td>
<td>✓&#8221;</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">HDD DETECT</td>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 5</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 6</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">REC ESTIMATE</td>
<td>V 7</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td>=</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>•J</em></strong> 8</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>■J</em></strong> 9</td>
<td></td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 10</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 11</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 12</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>1024</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280&#215;720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong><em>J</em></strong> 13</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720{720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>V 14</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280’720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>15</td>
<td></td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>16</td>
<td>z</td>
<td>2048</td>
<td>24</td>
<td>1280*720(720P)</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">17 / 2048 24 1280*720(720P)</p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</td>
<td>25</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Figure 5-216</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark776"></a> Step 2 Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="41" class="wp-image-2352" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-314.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 314" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1097"></p>
<p>The <strong>Edit </strong>dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark777"> Figure 5-217.</a></p>
<p>You can configure the resolution, frame rate, bit rate and record time for the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="346" class="wp-image-2353" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 315" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1098" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315.jpeg 531w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-315-300x195.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-217</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark777"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings.</p>
<p>Then the system will calculate the time period that can be used for storage according to the channels settings and HDD capacity.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<p>Click <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the settings to other channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark778"></a> Calculating Recording Time</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Space </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark780"> Figure 5-218.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB= 0 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-218</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark780"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Select</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Select HDD(s) </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="491" height="329" class="wp-image-2354" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 316" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1099" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316.jpeg 491w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-316-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Select the check box of the HDD that you want to calculate.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Known Space </strong>tab, in the <strong>Time </strong>box, the recording time is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark781"> Figure</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark781">5-219.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Capacity 2.000 TB= 2000 GB Select</p>
<p>Time 10 Days</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-219</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark781"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark782"></a> Calculating HDD Capacity for Storage</p>
<p>Step 1 On the <strong>REC ESTIMATE </strong>interface, click the <strong>Known Time </strong>tab.</p>
<p>The <strong>Known Time </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark784"> Figure 5-220.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 0 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0 TB = 0 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record period.</p>
<p>Figure 5-220</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark784"></a> Step 2 In the <strong>Time </strong>box, enter the time period that you want to record.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Capacity </strong>box, the required HDD capacity is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark786"> Figure 5-221.</a></p>
<p>Known Space Known Time</p>
<p>Time 2 Days</p>
<p>Capacity 0.376 TB = 376 GB</p>
<p>Note: The record estimation data here is for reference only. Please be cautious when you are calculating record penod</p>
<p>Figure 5-221</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark785"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark786"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark787"></a> Configuring FTP Storage Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can store and view the recorded videos and snapshots on the FTP server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark789"></a> Preparation for Configuration</p>
<p>Purchase or download a FTP server and install it on your PC.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<p>For the created FTP user, you need to set the write permission; otherwise the upload of recorded videos and snapshots will be failed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark791"></a> Configuration Steps</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Storage <em>•+</em> FTP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>FTP </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark793"> Figure 5-222.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="465" class="wp-image-2355" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 317" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1100" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-317-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-222</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark793"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the FTP settings parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark794"> Table 5-68.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the FTP upload function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>IP address of the PC that is installed with FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port</td>
<td>The default is 21.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Anonymity</td>
<td>Enter the user name and password to login the FTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enable the anonymity function, and then you can login</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>anonymously without entering the user name and password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Directory</td>
<td>Create folder on FTP server.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you do not enter the name of remote directory, system</li>
</ul>
<p>automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</p>
<ul>
<li>If you enter the name of remote directory, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>creates the folder with the entered name under the FTP root directory first, and then automatically creates the folders according to the IP and time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File Length(M)</td>
<td>Enter the length of the uploaded recorded video.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is less than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>only a section of the recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is more than the recorded video length,</li>
</ul>
<p>the whole recorded video can be uploaded.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the entered length is 0, the whole recorded video will be</li>
</ul>
<p>uploaded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Upload Interval (Sec.)</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is longer than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>takes the recent snapshot to upload. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 2 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the recent snapshot every 5 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>If this interval is shorter than snapshot interval, the system</li>
</ul>
<p>uploads the snapshot per the snapshot interval. For example, the interval is 5 seconds, and snapshot interval is 10 seconds per snapshot, the system uploads the snapshot every 10 seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>To configure the snapshot interval, select <strong>Main Menu ^</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera ^ Encode ^ Snapshot</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Select the channel that you want to apply the FTP settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Week Day</p>
<p>Period 1, Period 2</td>
<td>Select the week day and set the time period that you want to upload the recorded files. You can set two periods for each week day.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark794"></a> Record type</td>
<td>Select the record type (Alarm, Intel, MD, and General) that you want to upload. The selected record type will be uploaded during the configured time period.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-68</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Test</strong>.</p>
<p>The system pops up a message to indicate success or failure. If failed, please check the network connection or configurations.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark795"></a> 5.18 Configuring System Settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1005" height="569" class="wp-image-2356" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 318" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1101" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318.jpeg 1005w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-318-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1005px) 100vw, 1005px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark797"></a> Configuring General System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can configure the device basic settings, time settings, and holiday settings.</p>
<p>For details about basic and time settings, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark114">&#8220;5.1.4.2 Configuring General Settings&#8221;</a> and <a href="#post-2037-bookmark119">&#8220;5.1.4.3 Configuring Date and Time Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>To configure the holiday settings, do the following:</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System^ GENERAL ^ Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Holiday </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark799"> Figure 5-223.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="442" class="wp-image-2357" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 319" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1102" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319.jpeg 788w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-319-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark799"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Add a Holiday</strong>.</p>
<p>Figure 5-223</p>
<p>The <strong>Add a Holiday </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark800"> Figure 5-224.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="389" class="wp-image-2358" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 320" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1103" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320.jpeg 675w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-320-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-224</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark800"></a> Step 3 Configure the holiday name, repeat mode, time range according to your actual situation.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p>The added holiday information is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark801"> Figure 5-225.</a> ED NOTE</p>
<p>Enable the <strong>Add More </strong>function, so you can continue adding holiday information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="456" class="wp-image-2359" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 321" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1104" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321.jpeg 808w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-321-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-225</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark801"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark802"></a> Configuring RS232 Port Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^System ^ RS232</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>RS232 </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark804"> Figure 5-226.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="577" class="wp-image-2360" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 322" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1105" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-768x514.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-322-810x542.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-226</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark804"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for RS232 port parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark805"> Table 5-69.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>In the Function list, select the protocol for the port.</p>
<ul>
<li>Console: Debug by connecting a mini terminal software.</li>
<li>Keyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard.</p>
<ul>
<li>Adapter: Transit data by connecting to PC.</li>
<li>Protocol COM: This function is for card overlay.</li>
<li>NetKeyboard: Control the Device by connecting a dedicated</li>
</ul>
<p>keyboard to the LAN port.</p>
<ul>
<li>PTZ Matrix: Connect the video matrix for control.</li>
</ul>
<p>The default setting is <strong>Console</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Baudrate</td>
<td>In the <strong>Baudrate </strong>list, select a value for baudrate length. The default setting is <strong>115200</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Data Bits </strong>list, select <strong>5</strong>, <strong>6</strong>, <strong>7</strong>, or <strong>8</strong>. The default setting is <strong>8</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Bits</td>
<td>In the <strong>Stop Bits </strong>list, select <strong>1</strong>, <strong>1.5</strong>, or <strong>2</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark805"></a> Parity</td>
<td>In the <strong>Parity </strong>list, select <strong>None</strong>, <strong>Odd</strong>, <strong>Even</strong>, <strong>Mark</strong>, or <strong>Null</strong>. The default setting is <strong>None</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-69</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark806"></a> Configuring Security Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To ensure the network security and protect data, you can configure the access permission to the Device from host IP (host IP means the PC or server that has an IP).</p>
<ul>
<li>White list includes the host IP that are permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Back list includes the host IP that are not permitted to access the Device.</li>
<li>Updata time white list includes the host IP that are permitted to sync the Device time.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark808"></a> Configuring Access Right</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Access Right</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Access Right </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark810"> Figure 5-227.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2361" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 323" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1106" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323.jpeg 855w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-323-810x460.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-227</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark810"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the security parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark811"> Table 5-70.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>In the Type list, you can select Limits of network-whitelist, Limits of network-blacklist, or Updata time-whitelist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Address</td>
<td>Enter a single IP address or a start IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add IP Address</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Address </strong>to add a single IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Address</td>
<td>Enter the end IP address of a network segment.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark811"></a> Add IP Segment</td>
<td>Click <strong>Add IP Segment </strong>to add the IP addresses from the start IP through the end IP.</p>
<p>CQ NOTE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The system supports up to 64 IP addresses.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-70</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark812"></a> Enabling Password Reset</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Security ^ Password Reset</strong>, the <strong>Password Reset </strong>interface</p>
<p>is displayed. The <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected by default. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark814"> Figure 5-228.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2362" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-324.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 324" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1107"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>If you clear the <strong>Enable </strong>check box, you can only use the security questions to reset the password. Make sure you have set the security questions before clearing the check box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="412" class="wp-image-2363" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 325" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1108" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325.jpeg 730w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-325-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-228</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark814"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark815"></a> Configuring System Maintenance Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device has been running for a long time, you can configure the auto reboot when the Device is not working. You can also configure the case fan mode to reduce noise and extend the service life.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> System ^ System Maintain</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark817"> Figure 5-229.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="777" height="436" class="wp-image-2364" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 326" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1109" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326.jpeg 777w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-326-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-229</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark817"></a> Step 2 Configure the settings for the system maintenance parameters. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark819"> Table 5-71.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Reboot</td>
<td colspan="2">In the <strong>Auto Reboot </strong>list, select the reboot time.</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Case Fan Mode</td>
<td colspan="3">In the <strong>Case Fan Mode </strong>list, you can select <strong>Always run </strong>or <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>Auto</strong>, the case fan will stop or start according to the external conditions such as the Device temperature.</p>
<p>CQ <strong>NOTE</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Not all models support this function, and it is only supported on</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the local configuration interface.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-71</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Apply </strong>to complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark818"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark819"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark820"></a> Exporting and Importing System Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can export or import the Device system settings if there are several Devices that require the same setup.</p>
<p>NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface cannot be opened if the backup operation is ongoing on the other interfaces.</li>
<li>When you open the <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface, the system refreshes the devices and sets the current directory as the first root directory.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Format </strong>to format the USB storage device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark822"></a> Exporting System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark824"> Figure 5-230.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="790" height="447" class="wp-image-2365" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 327" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1110" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327.jpeg 790w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-327-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-230</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark824"></a> Step 2 Insert a USB storage device into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark825"> Figure 5-231.</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ji</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>S Ô</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>System</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ SYSTEM</strong></td>
<td><strong>/ IMP/EXP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>GENERAL</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Device Name sdal(USBUSB)</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refresh</strong></td>
<td><strong>Format</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SECURITY</strong></td>
<td><strong>Total Space 3.73 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Free Space 3.27 GB</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SYSTEM MAINTAIN</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Address /</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IMP/EXP</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Size</strong></td>
<td><strong>Typ«</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>DEFAULT</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ ScreenShot</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Folder</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&amp; LANl-20180313213059.pcap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>111.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UPGRADE</strong></td>
<td><strong>® LAN 1-20180313213722.peap</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>182.1 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>3 kmsg_printf_20180314111548.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>19.8 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.97 MB</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>iffl kmsg_printf.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>LI KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Rie</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B| printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>964 B</strong></td>
<td><strong>File</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>g) kmsg_printf_20180316153903.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L2KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>K printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>@ kmsg_printf_20180316154049.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.7 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Q printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.2 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ kmsg_printf_20180316155148.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>21.6 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2.5 KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>Fite</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>a kmsg_printf_20180316161436.txt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>2L9KB</strong></td>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>New Folder</strong></p>
<p><strong>Import Export</strong></p>
<p>Figure 5-231</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark825"></a> Step 4 Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>There is a folder under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;. Double­click this folder to view the backup files.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark826"></a> Importing System Settings</p>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the exported configuration files from another Device) into one of the USB ports on the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu &gt; SYSTEM &gt; IMP/EXP</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>IMP/EXP </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the interface.</p>
<p>The connected USB storage device is displayed.</p>
<p>Step 4 Click on the configuration folder (under the name style of &#8220;Config_[YYYYMMDDhhmmss]&#8221;) that you want to import.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p>The Device will reboot after the imported is succeeded.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark828"></a> Restoring Default Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Œ NOTE</p>
<p>Only Admin account supports this function.</p>
<p>You can select the settings that you want to restore to the factory default.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Default</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>DEFAULT </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark830"> Figure 5-232.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="474" class="wp-image-2366" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 328" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1111" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328.jpeg 839w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-328-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-232</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark830"></a> Step 2 Restore the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select the settings that you want to restore, and then click <strong>Apply</strong>. The system starts restoring the selected settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Factory Default</strong>, and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The system starts restoring the whole settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark831"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark832"></a> 5.18.7 Upgrading the Device</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark834"></a> Upgrading File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Insert a USB storage device containing the upgrade files into the USB port of the Device.</p>
<p>Step 2 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark836"> Figure 5-233.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="511" class="wp-image-2367" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 329" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1112" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329.jpeg 895w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-329-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-233</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark836"></a> Step 3 Click <strong>System Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>System Upgrade </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark837"> Figure 5-234.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="413" class="wp-image-2368" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 330" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1113" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330.jpeg 582w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-330-300x213.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-234</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark837"></a> Step 4 Click the file that you want to upgrade.</p>
<p>The selected file is displayed in the <strong>Update File </strong>box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Start</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark838"></a> Performing Online Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When the Device is connected to Internet, you can use online upgrade function to upgrade the system.</p>
<p>Before using this function, you need to check if there is any new version by auto check or manual check.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: The Device checks if there is any new version available at intervals.</li>
<li>Manual check: Perform real-time check if there is any new version available.</li>
</ul>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<p>Ensure the correct power supply and network connection during upgrading; otherwise the upgrading might be failed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu ^ System ^ Upgrade</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>UPGRADE </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark840"> Figure 5-235.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="449" class="wp-image-2369" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 331" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1114" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331.jpeg 786w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-331-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-235</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark840"></a> Step 2 Check if there is any new version available.</p>
<ul>
<li>Auto check: Enable Auto-check for updates.</li>
<li>Manual check: Click Manual Check.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system starts checking the new versions. After checking is completed, the check result is displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li>If the &#8220;It is the latest version&#8221; text is displayed, you do not need to upgrade.</li>
<li>If the text indicating there is a new version, please go the step 3. See Figure 5­</li>
</ul>
<p>236.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="503" class="wp-image-2370" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 332" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1115" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332.jpeg 883w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-332-810x461.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Upgrade now</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark841"></a> 5.18.7.3 Uboot Upgrading</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="66" class="wp-image-2371" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-333.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 333" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1116"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>Under the root directory in the USB storage device, there must be &#8220;u-bootbin.img&#8221; file and &#8220;update.img&#8221; file saved, and the USB storage device must be in FAT32 format.</li>
<li>Make sure the USB storage device is inserted; otherwise the upgrading cannot be performed.</li>
</ul>
<p>When starting the Device, the system automatically check if there is a USB storage device connected and if there is any upgrade file, and if yes and the check result of the upgrade file is correct, the system will upgrade automatically. The Uboot upgrade can avoid the situation that you have to upgrade through +TFTP when the Device is halted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark843"></a> 5.19 Viewing Information</p>
<p>You can view the information such as log information, HDD information, and version details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="499" class="wp-image-2372" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 334" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1117" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334.jpeg 894w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-334-810x452.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark845"></a> Viewing Version Details</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the version details such as device model, system version, and build date.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Version</strong>, the <strong>VERSION </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark848"> Figure 5-237.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="473" class="wp-image-2373" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 335" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1118" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-768x436.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-335-810x459.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-237</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark847"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark848"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark849"></a> Viewing Log Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view and search the log information.</p>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>If there is no HDD installed, the system can save up to 10,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed and has been formatted, the system can save up to 500,000 logs.</li>
<li>If there is HDD installed, the logs about system operations are saved in the memory of the</li>
</ul>
<p>Device and other types of logs are saved into the HDD. If there is no HDD installed, the other types of logs are also saved in the memory of the Device.</p>
<ul>
<li>When formatting the HDD, the logs will not be lost. However, if you take out the HDD from the Device, the logs might be lost.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> INFO </strong>^ <strong>LOG</strong>, the <strong>LOG </strong>interface is displayed. See Figure 5­</p>
<p>238.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="473" class="wp-image-2374" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 336" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1119" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336.jpeg 837w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-336-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p>Step 2 In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the log type that you want to view (<strong>System</strong>, <strong>Config</strong>, <strong>Storage</strong>, <strong>Record</strong>, <strong>Account</strong>, <strong>Clear</strong>, <strong>Playback</strong>, and <strong>Connection</strong>) or select <strong>All </strong>to view all logs.</p>
<p>Step 3 In the <strong>Start Time </strong>box and <strong>End Time </strong>box, enter the time period to search, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The search results are displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark851"> Figure 5-239.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="489" class="wp-image-2375" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 337" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1120" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-337-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-239</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="28" class="wp-image-2376" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-338.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 338" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1121"></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark851"></a> Click <strong>Details </strong>or double-click the log that you want to view, the <strong>Detailed Information </strong>interface is displayed. Click <strong>Next </strong>or <strong>Previous </strong>to view more log information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Backup </strong>to back up the logs into the USB storage device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Clear </strong>to remove all logs.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark852"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark853"></a> Viewing Event Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the event information of the Device and channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Event</strong>, the <strong>EVENT </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark855"> Figure 5-240.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="491" class="wp-image-2377" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 339" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1122" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-339-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-240</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark855"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark856"></a> Viewing Network Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online users, network data transmission details, and test network. For details about testing network, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark679">&#8220;5.14.2.1 Testing the Network.</a>&#8221;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark858"></a> Viewing Online Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the online user information and block any user for a period of time.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Network ^ Online users</strong>, the <strong>Online users </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark860"> Figure 5-241.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="469" class="wp-image-2378" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 340" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1123" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340.jpeg 834w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-340-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark860"></a> Figure 5-241</p>
<p>To block an online user, click and then enter the time that you want to block this user. The</p>
<p>maximum value you can set is 65535.</p>
<p>The system detects every 5 seconds to check if there is any user added or deleted, and update the user list timely.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark861"></a> Viewing the Network Load</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Network load means the data flow which measures the transmission capability. You can view the information such as data receiving speed and sending speed.</p>
<p>Step 1 Select <strong>Main Menu <em>■&gt;</em> Info ^ NETWORK ^ Network Load</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Network Load </strong>interface is displayed.See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark863"> Figure 5-242.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="32" class="wp-image-2379" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-341.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 341" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1124"></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>LOG</p>
<p>EVENT</p>
<p><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2666.png" alt="♦" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> ASO</p>
<p>Info / INFO / NETWORK</p>
<p>Online User</p>
<p>Network Load</p>
<p>Network Test</p>
<p>Name MAC Address Status</p>
<p>LANI 20:18:02:09:11:34 Succeed</p>
<p>IP Address Type</p>
<p>172.8.2.51 Ethernet</p>
<p>MTU</p>
<p>1500</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="252" class="wp-image-2380" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 342" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1125" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342.jpeg 627w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-342-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-242</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark863"></a> Step 2 Click the LAN name that you want to view, for example, LAN1.</p>
<p>The system displays the information of data sending speed and receiving speed.</p>
<p>ED NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The default display is LAN1 load.</li>
<li>Only one LAN load can be displayed at one time.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark864"></a> Viewing HDD Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the HDD quantity, HDD type, total space, free space, status, and S.M.A.R.T information.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ HDD</strong>, the <strong>HDD </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark866"> Figure 5-243.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="822" height="644" class="wp-image-2381" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 343" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1126" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343.jpeg 822w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-300x235.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-768x602.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-343-810x635.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 822px) 100vw, 822px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-243</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2037-bookmark866"></a><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SATA</td>
<td>Indicates the quantity of HDD that can be installed. The total quantity is different depending on the model you purchased.</p>
<ul>
<li>o: HDD is in normal working status.</li>
<li>-: No HDD is installed.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>No.</td>
<td>Indicates the number of the currently connected HDD. <strong>* </strong>means the current working HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Indicates HDD type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Total Space</td>
<td>Indicates the total capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Free Space</td>
<td>Indicates the usable capacity of HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Indicates the status of the HDD to show if it is working normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S.M.A.R.T</td>
<td>View the S.M.A.R.T reports from HDD detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-72</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark867"></a> Viewing Device Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the information such as CPU temperature and memory usage to know the device status.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ INFO ^ DEVICE STATUS</strong>, the <strong>DEVICE STATUS </strong>interface is displayed.</p>
<p>See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark869"> Figure 5-244.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="637" class="wp-image-2382" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 344" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1127" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344.jpeg 820w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-300x233.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-768x597.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-344-810x629.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Figure 5-244</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark869"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark870"></a> Viewing Channel Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the camera information connected to each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ Channel Info</strong>, the <strong>CHANNEL INFO </strong>interface is displayed. See <a href="#post-2037-bookmark872">Figure 5-245.</a></p>
<p>VERSION</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>HDD</p>
<p>DEVICE STATUS</p>
<p>»■ CHANNEL INFO</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="209" height="288" class="wp-image-2383" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-345.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 345" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1128"></p>
<p>Figure 5-245</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark872"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark873"></a> Viewing Data Stream Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can view the real-time data stream rate and resolution of each channel.</p>
<p>Select <strong>Main Menu ^ Info ^ BPS</strong>, the <strong>BPS </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark875"> Figure 5-246.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2384" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 346" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1129" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-346-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark875"></a> Figure 5-246</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark876"></a> 5.20 Logout the Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="38" class="wp-image-2385" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-347.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 347" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1130"></p>
<p>On the top right of the Main Menu interface or on any interface after you have entered the Main</p>
<p>Menu, click</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Logout</strong>, you will log out the device.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reboot</strong>, the Device will be rebooted.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Shutdown</strong>, the Device will be turned off.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="500" class="wp-image-2386" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 348" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1131" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348.jpeg 888w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-348-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark878"></a> Web Operations</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>The interfaces in the Manual are used for introducing the operations and only for reference. The actual interface might be different dependent on the model you purchased. If there is inconsistency between the Manual and the actual product, the actual product shall govern.</li>
<li>The Manual is a general document for introducing the product, so there might be some functions described for the Device in the Manual not apply to the model you purchased.</li>
<li>Besides Web, you can use our Smart PSS to login the device. For detailed information, please refer to Smart PSS user’s manual.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark880"></a> Connecting to Network</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>CD NOTE</p>
<ul>
<li>The factory default IP of the Device is 192.168.1.108.</li>
<li>The Device supports monitoring on different browsers such as Safari, fire fox, Google on Apple PC to perform the functions such as multi-channel monitoring, PTZ control, and device parameters configurations.</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Check to make sure the Device has connected to the network.</p>
<p>Step 2 Configure the IP address, subnet mask and gateway for the PC and the Device. For details about network configuration of the Device, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">&#8220;5.1.4.4 Configuring Network</a> <a href="#post-2037-bookmark124">Settings.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p>Step 3 On your PC, check the network connection of the Device by using &#8220;ping ************&#8221; Usually the return value of TTL is 255.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2037-bookmark882"></a> Logging in the Web</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 1 Open the IE browser, enter the IP address of the Device, and then press Enter.</p>
<p>The Login in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark884"> Figure 6-1.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="423" class="wp-image-2387" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 349" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1132" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349.jpeg 470w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-349-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-1</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark884"></a> Step 2 Enter the user name and password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="178" height="35" class="wp-image-2388" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-350.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 350" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1133"></p>
<ul>
<li>The default administrator account is <strong>admin</strong>. The password is the one that was configured during initial settings. To security your account, it is recommended to keep the password properly and change it regularly.</li>
<li>Click to display the password.</li>
<li>If you forgot the password, click <strong>Forgot Password? </strong>to reset the password. For details about resetting the password, see <a href="#post-2037-bookmark885">&#8220;6.3 Resetting Password.</a>&#8220;</li>
</ul>
<p>Step 3 Click <strong>Login</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark885"></a><a id="post-2037-bookmark886"></a> 6.3 Resetting Password</p>
<p>You can reset the password through the reserved email address when you forget the password of admin account.</p>
<p>Step 1 Login the Web of the Device.</p>
<p>TheLogin in dialog box is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark888"> Figure 6-2.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="33" class="wp-image-2389" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-351.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 351" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1134"></p>
<p>3 <strong>RANGÉ&#8217;</strong></p>
<p><strong>i psci Natru</strong></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Û</p>
<p>Figure 6-2</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark888"></a> Step 2 Click <strong>Forgot Password?</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Reset the password </strong>interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark889"> Figure 6-3.</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="896" height="615" class="wp-image-2390" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 352" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1135" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352.jpeg 896w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-768x527.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-810x556.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-352-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-3</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark889"></a> Step 3 Follow the onscreen instructions to scan the QR code and get the security code.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="60" class="wp-image-2391" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-353.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 353" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1136"></p>
<p>CAUTION</p>
<ul>
<li>You can get the security code twice by scanning the same QR code. If you need to get the security code once again, please refresh the interface.</li>
<li>Please use the security code received in your email box to reset the password within 24 hours; otherwise the security code becomes invalid.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p>Wrong security code entrance up to five times will cause the security code locked for five minutes. After five minutes, you can continue to use this security code.</p>
<p>Step 4 In the <strong>Security code </strong>box, enter the security code received in your reserved email box.</p>
<p>Step 5 Click <strong>Next</strong>.</p>
<p>The new password resetting interface is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark890"> Figure 6-4</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="667" height="470" class="wp-image-2392" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 354" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1137" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354.jpeg 667w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-354-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 667px) 100vw, 667px" /></p>
<p>Figure 6-4</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark890"></a> Step 6 In the <strong>Password </strong>box, enter the new password and enter it again in the <strong>Confirm Password </strong>box.</p>
<p>EQ NOTE</p>
<p>The new password can be set from 8 characters through 32 characters and contain at least two types from number, letter and special characters (excluding , , &#8220;;&#8221;,&#8221;:&#8221; and</p>
<p>&#8220;&amp;&#8221;).</p>
<p>Step 7 Click <strong>Save</strong>. The password resetting is started.</p>
<p>After resetting is completed, a pop-up message is displayed to indicate the result and you will see the login interface is displayed. Then you can use the new password to login the Web.</p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark891"></a> 6.4 Introducing Web Main Menu</p>
<p>After you have logged in the Web, the main menu is displayed. See<a href="#post-2037-bookmark893"> Figure 6-5.</a></p>
<p>For detailed operations, you can refer to <a href="#post-2037-bookmark84">&#8220;5 Local Configurations.</a>&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="764" height="580" class="wp-image-2393" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg" alt="word image 2037 355" title="CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide 1138" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355.jpeg 764w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2037-355-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2037-bookmark893"></a> Figure 6-5</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hilook DVR User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 19:45:14 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVBS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dynamic DNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmwares]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Forgot Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDCVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hilook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HILOXVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intrusion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Platform Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smartphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tilt]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB flash drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verification Code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1875</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Hilook DVR User Manual, For the first-time access, you need to activate the video recorder by setting an admin password. No operation...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hilook DVR User Manual, For the first-time access, you need to activate the video recorder by setting an admin password. No operation is allowed before activation. You can also activate the video recorder via web browser, SADP or client software.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark0"></a> Chapter 1 Startup</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark2"></a> Activate Your Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the first-time access, you need to activate the video recorder by setting an admin password. No operation is allowed before activation. You can also activate the video recorder via web browser, SADP or client software.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Power on your device.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a language.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Input the same password in <strong>Password </strong>and <strong>Confirm Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Warning</strong></p>
<p>Strong Password recommended-We highly recommend you create a strong password of your own choosing (Using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three of the following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters.) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you reset your password regularly, especially in the high security system, resetting the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Activate network camera(s) connected to the device.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Check <strong>Use the Device Password </strong>to use the device password to activate the inactive network camera(s).</li>
<li>Enter a password in <strong>Camera Activation Password </strong>to activate network camera(s). <strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>Activate</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>‘User Name admin</p>
<p>‘Password</p>
<p>‘Confirm Password</p>
<p>‘Camera Activation Password</p>
<p><strong>Pl use the Device P</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-1 Activation</strong></p>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<h2>Hilook DVR User Manual</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/hiloxvr-nvr-latest-firmware.html">HILOXVR NVR Latest Firmware</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/password-reset-for-hilook-hikvision-nvr-dvr-ipcam-new.html">Password Reset for Hilook Hikvision NVR/DVR/IPCAM NEW</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/hikvision-hilook-firmwares-new-2022.html">Hikvision Hilook Firmwares New 2022</a></li>
</ul>
<p>Follow the wizard to set basic parameters.</p>
<ul>
<li>When you forget your password, there are three methods to reset it, including password resetting email, HiLookVision, and security questions. You have to configure at least one password resetting method. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark64"><strong><em>Set Password Resetting Email</em></strong> </a>and<a href="#post-1875-bookmark72"> <strong><em>HiLookVision</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For unlock pattern. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark8"><strong><em>Set Unlock Pattern</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For general system parameters. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark52"> <strong><em>General</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For general network parameters. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark69"> <strong><em>General</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For storage device configuration. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark107"><strong><em>Storage Device</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For adding network cameras. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark84"> <strong><em>Network Camera</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>For platform configuration. Refer<a href="https://www.hikvision.com/en/support/download/software/hilookvision/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong><em>HiLookVision</em></strong> </a>to for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark4"></a> 1.2 Login</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark6"></a> Set Unlock Pattern</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Admin user can use the unlock pattern to login. You can configure the unlock pattern after the device is activated.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Use the mouse to draw a pattern among the 9 dots on the screen. Release the mouse when the pattern is done.</li>
</ol>
<p>QU <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>The pattern shall have 4 dots at least.</p>
<p>Each dot can be connected for once only.</p>
<ol>
<li>Draw the same pattern again to confirm it.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="301" height="294" class="wp-image-1876" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 1" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1194"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-2 Set Unlock Pattern</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark8"></a> When the two patterns match, the pattern is configured successfully.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark9"></a> Log in via Unlock Pattern</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right click the mouse on live view.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="301" height="295" class="wp-image-1877" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 2" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1195"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-3 Draw the Unlock Pattern</strong></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Draw the pre-defined pattern to enter the menu operation.</p>
<p><strong>dJNote</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If you have forgotten your pattern, you click <strong>Forgot My Pattern </strong>or <strong>Switch User </strong>to log in via password.</li>
<li>If you have drawn the wrong pattern for more than 5 times, the system will switch to the normal login mode automatically.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark11"></a> 1.2.3 Log in via Password</p>
<p>If your video recorder has logged out, you must login before operating the menu and other functions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>User Name</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Welcome</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="291" height="181" class="wp-image-1878" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 3" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1196"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-4 Login Interface</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Input password.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When you forget the password of the admin, you can click <strong>Forgot Password </strong>to reset the password.</li>
<li>If you enter the wrong password 7 times, the current user account will be locked for 60 seconds.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark15"></a> Chapter 2 Live View</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark17"></a> GUI Introduction</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click <strong>Target Detection </strong>at the upper-left corner, and select a or m to display the specified live target detection results. For result details, click <strong>View More</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>CU Note</strong></p>
<p>o <strong>Target Detection </strong>is only available for certain models.</p>
<p>o <strong>Target Detection </strong>is valid when HDD is installed.</p>
<p>o <strong>0 </strong>is valid for motion detection, line crossing detection, intrusion detection, and facial detection.</p>
<ul>
<li>Click Fl to start/stop auto-switch. The screen will automatically switch to the next one.</li>
<li>Click to enter full screen mode.</li>
<li>Double click a camera to view it in single-screen mode. Double click again to exit single-screen mode.</li>
<li>Change a camera live view screen by dragging it from its screen to the desired screen.</li>
<li>Scroll up/down to turn to previous/next screen.</li>
<li>Position the cursor on a camera to show shortcut menu.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="295" height="42" class="wp-image-1879" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 4" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1197"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-1 Shortcut Menu</strong></p>
<p><strong>Table 2-1 Shortcut Menu Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start playing videos recorded in the latest five minutes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Digital zoom. You can adjust zoom-in times and view the desired area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^^3</td>
<td>Click it to enter PTZ control mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fl</td>
<td>Turn on/off live view audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</td>
<td>Switch video stream.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• In the live view interface, there are icons at the upper-right corner of the screen for each camera, showing the camera recording and alarm status.</p>
<p><strong>Table 2-2 Live View Icon Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Alarming (normal event and smart event).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• Right click your mouse to display the shortcut menu.</p>
<p><strong>fnJ Menu</strong></p>
<p>Ei Single Screen &gt;</p>
<p><strong>S Window Division &gt;</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Previous Screen</li>
<li>Next Screen</li>
</ul>
<p>O Start Anlc-EMlch</p>
<ul>
<li>B Camera</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>® Playback</strong></p>
<p>£ FTZ Control</p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-2 Right Click Shortcut Menu</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark19"></a> 2.2 PTZ Control</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark21"></a> Configure PTZ Parameter</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You shall configure PTZ parameters before controlling a PTZ camera.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Preview a camera in live view and click 0 on shortcut menu.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4"></td>
<td>PTZ</p>
<p>Slow</p>
<p>Çq~ j cCJ</td>
<td>»</p>
<p>&#8220;1 j □</td>
<td colspan="3">X</p>
<p>Fast</td>
<td rowspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preset</td>
<td colspan="2">Patrol</td>
<td colspan="2">Pattern</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">I Preset 1</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preset 2</p>
<p>Preset 3</p>
<p>Preset 4</p>
<p>Preset 5</p>
<p>Preset 6</p>
<p>Preset 7</p>
<p>Preset 8</p>
<p>Preset 9</p>
<p>Preset 10</p>
<p>Preset 11</p>
<p>Preset 12</td>
<td colspan="2">\* \* \* \*</p>
<p>\* \*</p>
<p>\* \* \* \* \*</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"><strong>Figure 2-3 PTZ Settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click .</li>
<li>Set the PTZ camera parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Cl] Note</strong></p>
<p>All parameters should be the same as the PTZ camera.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark23"></a> PTZ Control Panel Introduction</p>
<p><strong>Table 2-3 PTZ Panel Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Direction buttons, and the auto-cycle button.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast</td>
<td>The speed of the PTZ movement.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">CT / Cf</td>
<td>Zoom -/+.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">1 / Ö</td>
<td>Focus -/+.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">/ ©</td>
<td>Iris -/+.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark25"></a> Customize Preset</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Set a preset location where the PTZ camera would point to when an event occurs.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Preview a camera in live view and click A on shortcut menu.</li>
<li>Select a desired preset in preset list.</li>
<li>Use direction buttons to wheel the camera to required locations. Adjust zoom and focus as your desire.</li>
<li>Click \* .</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Double click a preset in the preset list to call it.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark27"></a> Customize Patrol</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Patrol refers to a path consists of a series of presets with designated sequence. It provides dynamic live image for monitoring several presets.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Preview a camera in live view and click on A shortcut menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Patrol</strong>.</li>
<li>Click 22 of a desired patrol.</li>
<li>Click .</li>
<li>Configure key point parameters, such as the key point No., duration of staying for one key point and speed of patrol. The key point is corresponding to the preset. The preset number determines the order at which the PTZ will follow while cycling through the patrol. <strong>Duration </strong>refers to the time span to stay at the corresponding key point. <strong>Speed </strong>defines the speed at which the PTZ will move from one key point to the next.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="243" class="wp-image-1880" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 5" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1198" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-5.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-5-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-4 Patrol Settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Select a patrol and click to call it. The PTZ camera will move according the predefined patrol path.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark29"></a> Customize Pattern</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A pattern records the movement path and dwell time in a certain position. When you call a pattern, the PTZ camera will move according to the recorded path.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Preview a camera in live view and click A on shortcut menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Pattern</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a pattern.</li>
<li>Click O .</li>
<li>Use direction buttons to wheel the camera to required locations. Adjust zoom and focus as your desire.</li>
<li>Click ® . The previous PTZ camera moving path is recorded as a pattern.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>Select a pattern and click to call it. The PTZ camera will move according the predefined pattern.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark31"></a> Chapter 3 Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark13"></a> 3.1 GUI Introduction</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Playback </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="336" class="wp-image-1881" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 6" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1199" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-6.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-6-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-1 Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Table 3-1 Playback Interface Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>30 s reverse.</td>
<td><strong>[gj</strong></td>
<td>30 s forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ES</strong></td>
<td>Full screen.</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Start playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Speed down.</td>
<td><strong>E3</strong></td>
<td>Speed up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Speed.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">10 1&#8242;</td>
<td>r 11 -14 17</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I IZ</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Figure 3-2 Timeline</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Position the cursor on the timeline, drag the timeline to position to a certain time.</li>
<li>Period marked with blue bar contains video. Red bar indicates the video in the period is event video.</li>
<li>Scroll up/down to zoom out/in timeline.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark33"></a> 3.2 Normal Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark35"></a> Play back normal videos.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Playback </strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera from the camera list.</li>
<li>Select a date on the calendar for playback.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Ui Note</strong></p>
<p>The blue triangle at the calendar date corner indicates there are available videos. For example, 22^ means video is available. means no video.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Position the cursor on playback window to show control bar.</li>
</ol>
<p>di &lt;a e® n a x</p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-3 Control Bar</strong></p>
<p><strong>Table 3-2 Button Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □ H □ 0</strong></td>
<td>Window division, group the channels and play.</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Zoom in/out playback image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Turn on/off audio.</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Add tag.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Lock/unlock video.</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Clip video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Show videos that contain human.</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Show videos that contain vehicle.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Skip Normal Videos</strong></td>
<td>If you have clicked Q / HJ , the device will hide other videos, and only show and play videos that contain human or vehicle during playback.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark36"></a> 3.3 Event Playback</p>
<p>When you select the event playback mode, the system will analyze and mark videos that contain the motion detection, line crossing detection, or intrusion detection information, .</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure the camera has enabled <strong>Dual-VCA</strong>. You can enable it via the camera web browser interface in <strong>Configuration ^ Video/Audio ^ Display Info. on Stream </strong>.</li>
<li>Ensure your video recorder has enabled <strong>Save VCA Data</strong>. You can enable it in <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Advanced </strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Playback </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Event</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="336" class="wp-image-1882" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 7" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1200" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-7.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-7-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-4 Event Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Position the cursor on playback window to show control bar.</p>
<p><strong>Table 3-3 Button Description</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Add tag.</td>
<td><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Zoom in/out playback image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Clip video.</td>
<td><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Lock/unlock video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fl</td>
<td>Configure detection area.</td>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td>Turn on/off audio.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click ¡3 to set detection areas of line crossing detection, intrusion detection, or motion</p>
<p>detection.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click g] to search videos. Videos meet the detection rule requirement will be marked in red.</li>
<li>Click E5 to configure the play strategy.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Do not Play Normal Videos</strong></p>
<p>If it is enabled, videos without smart information will not be played.</p>
<p><strong>Normal Video</strong></p>
<p>Set normal video playback speed. The option is only valid when <strong>Do not Play Normal Videos </strong>is unchecked.</p>
<p><strong>Play Speed of Smart/Custom Video</strong></p>
<p>Set playback speed of videos with smart information. The option is only valid when <strong>Do not Play Normal Videos </strong>is enabled.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="354" class="wp-image-1883" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 8" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1201" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-8.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-8-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-5 Play Strategy</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark38"></a> 3.4 Back up Clip</p>
<p>You can clip videos during playback. Video clips can be exported to the backup device (USB flash drive, etc.).</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Connect a backup device to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start playback. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark35"> <strong><em>Normal Playback</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click ;: .</li>
<li>Set the start and end time. You can also adjust cursors on the time bar to set the time period.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the backup device and folder.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to export the clip to backup device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark40"></a> File Search
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark42"></a> Search File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Search </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="253" class="wp-image-1884" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 9" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1202" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-9.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-9-300x107.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-1 Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Select a search type (video, picture, event, etc.).</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Set search conditions.</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click to play the video.</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click c? to lock the file. Locked file will not be overwritten.</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; </strong>Select file(s), and click <strong>Export </strong>to export file(s) to backup device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark44"></a> Quick Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Connect a backup device to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Search </strong>.</li>
<li>Set search conditions.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Quick Export</strong>.</li>
<li>Select backup device and path.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to start exporting.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark46"></a> Configuration (Easy Mode)</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy mode contains basic configurations. Go to <strong>Configuration </strong>, and click <strong>Easy Mode</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark48"></a> System Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark50"></a> 5.1.1 General</p>
<p>You can configure the output resolution, system time, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ General </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>System Date 22-06-2020</p>
<p>System Time 07:50:00</p>
<p>Resolution 1920*1080/60Hz(1080P)(R&lt; ~</p>
<p>Wizard</p>
<p>Lock Screen Password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="403" height="171" class="wp-image-1885" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 10" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1203" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-10.jpeg 403w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-10-300x127.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 403px) 100vw, 403px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-1 General Settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Configure the parameters as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Wizard</strong></p>
<p>The wizard will pop up after the device starts up.</p>
<p><strong>Lock Screen Password</strong></p>
<p>You need to enter your password if the screen is locked.</p>
<p><strong>NTP Time Sync</strong></p>
<p>Network time protocol (NTP) is a networking protocol for time synchronization. The device can connect to NTP (network time protocol) server to sync time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark52"></a><strong>Interval (min)</strong></p>
<p>Time interval between two time synchronization with NTP server.</p>
<p><strong>NTP Server</strong></p>
<p>IP address of the NTP server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark53"></a> 1.2 User</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark55"></a> Add User</p>
<p>There is a default account: Administrator. The administrator user name is <strong>admin</strong>. Administrator has the permission to add, delete, and edit user. Guest user only has live view, playback, and log search permission.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ User </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>and confirm your admin password.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="346" class="wp-image-1886" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 11" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1204" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-11.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-11-300x219.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-2 Add User</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter user name.</li>
<li>Enter the same password in <strong>Password </strong>and <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>/K Warning</strong></p>
<p>We highly recommend you create a strong password of your own choosing (Using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least three of the following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special characters.) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you reset your password regularly, especially in the high security system, resetting the password monthly or weekly can better protect your product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark57"></a><strong>&#8211; </strong>Click / ® to edit/delete user.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark58"></a> Set Password Resetting Email</p>
<p>When you forget your login pattern and password, the device will send an email contains verification code to your email for password resetting.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ User </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Password Resetting Email</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter admin password for authorization.</li>
<li>Enter an email address.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark60"></a> Reset Password</p>
<p>You can reset your password when you forgot your login pattern and password.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Forgot Password </strong>at the password login interface.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next </strong>if you agree the Privacy Policy, you can scan the QR code to read it.</li>
<li>Follow the wizard to reset password.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark62"></a> 5.1.3 Exception</p>
<p>You can receive exception events hint in alarm center, and set exception linkage actions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Exception </strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Configure event hint. When the set events occur, you will receive hints in alarm center.</li>
<li>Enable <strong>Event Hint</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>0 </strong>at the upper-right corner of local menu to enter alarm center.</li>
<li>Select an event type.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Set </strong>to select events to hint.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Exception Type</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark64"></a> Select <strong>Normal Linkage </strong>and <strong>Trigger Alarm Output </strong>type for exception linkage actions.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="382" class="wp-image-1887" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 12" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1205" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-12.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-12-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-3 Exceptions</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark65"></a> 5.2 Network Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark67"></a> General</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You shall properly configure the network settings before operating the device over network.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="452" height="273" class="wp-image-1888" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 13" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1206" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-13.jpeg 452w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-13-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-4 Network</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set network parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark69"></a><strong>DHCP</strong></p>
<p>If the DHCP server is available, you can enable <strong>DHCP </strong>to automatically obtain an IP address and other network settings from that server.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Obtain DNS</strong></p>
<p>If <strong>DHCP </strong>is enabled. You can enable <strong>Auto Obtain DNS </strong>to automatically obtain <strong>Preferred DNS Server </strong>and <strong>Alternate DNS Server</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark70"></a> 2.2 HiLookVision</li>
</ol>
<p>HiLookVision provides mobile phone application and platform service to access and manage your connected devices, which enables you to get a convenient remote access to the video security system.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ HiLookVision </strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Access Type </strong>as <strong>HiLookVision</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>. The service terms will pop up.</li>
<li>Scan the QR code to read the service terms and privacy statement.</li>
<li>Check <strong>I have read and agree to Service Terms and Privacy Statement </strong>if you agree with the service terms and privacy statement.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click .£ to set verification code.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enable <strong>Stream Encryption</strong>. It requires to enter verification code in remote access and live view after this function is enabled.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Edit <strong>Server IP</strong>.</li>
<li>Bind your device with a HiLookVision account.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>) Use a smart phone to scan the QR code, and download HiLookVision app. You can also download it from <strong><em><a href="https://appstore.hikvision.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://appstore.hikvision.com</a></em></strong>, or the QR code below. Refer to <em>HiLookVision Mobile Client User Manual</em> for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="296" class="wp-image-1889" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 14" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1207" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-14.jpeg 296w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-14-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 296px) 100vw, 296px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-5 Download HiLookVision</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark72"></a> 2) Use HiLookVision to scan the device QR, and bind the device.</p>
<p><strong>ÜU Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the device is already bound with an account, you can click <strong>Unbind </strong>to unbind with the current account.</li>
<li>You can also use the QR code in gg at the upper-left corner to download HiLookVision and bind your device.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>You can access your video recorder via HiLookVision.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark73"></a> 5.2.3 Email</p>
<p>Set an email account to receive event notification.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure SMTP service is available for your email.</li>
<li>Configure your network parameters. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark69"> <strong><em>General</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Email </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="554" class="wp-image-1890" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 15" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1208" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-15.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-15-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-6 Email</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set email parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark75"></a><strong>Server Authentication</strong></p>
<p>Check it to enable the server authentication feature.</p>
<p><strong>User Name</strong></p>
<p>The user account of email sender for SMTP server authentication.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>The password of email sender for SMTP server authentication.</p>
<p><strong>SSL/TLS</strong></p>
<p>(Optional) Enable SSL/TLS if it is required by the SMTP server.</p>
<p><strong>Attached Picture</strong></p>
<p>(Optional) If events are triggered, it will send images as email attachment.</p>
<p><strong>Sender</strong></p>
<p>The sender name.</p>
<p><strong>Sender&#8217;s Address</strong></p>
<p>The sender&#8217;s email address.</p>
<p><strong>Select Receiver</strong></p>
<p>Select a receiver. Up to 3 receivers are available.</p>
<p><strong>Receiver</strong></p>
<p>The receiver name.</p>
<p><strong>Receiver&#8217;s Address</strong></p>
<p>The receiver&#8217;s email address.</p>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>For network cameras, the event images are directly sent as the email attachment. One network camera only sends one picture.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Test </strong>to send a test email.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark76"></a> 5.3 Camera Management</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark78"></a> Configure Signal Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For certain digital video recorder models, you can configure the analog and IP signal input types.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Analog ^ Analog </strong>.</li>
<li>Select signal input type as <strong>HD/CVBS </strong>or <strong>IP </strong>for each channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HD/CVBS</strong></p>
<p>Four types of analog signal inputs including Turbo HD, AHD, HDCVI, and CVBS can be connected randomly for the channel.</p>
<p><strong>IP</strong></p>
<p>Network camera can be connected for the channel.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No</strong></td>
<td><strong>I ©HD/CVBS</strong></td>
<td><strong>s OIP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A1</strong></td>
<td><em>&lt;s&gt;</em></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A2</strong></td>
<td>®</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A3</strong></td>
<td>®</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A4</strong></td>
<td>®</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A5</strong></td>
<td>®</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Afi</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Figure 5-7 Signal Input Type</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>. You can view the maximum network camera accessible number in <strong>Max. IP Camera Number</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark80"></a> Network Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark82"></a> Add Network Camera by Device Password</p>
<p>Add network cameras which the password is the same as your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure your network camera is on the same network segment with your video recorder.</li>
<li>Ensure the network connection is valid and correct. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark69"> <strong><em>General</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Ensure the network camera password is the same as your video recorder.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ IP Camera </strong>. The online cameras on the same network segment with your video recorder are displayed in <strong>Online Device List</strong>.</p>
<p>I v Online Device List</p>
<p>4- Add | O Refresh</p>
<p>0 I No. <em>i</em> I IP Address <em>i</em> I Status I Protocol I Operation I Device Model I Serial No.</p>
<p>0 1 !■ ts:i<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> A Already connected. »MkBBB ar I</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-8 IP Camera Management Interface</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a desired network camera.</li>
<li>Click to add the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark84"></a> If the camera is inactive, the device will activate it automatically with the password you have set during device activation.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark85"></a> Add Network Camera Manually</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure your network camera is on the same network segment with that of your video recorder.</li>
<li>Ensure the network connection is valid and correct.</li>
<li>Ensure the network camera is activated.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ IP Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click in <strong>Added Device List</strong>.</li>
<li>Set network camera parameters, including IP address, protocol, management port, etc.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Enable <strong>Use Camera Activation Password </strong>to use the device password to add network camera(s).</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Add More </strong>to add another network camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Add IP Camera (Custom) x</p>
<p>O Refresh</p>
<p>No. i I IP Address i I Status I Protocol I Management Port I Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="250" class="wp-image-1891" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 16" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1209" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-16.jpeg 434w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-16-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /> 1 MBMH9 △ (MBMBM <strong>MM </strong>■ I C|</p>
<p>IP Camera Address Protocol</p>
<p>Management Port Transfer Protocol User Name Camera Password Use Camera Activation &#8230;</p>
<p>G»</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-9 Add Network Camera</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark87"></a> Edit Connected Network Camera</p>
<p>You can edit the IP address, protocol and other parameters of the added network cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ IP Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click to edit the selected camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Channel Port</strong></p>
<p>If the connected device is an encoding device with multiple channels, you can select the channel port No. to choose a connecting channel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark89"></a> OSD Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Configure OSD (On-Screen Display) settings for the camera, including date format, camera name, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ OSD </strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="287" class="wp-image-1892" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 17" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1210" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-17.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-17-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-10 OSD</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set parameters as your desire.</li>
<li>Drag the text frames on the preview window to adjust the OSD position.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark91"></a> Motion Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Motion detection enables the video recorder to detect the moving objects in the monitored area and trigger alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Motion Detection </strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera.</li>
<li>Check <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the motion detection area.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>or <strong>Clear </strong>to draw or clear areas. The first area is set as full screen by default.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Full Screen </strong>to set the motion detection area as full screen. You can drag on the preview window to draw motion detection areas.</li>
</ul>
<p>The operation may differ according to different models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity</strong>. Sensitivity allows you to calibrate how readily movement triggers the alarm. A higher value results in the more readily to triggers motion detection.</li>
<li>Set analysis mode as <strong>AI </strong>or <strong>PIR</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>AI</strong></p>
<p>The motion detection event will be analyzed by your device.</p>
<p><strong>PIR</strong></p>
<p>The motion detection event will be analyzed by certain analog PIR cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human or vehicle.</li>
</ol>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark95"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark98"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark93"></a> Configure Arming Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Arming Schedule</strong>.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="35" class="wp-image-1893" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 18" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1211"> Choose one day of a week and set the time segment. Up to eight time periods can be set within each day.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Time periods shall not be repeated or overlapped.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="221" class="wp-image-1894" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 19" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1212" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-19.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-19-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-11 Set Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark95"></a> Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark96"></a> Configure Alarm Linkage Action</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Alarm linkage actions will be activated when an alarm or exception occurs.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Linkage Action</strong>.</li>
<li>Set normal linkage actions, alarm output linkage actions, trigger channel, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Alarm Pop-up Window</strong></p>
<p>The local monitor will pop up the alarming channel image when an alarm is triggered. It requires to select the alarming channel(s) in <strong>Trigger Channel</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Buzzer Alarm</strong></p>
<p>It will trigger a buzzer beep when an alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Notify Surveillance Center</strong></p>
<p>The device will send an exception or alarm signal to the remote client software when an alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Send Email</strong></p>
<p>It will send an email with alarm information when an alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Linkage</strong></p>
<p>It will trigger PTZ actions (e.g., call preset/patrol/pattern) when smart events occur.</p>
<p><strong>Audio and Light Alarm Linkage</strong></p>
<p>For certain network cameras, you can set the alarm linkage action as audio alarm or light alarm.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure your camera supports audio and light alarm linkage.</li>
<li>Ensure the audio output and volume are properly configured.</li>
<li>If you require to set audio and light parameters, please log into the network camera via web browser to configure them.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark98"></a> Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark99"></a> 5.4 Recording Management</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark101"></a> Storage Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark103"></a> Initialize HDD</p>
<p>A newly installed hard disk drive (HDD) must be initialized before it can be used to save videos and information.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Install at least an HDD to your video recorder. For detailed steps, refer to Quick Start Guide.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage </strong>.</li>
<li>Select an HDD.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Init</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Repair Database</strong></p>
<p>Repair an HDD that with error in database. Please operate it with the help of professional technical support.</p>
<p><strong>Secure Erase</strong></p>
<p>Secure erase will delete videos in the selected disk(s).</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark105"></a> Add Network Disk</p>
<p>You can add the allocated NAS or IP SAN disk to the video recorder, and use it as a network HDD.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>NetHDD</strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Type </strong>as <strong>NAS </strong>or <strong>IP SAN</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter <strong>NetHDD IP </strong>address.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark107"></a> Click to search the available disks.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="427" class="wp-image-1895" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 20" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1213" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-20.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-20-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-12 Add NetHDD</strong></p>
<p><strong>7. </strong>Select NAS disk from the list, or manually enter the directory in <strong>NetHDD Directory</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>8. </strong>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The added NetHDD will be displayed in the storage device list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark108"></a> 5.4.2 Configure Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Video recorder will automatically start/stop recording according to the configured schedule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark110"></a> Configure Continuous Recording</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the continuous main stream/sub-stream recording parameters for the camera. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark118"><strong><em>Configure Recording Parameter</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</li>
<li>Select recording type as <strong>Continuous</strong>. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark115"> <strong><em>Edit Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark112"></a> Configure Event Recording</p>
<p>You can configure the recording triggered by the motion detection, line crossing detection, and intrusion detection.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Smart Event </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the event detection and select the channels to trigger the recording when an event occurs.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the continuous main stream/sub-stream recording parameters for the camera. Refer to</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-1875-bookmark118"><strong><em>Configure Recording Parameter</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</li>
<li>Select recording type as <strong>Event</strong>. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark115"> <strong><em>Edit Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Schedule</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="313" class="wp-image-1896" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 21" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1214" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-21.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-21-300x132.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-13 Recording Schedule</strong></p>
<p><strong>Continuous</strong></p>
<p>Continuous recording.</p>
<p><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p>Recording is triggered by events.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a camera in <strong>Camera No</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the recording schedule.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Edit Schedule</strong></p>
<p><strong>Draw</strong></p>
<p><strong>Schedule</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark115"></a><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a day to configure in <strong>Weekday</strong>.</li>
<li>To set an all-day recording schedule, check <strong>All Day </strong>and select schedule type.</li>
<li>To set other schedules, uncheck <strong>All Day</strong>, and set <strong>Start/End Time </strong>and schedule type.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>Up to 8 periods can be configured for each day. And the time periods cannot be overlapped with each other.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings and go back to upper level menu.</li>
<li>Click to select schedule type as <strong>Continuous </strong>or <strong>Event</strong>.</li>
<li>On the table, drag the mouse on the desired period to draw a colored bar.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark116"></a> 5.4.3 Configure Recording Parameter</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure recording parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Main Stream</strong></p>
<p>Main stream refers to the primary stream that affects data recorded to the hard disk drive and will directly determine your video quality and image size. Comparing with the sub­stream, the main stream provides a higher quality video with higher resolution and frame rate.</p>
<p><strong>Sub-Stream</strong></p>
<p>Sub-stream is a second codec that runs alongside the mainstream. It allows you to reduce the outgoing internet bandwidth without sacrificing your direct recording quality. Sub-stream is often exclusively used by smartphone applications to view live video. Users with limited internet speeds may benefit most from this setting.</p>
<p><strong>Frame Rate</strong></p>
<p>Frame rate refers to how many frames are captured each second. A higher frame rate is advantageous when there is movement in the video stream, as it maintains image quality throughout.</p>
<p><strong>Resolution</strong></p>
<p>Image resolution is a measure of how much detail a digital image can hold: the greater the resolution, the greater the level of detail. Resolution can be specified as the number of pixel­columns (width) by the number of pixel-rows (height), e.g.,1024&#215;768.</p>
<p><strong>Bitrate</strong></p>
<p>The bit rate (in Kbit/s or Mbit/s) is often referred to as speed, but actually defines the number of bits/time unit and not distance/time unit.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>Higher resolution, frame rate, and bitrate provide you better video quality, but it also requires more internet bandwidth and uses more storage space on the hard disk drive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark118"></a> Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark119"></a> Chapter 6 Configuration (Expert Mode)</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration </strong>, and click <strong>Expert Mode </strong>at the lower-left corner.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark121"></a> System Configuration
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark123"></a> General</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark125"></a> Configure Basic Settings</p>
<p>You can configure the language, system time, output resolution, mouse pointer speed, lock screen password, etc.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ General ^ Basic Settings </strong>, configure the parameters as your desire, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Language</strong></p>
<p>The default language is <strong>English</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>VGA/HDMI Resolution</strong></p>
<p>Select the output resolution, which must be the same with the resolution of the VGA/HDMI display.</p>
<p><strong>Lock Screen Password</strong></p>
<p>You need to enter password for authentication if the screen is locked.</p>
<p><strong>Mouse Pointer Speed</strong></p>
<p>Set the speed of mouse pointer; 4 levels are configurable.</p>
<p><strong>Wizard</strong></p>
<p>The wizard will pop up after the device starts up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="441" class="wp-image-1897" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 22" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1215" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-22.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-22-300x279.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-1 Basic Settings</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark127"></a> Configure DST Settings</p>
<p>DST (Daylight Saving Time) refers to the period of the year when clocks are moved one period ahead. In some areas worldwide, this has the effect of creating more sunlit hours in the evening during months when the weather is the warmest.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ General ^ DST Settings </strong>, configure the parameters as your desire, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark129"></a> Configure More Settings</p>
<p>You can configure your device name, lock screen time, output mode, etc.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ General ^ More Settings </strong>, configure the parameters as your desire, and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Device Name</strong></p>
<p>Edit the video recorder name.</p>
<p><strong>Device No.</strong></p>
<p>The number is required in the connection with remote control, network keyboard, etc. Edit the serial number of video recorder. The device number ranges from 1 to 255, and the default value is 255.</p>
<p><strong>Lock Screen</strong></p>
<p>Set timeout time for lock screen.</p>
<p><strong>Menu Output Mode</strong></p>
<p>Choose output to display local menu.</p>
<p><strong>CVBS Output Brightness</strong></p>
<p>Adjust the brightness of CVBS output image.</p>
<p><strong>Output Standard</strong></p>
<p><strong>PAL </strong>and <strong>NTSC </strong>are selectable.</p>
<p><strong>Enhanced IP Mode</strong></p>
<p>Enabling enhanced IP mode will allow you to connect to the maximum number of cameras, but disable 2K/4K output resolution, and make perimeter protection, human or vehicle detection of motion detection, facial detection and face picture comparison functions unavailable in analog channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark131"></a> Live View</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark133"></a> Configure General Parameters</p>
<p>You can configure the output interface, mute or turning on the audio, event output interface, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ General </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="352" class="wp-image-1898" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 23" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1216" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-23.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-23-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-2 Live View-General</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Configure the Live View parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Window Division</strong></p>
<p>Select the live view window division.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Switch Interval</strong></p>
<p>The time to dwell in a camera before switching to next camera when auto-switch in live view is enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Pop-up Output</strong></p>
<p>Select the output to show alarm video.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Pop-up Delay</strong></p>
<p>Set the time to show alarm event image.</p>
<p><strong>Audio</strong></p>
<p>Turn on/off audio output for the selected video output.</p>
<p><strong>Volume</strong></p>
<p>Adjust the live view, playback, and two-way audio volume for the selected video output interface.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark135"></a> Configure Live View Layout</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ View </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Output Interface</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a window, and double click a camera the list you would like to display. + means no camera is displayed on the window.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click or (Q to start or stop live view of all cameras.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark137"></a> Configure Channel-Zero Encoding</p>
<p>Enable the channel-zero encoding when you need to get a remote view of many channels in real time from a web browser or CMS (Client Management System) software, in order to decrease the bandwidth requirement without affecting the image quality.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ General </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Video Output Interface </strong>as <strong>Channel-Zero</strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ Channel-Zero </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="279" class="wp-image-1899" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 24" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1217" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-24.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-24-300x177.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-3 Channel-Zero</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure <strong>Frame Rate</strong>, <strong>Max. Bitrate Mode</strong>, and <strong>Max. Bitrate</strong>. The higher frame rate and bitrate require higher bandwidth requirement.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark139"></a> 1.3 User</li>
</ol>
<p>Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark57"> <strong><em>User</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark141"></a> 6.2 Network Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark143"></a> TCP/IP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>TCP/IP must be properly configured before you operate video recorder over network.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ TCP/IP </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure network parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Working Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Multi-address Mode</strong></p>
<p>The parameters of the two NIC cards can be configured independently. You can select LAN1 or LAN2 in the NIC type field for parameter settings. You can select one NIC card as default route. And then the system is connecting with the extranet and the data will be forwarded through the default route.</p>
<p><strong>Net-fault Tolerance Mode</strong></p>
<p>The two NIC cards use the same IP address, and you can select the Main NIC to LAN1 or LAN2. By this way, in case of one NIC card failure, the video recorder will automatically enable the other standby NIC card so as to ensure the normal running of the whole system.</p>
<p><strong>Load Balance Mode</strong></p>
<p>By using the same IP address and two NIC cards share the load of the total bandwidth, which enables the system to provide two Gigabit network capacity.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>Working mode is only available for certain models.</p>
<p><strong>NIC Type</strong></p>
<p>Select NIC type as your desire. If your device supports Wi-Fi dongle function, the NIC of Wi-Fi dongle would be selectable after a suitable Wi-Fi dongle is installed.</p>
<p><strong>DHCP</strong></p>
<p>If the DHCP server is available, you can check <strong>Enable DHCP </strong>to automatically obtain an IP address and other network settings from that server.</p>
<p><strong>MTU</strong></p>
<p>The maximum transmission unit (MTU) is the size of the largest network layer protocol data unit that can be communicated in a single network transaction.</p>
<p><strong>Default Route</strong></p>
<p>Select a route as your desire. If your device supports Wi-Fi dongle function, the route of Wi-Fi dongle would be selectable after a suitable Wi-Fi dongle is installed.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Obtain DNS</strong></p>
<p>If <strong>DHCP </strong>is checked. You can check <strong>Obtain DNS Automatically </strong>to obtain <strong>Preferred DNS Server </strong>and <strong>Alternate DNS Server</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark145"></a> DDNS</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Dynamic domain name server (DDNS) maps dynamic user IP addresses to a fixed domain name server.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Register DynDNS, PeanutHull and NO-IP services with your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ DDNS </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="409" class="wp-image-1900" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 25" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1218" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-25.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-25-300x259.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-4 DDNS</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a DDNS type.</li>
<li>Enter parameters including service address, domain name, etc.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>You can view DDNS status in <strong>Status</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark147"></a> NAT</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Two ways are provided for port mapping to realize the remote access via the cross-segment network, UPnP<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> and manual mapping.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Enable the UPnP<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> function of your router if UPnP<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> is required. When the device network working mode is multi-address, the default device route should be on the same network segment as the LAN IP address of the router.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ NAT </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enable «d</p>
<p>Mapping Type Manual v</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="6">O Refresh</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>1 Operation</td>
<td>1 External Port</td>
<td>I External IP Address</td>
<td>I Internal Port</td>
<td>I UPnP Status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTP Port</td>
<td></td>
<td>80</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTSP Port</td>
<td></td>
<td>554</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>554</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td><em>£.</em></td>
<td>8000</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>8000</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HTTPS Port</td>
<td><em>£</em></td>
<td>443</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>443</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HIK Cloud P2P Comman..</td>
<td><em>£.</em></td>
<td>9010</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>9010</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cloud P2P Data Port</td>
<td></td>
<td>9020</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td>9020</td>
<td>Inactive</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Apply</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-5 NAT</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Mapping Type </strong>as <strong>Manual </strong>or <strong>Auto</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Auto </strong>The port mapping items are read-only, and the external ports are set by the router automatically. You can click <strong>Refresh </strong>to get the latest status of the port mapping.</p>
<p><strong>Manual </strong>Select an external port type. Click to edit <strong>External Port</strong>. You can use the default external port No., or change it according to actual requirements. <strong>External Port </strong>indicates the port No. for port mapping in the router.</p>
<p>The value of the RTSP port No. should be 554 or between 1024 and 65535, while the value of the other ports should be between 1 and 65535 and the value must be different from each other. If multiple devices are configured for the UPnP<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> settings under the same router, the value of the port No. for each device should be unique.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the virtual server of your router, including internal source port, external source port, etc. The virtual server parameters shall be corresponding with your device port.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark149"></a> Wi-Fi</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>For certain models, after installing a Wi-Fi dongle to your device, the device would be able to connect to a wireless network, and the channels in your device can be viewed thorough Wi-Fi. For example, if your device is connected with several network cameras or analog cameras (Wi-Fi network cameras currently cannot be connected), after the device is connected to a wireless network, you would be able to access your device and view the connected channels through Wi-Fi.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Prepare a suitable Wi-Fi dongle, and insert it in to the USB interface at the rear panel.</li>
<li>Ensure your device support this function.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ Wi-Fi </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>LJilNote</strong></p>
<p>The Wi-Fi setting interface will automatically pop up when you insert the Wi-Fi dongle for the first time.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Connect to a wireless network.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Connect to an Automatically Searched Wireless Network</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Double click the wireless network from the list as you desired.</li>
<li>Set wireless network parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Connect to a Customized Wireless Network</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Custom Adding</strong>.</li>
<li>Set wireless network parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Connect to a Wireless Network with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>WPS Settings</strong>.</li>
<li>Check <strong>Enable WPS</strong>.</li>
<li>Set wireless network parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Mil Note</strong></p>
<p>If you requires to edit or forget the network, double click the connected network, and edit it as your desire.</p>
<p>After connecting to an available wireless network, you can view the connection result in <strong>Connection Status</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ TCP/IP </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Select NIC </strong>and <strong>Default Route </strong>as <strong>WLAN0</strong>.</li>
<li>Check <strong>Enable Wi-Fi</strong>.</li>
<li>Set other network parameters.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark151"></a> 6.2.5 Log Server Settings</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark153"></a> Upload Logs to the Server</p>
<p>You can upload system logs to the server for backup.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ Log Server Settings </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Enable</strong></p>
<p><strong>Upload Time Interval (h)</strong></p>
<p>Server IP Address</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>Apply</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-6 Log Server Settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong></li>
<li>Set <strong>Upload Time Interval</strong>, <strong>Server IP Address</strong>, and <strong>Port</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if parameters are valid.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark155"></a> One-Way Authentication</p>
<p>You can install a CA certificate (from the server) to your device to authorize the server via web browser. It would improve the log communication security.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Download the CA certificate from the server.</li>
<li>Ensure log server parameters are valid.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Advanced Settings ^ Log Server Configuration </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="458" class="wp-image-1901" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 26" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1219" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-26.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-26-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-7 One-Way Authentication</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Install the CA certificate in <strong>CA Certificate</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the connection is valid.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark157"></a> Two-Way Authentication</p>
<p>You can install a CA certificate (from the server) to your device to authorize the server, and create a certificate (from your device) to authorize your device by the server. This would improve the log communication security. Two-way authentication can be configured via web browser.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Download the CA certificate from the server.</li>
<li>Ensure log server parameters are valid.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Advanced Settings ^ Log Server Configuration </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="458" class="wp-image-1902" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 27" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1220" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-27.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-27-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-8 Two-Way Authentication</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Install the CA certificate in <strong>CA Certificate</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Create </strong>in <strong>Client Certificate</strong>, and follow the pop-up to create the certificate.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Download </strong>to download the certificate file to a desired location.</li>
<li>Upload the downloaded certificate file to the server, and the server will return the certificate key.</li>
<li>Open the certificate as a text file, and modify it by the certificate key as the server returned.</li>
<li>Install the modified certificate in <strong>Client Certificate</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Test </strong>to test if the connection is valid.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark159"></a> .6 NTP</li>
</ol>
<p>Your device can connect to a network time protocol (NTP) server to ensure that the system time is accurate.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ NTP </strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Interval</strong></p>
<p>Time interval between two time synchronization with NTP server.</p>
<p><strong>NTP Server</strong></p>
<p>IP address of the NTP server.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark161"></a> Ports (More Settings)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Set different port types to enable relevant functions as your desire.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ More Settings </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Host IP/Port</strong></p>
<p>The device will send the alarm event or exception message to the alarm host when an alarm is triggered. The remote alarm host must have the client management system (CMS) software installed.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Host IP </strong>refers to the IP address of the remote PC on which the CMS software (e.g., iVMS-4200) is installed, and the Alarm Host Port (7200 by default) must be the same as the alarm monitoring port configured in the software.</p>
<p><strong>Server Port</strong></p>
<p>For remote client software access. Ranges from 2000 to 65535. The default value is 8000.</p>
<p><strong>HTTP Port</strong></p>
<p>For remote web browser access. The default value is 80.</p>
<p><strong>Multicast IP</strong></p>
<p>Multicast can be configured to enable live view for cameras that exceed the maximum number allowed through network. A multicast IP address covers Class-D IP ranging from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 and it is recommended to use the IP address ranging from 239.252.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.</p>
<p>When adding a device to the CMS software, the multicast address must be the same as that of the device.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP Port</strong></p>
<p>RTSP (Real Time Streaming Protocol) is a network control protocol designed for use in entertainment and communications systems to control streaming media servers. The port is 554 by default.</p>
<p><strong>Output Bandwidth Limit</strong></p>
<p>You can check the checkbox to enable output bandwidth limit.</p>
<p><strong>Output Bandwidth</strong></p>
<p>After enable the output bandwidth limit, input the output bandwidth.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The output bandwidth limit is used for the remote live view and playback.</li>
<li>The default output bandwidth is the maximum limit.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="421" class="wp-image-1903" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 28" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1221" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-28.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-28-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-9 Port Settings</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark163"></a> HiLookVision</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Platform Access </strong>. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark72"> <strong><em>HiLookVision</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark165"></a> Email</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Email </strong>. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark75"> <strong><em>Email</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark167"></a> 6.3 Camera Management</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark169"></a> Configure Signal Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For certain digital video recorder models, you can configure the analog and IP signal input types.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Analog ^ Analog </strong>, or click <strong>Edit </strong>at the upper-right corner in <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Select signal input type as <strong>HD/CVBS </strong>or <strong>IP</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>HD/CVBS</strong></p>
<p>Four types of analog signal inputs including Turbo HD, AHD, HDCVI, and CVBS can be connected randomly for the channel.</p>
<p><strong>IP</strong></p>
<p>Network camera can be connected for the channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="170" class="wp-image-1904" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 29" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1222" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-29.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-29-300x72.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-10 Signal Input Type</strong></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Click <strong>Apply</strong>. You can view the maximum network camera accessible number in <strong>Max. IP Camera Number</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark171"></a> Network Camera</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark173"></a> Add Automatically Searched Online Network Camera</p>
<p>Add the network cameras to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure your network camera is on the same network segment with your video recorder.</li>
<li>Ensure the network connection is valid and correct.</li>
<li>Ensure the network camera password is the same as your video recorder.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Device List</strong>. The online cameras on the same network segment will be displayed in the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="151" class="wp-image-1905" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 30" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1223" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-30.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-30-300x64.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-11 Online Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>3. Optional: </strong>Click <strong>Edit IP </strong>to edit camera IP addresses in batch. The system will allocate IP addresses to the selected cameras in order.</p>
<p><strong>0X1 Note</strong></p>
<p>Ensure the selected cameras are activated.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a network camera, and click <strong>Add </strong>to add it.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark175"></a> Add Network Camera Manually</p>
<p>Add the network cameras to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Ensure your network camera is on the same network segment with that of your video recorder.</li>
<li>Ensure the network connection is valid and correct.</li>
<li>Ensure the network camera is activated.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click .</li>
</ol>
<p>Add IP Camera (Custom) x</p>
<p>O Refresh</p>
<p>No. î I IP Address i I Status I Protocol I Management Port I Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="249" class="wp-image-1906" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 31" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1224" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-31.jpeg 434w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-31-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /> 1 v m △ mb mm ■ ci</p>
<p>IP Camera Address Protocol</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="22" class="wp-image-1907" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 32" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1225"> Management Port Transfer Protocol User Name Camera Password Use Camera Activation &#8230;</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Add</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-12 Add IP Camera</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter network camera parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Use Camera Activation Password</strong></p>
<p>If it is enabled, the video recorder will add the camera by the set channel default password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark177"></a> Edit Connected Network Camera</p>
<p>You can edit the IP address, protocol and other parameters of the added network cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera ^ IP Channel </strong>.</li>
<li>Click of an added network camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Channel Port</strong></p>
<p>If the connected device is an encoding device with multiple channels, you can choose the channel to connect by selecting the channel port No. in the drop-down list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark179"></a> Import/Export IP Camera Configuration File</p>
<p>The information of added network camera can be generated into an excel file and exported to the local device for backup, including the IP address, port, password of admin, etc. And the exported file can be edited on your computer, like adding or deleting the content, and copy the setting to other devices by importing the excel file to it.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Connect a backup device, such as a USB flash drive, to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>/<strong>Import </strong>to export/import configuration files to the connected backup device.</li>
<li>Set the storage device and folder path.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>/<strong>Import</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>What to do next</strong></p>
<p>After the importing process is completed, you must restart the video recorder.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark181"></a> Advanced Settings</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Camera </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the parameters as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>H.265 Auto Switch Configuration</strong></p>
<p>If you enable the option, the device will automatically switch to H.265 stream for the network camera (which supports H.265 video format) for the initial access.</p>
<p><strong>Upgrade</strong></p>
<p>Upgrade the added network cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Export/Import</strong></p>
<p>The information of added network camera can be generated into an excel file and exported to the local device for backup, including the IP address, port, password of admin, etc. And the exported file can be edited on your computer, like adding or deleting the content, and copying the settings to other devices by importing the excel file to it.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol</strong></p>
<p>To connect the network cameras which are not configured with the standard protocols, you can configure the customized protocols for them. The system provides 16 customized protocols.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Activation Password Settings</strong></p>
<p>Change the default password for activating and adding network cameras. For network cameras that are already connected, you can choose to change their passwords to this one in the following pup-up window.</p>
<p><strong>Batch Configuration</strong></p>
<p>The device can automatically synchronize time of the selected network cameras.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark183"></a> Display Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the OSD (On-Screen Display), image settings, exposure settings, day/night switch settings, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Display </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure parameters as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OSD Settings</strong></p>
<p>Configure the OSD (On-screen Display) settings for the camera, including date/time, camera name, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Image Settings</strong></p>
<p>Customize the image parameters including the brightness, contrast, and saturation for the live view and recording effect.</p>
<p><strong>Exposure</strong></p>
<p>Set the camera exposure time (1/10000 to 1 sec). A larger exposure value results in a brighter image.</p>
<p><strong>Day/Night Switch</strong></p>
<p>The camera can be set to day, night, or auto switch mode according to the surrounding illumination conditions.</p>
<p><strong>Backlight</strong></p>
<p>Set the camera&#8217;s wide dynamic range (0 to 100). When the surrounding illumination and the object have large differences in brightness, you should set the WDR value.</p>
<p><strong>Image Enhancement</strong></p>
<p>For optimized image contrast enhancement.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="363" class="wp-image-1908" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 33" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1226" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-33.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-33-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-13 OSD</strong></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Drag the text frames on the preview window to adjust the OSD position.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark185"></a> Privacy Mask</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You are allowed to configure the privacy mask areas that cannot be viewed or recorded.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Privacy Mask </strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="549" class="wp-image-1909" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 34" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1227" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-34.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-34-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-14 Privacy Mask</strong></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Drag to draw an area on the window. The frames of the areas will be marked with different colors.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="36" class="wp-image-1910" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 35" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1228"></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Up to 4 privacy mask areas can be configured. The size of each area can be adjusted.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark187"></a> 6.4 Event Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark189"></a> Normal Event</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark191"></a> Motion Detection</p>
<p>Motion detection enables the video recorder to detect the moving objects in the monitored area and trigger alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Camera ^ Motion Detection </strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera.</li>
<li>Check <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the motion detection area.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>or <strong>Clear </strong>to draw or clear areas. The first area is set as full screen by default.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Full Screen </strong>to set the motion detection area as full screen. You can drag on the preview window to draw motion detection areas.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity</strong>. Sensitivity allows you to calibrate how readily movement triggers the alarm. A higher value results in the more readily to triggers motion detection.</li>
<li>Set analysis mode as <strong>AI </strong>or <strong>PIR</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>AI</strong></p>
<p>The motion detection event will be analyzed by your device.</p>
<p><strong>PIR</strong></p>
<p>The motion detection event will be analyzed by certain analog PIR cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human or vehicle.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark95"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark98"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark193"></a> Video Tampering</p>
<p>Trigger alarm when the lens is covered and take alarm response actions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Video Tampering </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="472" class="wp-image-1911" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 36" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1229" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-36.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-36-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-15 Video Tampering</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity </strong>as your desire. The higher the value is, the more easily the video tampering can be triggered.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark195"></a> Video Loss</p>
<p>Detect video loss of a camera and take alarm response actions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Video Loss </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark197"></a> Alarm Input</p>
<p>Set linkage actions for an external sensor alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Alarm Input </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="177" class="wp-image-1912" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 37" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1230" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-37.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-37-300x74.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-16 Alarm Input</strong></p>
<p>Local alarm input: Local alarm input is triggered by the external device that connected to the video recorder&#8217;s terminal block.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click of a desired alarm input.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="102" class="wp-image-1913" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 38" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1231" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-38.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-38-300x43.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-17 Edit Alarm Input</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Customize <strong>Alarm Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Set alarm type as <strong>N.O </strong>(normally open) or <strong>N.C </strong>(normally closed).</li>
<li>Set <strong>Settings </strong>as <strong>Input </strong>to enable the function.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>If you set <strong>Settings </strong>as <strong>Nonuse</strong>, the alarm input will be disabled. If you set <strong>Settings </strong>as <strong>One-Key Disarming</strong>, the selected linkage method(s) of the alarm input will be disabled.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark199"></a> Alarm Output</p>
<p>Trigger an alarm output when an alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="69" class="wp-image-1914" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 39" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1232" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-39.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-39-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Alarm Output </strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-18 Alarm Output</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click of a desired alarm output.</li>
<li>Customize <strong>Alarm Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Dwell Time</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Edit</p>
<p>Alarm Output No.</p>
<p>Dwell Time | 5s</p>
<p>Alarm Status Close</p>
<p>Alarm Name</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="156" class="wp-image-1915" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 40" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1233" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-40.jpeg 625w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-40-300x75.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p>Arming Schedule</p>
<p>■ Continuous &lt;&gt; Clear Edit ® Clear All</p>
<p>| Copy to Trigger</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-19 Edit Alarm Output</strong></p>
<p>Apply</p>
<ol>
<li>Set <strong>Settings </strong>as <strong>Input </strong>to enable the function.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark201"></a> Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark202"></a> Exception</p>
<p>Exception events can be configured to take the event hint in the live view window and trigger alarm outputs and linkage actions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Exception </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure event hint. When the set events occur, you will receive hints in alarm center.</li>
<li>Enable <strong>Event Hint</strong>.</li>
<li>Select events to hint. Choose from:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click of <strong>Event Hint Configuration </strong>to select events.</li>
<li>Click gj in the upper-right corner of local menu to enter alarm center to select events.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Exception Type </strong>to set its linkage actions.</li>
</ol>
<p>Event Hint «3</p>
<p>Set Event Hint ®</p>
<p>Exception Type HDD Full v</p>
<p>□ Normal Linkage □ Trigger Alarm Output</p>
<p>□ Buzzer Alarm □ 10.6.113.250:8000-&gt;1</p>
<p>□ 10.6.113.250:8000-&gt;2</p>
<p>□ Notify Surveillance Center</p>
<p>□ Send Email</p>
<p>Apply</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-20 Exceptions</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark204"></a> 6.4.2 Perimeter Protection</p>
<p>Perimeter protection includes line crossing detection, intrusion detection, region entrance detection, and region exiting detection.</p>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>Perimeter protection is only available for certain device models or camera models.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark206"></a> Line Crossing Detection</p>
<p>Line crossing detection detects people, vehicles, and objects crossing a set virtual line. The detection direction can be set as bidirectional, from left to right or from right to left.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Perimeter Protection ^ Line Crossing </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the detection rules and detection areas.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Arming Area</strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Direction </strong>as <strong>A&lt;-&gt;B</strong>, <strong>A-&gt;B</strong>, or <strong>A&lt;-B</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>A&lt;-&gt;B</strong></p>
<p>Only the arrow on the B side shows. An object crossing a configured line in both directions can be detected and trigger alarms.</p>
<p><strong>A-&gt;B</strong></p>
<p>Only an object crossing the configured line from the A side to the B side can be detected.</p>
<p><strong>B-&gt;A</strong></p>
<p>Only an object crossing the configured line from the B side to the A side can be detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>and draw a quadrilateral in the preview window by specifying four vertexes of the detection region.</li>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity</strong>. Sensitivity allows you to calibrate how readily movement triggers the alarm. A higher value results in the more readily to triggers motion detection.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human or vehicle.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C®Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"><strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark208"></a> Intrusion Detection</p>
<p>Intrusion detection function detects people, vehicles, or objects that enter and loiter in a pre­defined virtual region.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Perimeter Protection ^ Intrusion </strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Camera </strong>to configure.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the detection rules and detection areas.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Arming Area</strong>.</li>
<li>Adjust <strong>Time Threshold </strong>and <strong>Sensitivity</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Sensitivity</strong></p>
<p>The size of the object that can trigger the alarm. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm will be triggered. Its range is [1-100].</p>
<p><strong>Time Threshold</strong></p>
<p>Range [1s-10s], the threshold for the time of the object loitering in the region. When the duration of the object in the defined detection area is longer than the set time, the alarm will be triggered.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human body or vehicle.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>US Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>and draw a quadrilateral in the preview window by specifying four vertexes of the detection region.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark210"></a> Region Entrance Detection</p>
<p>For certain network cameras, region entrance detection function detects people, vehicles or other objects which enter a pre-defined virtual region from the outside place, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Smart Event ^ Region Entrance </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Save VCA Picture </strong>to save the captured pictures of VCA detection.</li>
<li>Set the detection rules and detection areas.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Arming Area</strong>. Up to 4 arming areas are selectable.</li>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity</strong>. <strong>Sensitivity</strong>: Range [0-100]. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human body or vehicle.</li>
</ol>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>and draw a quadrilateral in the preview window by specifying four vertexes of the detection region.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"><strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark212"></a> Region Exiting Detection</p>
<p>For certain network cameras, region exiting detection function detects people, vehicles or other objects which exit from a pre-defined virtual region, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Smart Event ^ Region Exiting </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Check <strong>Save VCA Picture </strong>to save the captured pictures of VCA detection.</li>
<li>Set the detection rules and detection areas.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Arming Area</strong>. Up to 4 arming areas are selectable.</li>
<li>Adjust <strong>Sensitivity</strong>. <strong>Sensitivity</strong>: Range [0-100]. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Optional: </strong>Set <strong>Target Detection </strong>as <strong>Human </strong>or <strong>Vehicle </strong>to discard alarms which are not triggered by human body or vehicle.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>OS Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Draw Area </strong>and draw a quadrilateral in the preview window by specifying four vertexes of the detection region.</li>
<li>Set the arming schedule. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark216"> <strong><em>Configure Arming Schedule</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Set the linkage actions. Refer to<a href="#post-1875-bookmark223"> <strong><em>Configure Alarm Linkage Action</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark214"></a> Configure Arming Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Arming Schedule</strong>.</li>
<li>Choose one day of a week and set the time segment. Up to eight time periods can be set within each day.</li>
</ol>
<p>C® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark216"></a> Time periods shall not be repeated or overlapped.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="221" class="wp-image-1916" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 41" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1234" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-41.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-41-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-21 Set Arming Schedule</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark217"></a> Configure Alarm Linkage Action</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark219"></a> Configure Alarm Pop-up Window</p>
<p>When an alarm is triggered, the local monitor displays in full screen the video image from the alarming channel configured for full screen monitoring. And when the alarm is triggered simultaneously in several channels, you must configure the auto-switch dwell time.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ General </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the event output and dwell time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Alarm Pop-up Output</strong></p>
<p>Select the output to show event video.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Pop-up Delay</strong></p>
<p>Set the time in seconds to show alarm event image. If alarms are triggered simultaneously in several channels, their full-screen images will be switched at an interval of 10 seconds (default dwell time).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Linkage Action </strong>of the alarm detection.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Alarm Pop-up Window </strong>alarm linkage action.</li>
<li>Select the channel(s) in Trigger Channel settings you want to make full screen monitoring.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>Auto-switch will terminate once the alarm stops and back to the live view interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark221"></a> Configure Buzzer Alarm</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark223"></a> The audio warning enables the video recorder to trigger an audible beep when an alarm is detected.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ System ^ Live View ^ General </strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Audio</strong>, and set <strong>Volume</strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Linkage Action </strong>interface of the alarm detection.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Buzzer Alarm </strong>linkage action.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark224"></a> Notify Surveillance Center</p>
<p>The video recorder can send an exception or alarm signal to the remote alarm host when an event occurs. The alarm host refers to the computer installed with client software (e.g., iVMS-4200, iVMS-5200).</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ General ^ More Settings </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Alarm Host IP </strong>and <strong>Alarm Host Port</strong>.</li>
<li>Go to Linkage Action interface of the alarm detection.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Notify Surveillance Center</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark226"></a> Configure Email Linkage</p>
<p>The video recorder can send an email with alarm information to a user or users when an alarm is detected.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Network ^ Email </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the settings.</li>
<li>Go to Linkage Action interface of the alarm detection.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Send Email </strong>as alarm linkage action.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark228"></a> Trigger Alarm Output</p>
<p>The alarm output can be triggered by the normal and smart events.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Linkage Action </strong>interface of the alarm input or event detection.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Trigger Alarm Output</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the alarm outputs to trigger.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event ^ Normal Event ^ Alarm Output </strong>.</li>
<li>Select an alarm output item from the list. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark201"><strong><em>Alarm Output</em></strong> </a>for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark230"></a> Configure PTZ Linkage</p>
<p>Video recorder can trigger the PTZ actions (e.g., call preset/patrol/pattern) when the alarm event, or VCA detection events occur.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Linkage Action </strong>interface of the alarm input or VCA detection.</li>
<li>Select <strong>PTZ Linkage</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the camera to perform the PTZ actions.</li>
<li>Select the preset/patrol/pattern No. to call when the alarm events occur.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="143" class="wp-image-1917" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 42" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1235"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-22 PTZ Linkage</strong></p>
<p><strong>E@Note</strong></p>
<p>You can set one PTZ type only for the linkage action each time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark232"></a> 6.5 Recording Management</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark234"></a> Configure Recording Schedule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Video recorder will automatically start/stop recording according to the configured schedule.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark236"></a> Configure Continuous Recording</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the continuous main stream/sub-stream recording parameters for the camera.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</li>
<li>Select recording type as <strong>Continuous</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark238"></a> Configure Event Recording</p>
<p>You can configure the recording triggered by the normal event or smart event.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Event </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the event detection and select the cameras to trigger the recording when event occurs.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the continuous main stream/sub-stream recording parameters for the camera.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</li>
<li>Select recording type as <strong>Event</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark240"></a> Edit Schedule</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Schedule </strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="357" class="wp-image-1918" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 43" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1236" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-43.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-43-300x151.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-23 Recording Schedule</strong></p>
<p><strong>Continuous</strong></p>
<p>Continuous recording.</p>
<p><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p>Recording triggered by all event triggered alarms.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a camera in <strong>Camera No</strong>.</li>
<li>Turn on <strong>Enable</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the recording schedule.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a day to configure in <strong>Weekday</strong>.</li>
<li>To set an all-day recording schedule, check <strong>All Day </strong>and select schedule <strong>Type</strong>.</li>
<li>To set other schedules, uncheck <strong>All Day </strong>and set <strong>Start/End time </strong>and schedule <strong>Type</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>LttiLNote</strong></p>
<p>Up to 8 periods can be configured for each day. And the time periods cannot be overlapped with each other.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings and go back to upper level menu.</li>
<li><strong>¡Note</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>You can also select schedule type as <strong>Continuous </strong>or <strong>Event</strong>, and drag the cursor on the desired period to draw a colored bar.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Advanced </strong>to set advanced parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Record Audio</strong></p>
<p>Audio will be record to the video file.</p>
<p><strong>Pre-Record</strong></p>
<p>The time you set to record before the scheduled time or event. For example, when an alarm triggers the recording at 10:00, and if you set the pre-record time as 5 seconds, the camera records at 9:59:55.</p>
<p><strong>Post-Record</strong></p>
<p>The time you set to record after the event or the scheduled time. For example, when an alarm triggered recording ends at 11:00, and if you set the post-record time as 5 seconds, it records till 11:00:05.</p>
<p><strong>Stream Type</strong></p>
<p>Main stream and sub-stream are selectable for recording. When you select sub-stream, you can record for a longer time with the same storage space.</p>
<p><strong>Video/Picture Expired Time</strong></p>
<p>The expired time is period for a recorded file to be kept in the HDD. When the deadline is reached, the file will be deleted. If you set the expired time to 0, the file will not be deleted. The actual keeping time for the file should be determined by the capacity of the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="310" class="wp-image-1919" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 44" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1237" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-44.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-44-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-24 Advanced Parameters</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the advanced settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark242"></a> Configure Recording Parameter</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Parameter </strong>to configure camera main stream and sub-stream parameters.</li>
<li>Configure recording parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Main Stream</strong></p>
<p>Main stream refers to the primary stream that affects data recorded to the hard disk drive and will directly determine your video quality and image size. Comparing with the sub­stream, the main stream provides a higher quality video with higher resolution and frame rate.</p>
<p><strong>Sub-Stream</strong></p>
<p>Sub-stream is a second codec that runs alongside the mainstream. It allows you to reduce the outgoing internet bandwidth without sacrificing your direct recording quality. Sub-stream is often exclusively used by smartphone applications to view live video. Users with limited internet speeds may benefit most from this setting.</p>
<p><strong>Frame Rate</strong></p>
<p>Frame rate refers to how many frames are captured each second. A higher frame rate is advantageous when there is movement in the video stream, as it maintains image quality throughout.</p>
<p><strong>Resolution</strong></p>
<p>Image resolution is a measure of how much detail a digital image can hold: the greater the resolution, the greater the level of detail. Resolution can be specified as the number of pixel­columns (width) by the number of pixel-rows (height), for example, 1024 x 768.</p>
<p><strong>Bitrate</strong></p>
<p>The bit rate (in Kbit/s or Mbit/s) is often referred to as speed, but actually defines the number of bits/time unit and not distance/time unit.</p>
<p><strong>Enable H.264+/Enable H.265+</strong></p>
<p>The H.264+/H.265+ mode helps to ensure the high video quality with a lowered bitrate. It can effectively reduce the need of bandwidth and HDD storage space.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark244"></a> View Estimated Recording Period</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>After recording schedule and parameters are configured, the device will calculate an estimated recording period for reference.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Recording Period </strong>to view the estimated recording period. You can click <strong>Configure </strong>to edit recording parameters.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark246"></a> Storage Device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark248"></a> Initialize HDD</p>
<p>If it is the first time you use your HDD, please initialize it after it is installed.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Install at least an HDD to your video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage </strong>.</li>
<li>Select an HDD.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Init</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Repair Database</strong></p>
<p>Repair an HDD that with error in database. Please operate it with the help of professional technical support.</p>
<p><strong>Secure Erase</strong></p>
<p>Secure erase will delete videos in the selected disk(s).</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark250"></a> Add Network Disk</p>
<p>You can add the allocated NAS or IP SAN disk to the video recorder, and use it as a network HDD.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>NetHDD</strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Type </strong>as <strong>NAS </strong>or <strong>IPSAN</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter NetHDD IP address.</li>
<li>Click to search the available disks.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="423" class="wp-image-1920" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 45" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1238" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-45.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-45-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-25 Add NetHDD</strong></p>
<p><strong>7. </strong>Select NAS disk from the list, or manually enter the directory in <strong>NetHDD Directory</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>8. </strong>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="36" class="wp-image-1921" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 46" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1239"></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>Up to 8 TB storage capacity is allowed for each network disk.</p>
<p><strong>Result</strong></p>
<p>The added network disks will be displayed in the storage device list.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark252"></a> 6.5.5 Configure Storage Mode</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark254"></a> Configure HDD Groups</p>
<p>Multiple HDDs can be managed in groups. Video from specified channels can be recorded onto a particular HDD group through HDD settings.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage Mode </strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Mode </strong>as <strong>Group</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a group number.</li>
<li>Select IP cameras to record on the HDD group.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="190" class="wp-image-1922" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 47" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1240" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-47.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-47-300x80.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-26 Group</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Restart the video recorder to activate the new storage mode settings.</li>
<li>After restart, go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage </strong>.</li>
<li>Click of desired HDD to set the group.</li>
<li>Select a group number for the current HDD.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>L-LilNote</strong></p>
<p>Regroup the cameras for HDD if the HDD group number is changed.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark256"></a> Configure HDD Quota</p>
<p>Each camera can be configured with an allocated quota for storing videos.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Storage Mode </strong>.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Mode </strong>as <strong>Quota</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a camera to set quota in <strong>Camera</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the storage capacity in <strong>Record Capacity</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="238" class="wp-image-1923" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 48" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1241" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-48.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-48-300x151.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-27 Quota</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8216;Note</strong></p>
<p>When the quota capacity is set to 0, all cameras will use the total capacity of HDD for videos and pictures.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li>Restart the video recorder to activate the new settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark258"></a> 6.5.6 Advanced Settings</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ Record ^ Advanced </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the parameters as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Overwrite</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Disable: When the HDD is full, video recorder will stop writing.</li>
<li>Enable: When hard drive is full, video record will continue to write new files by deleting the oldest files.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Enable HDD Sleeping</strong></p>
<p>HDDs which are free of working for a long time will turn into sleep status.</p>
<p><strong>Save Camera VCA Data</strong></p>
<p>Camera VCA data will be saved so that you can search it.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Storage</strong></p>
<p>When the HDD free space is not enough, you can disable it to save space, but your device will stop storing alarm information.</p>
<p><strong>Picture Storage</strong></p>
<p>When the HDD free space is not enough, you can disable it to save space, but your device will stop storing pictures.</p>
<p><strong>H.264+/265+ for All the Analog Cameras</strong></p>
<p>Enable H.264+/265+ for all the analog cameras.</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark260"></a> 6.6 RS-232 Settings</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<p>C0 <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>This function is only available for certain models.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Configuration ^ RS-232 </strong>.</li>
<li>Configure RS-232 parameters, including baud rate, data bit, stop bit, parity, flow control and usage.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Console</strong></p>
<p>Connect a computer to the video recorder through the computer serial port. Video recorder parameters can be configured by using software such as HyperTerminal. The serial port parameters must be the same as those of video recorder when connecting with the computer serial port.</p>
<p><strong>Transparent Channel</strong></p>
<p>Connect a serial device directly to the video recorder. The serial device will be controlled remotely by the computer through the network and the protocol of the serial device.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark262"></a> Maintenance
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark264"></a> Restore Default</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click 0 at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Select the restoring type.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Simple Restore</strong></p>
<p>Restore all parameters, except the network (including IP address, subnet mask, gateway, MTU, NIC working mode, default route, server port, etc.) and user account parameters, to the factory default settings.</p>
<p><strong>Factory Defaults</strong></p>
<p>Restore all parameters to the factory default settings.</p>
<p><strong>Restore to Inactive</strong></p>
<p>Restore the device to the inactive status, and leave all settings unchanged except restoring user accounts.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Yes</strong>. The device will reboot automatically.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark266"></a> Search Log</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The operation, alarm, exception and information of video recorder can be stored in logs, which can be viewed and exported at any time.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click ® at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Log Information</strong>.</li>
<li>Set the search conditions.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark268"></a> System Service</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click ® at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>More</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>System Service</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure the parameters as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>RTSP</strong></p>
<p>You can specifically secure the stream data of live view by setting the RTSP authentication.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP Authentication</strong></p>
<p>Two authentication types are selectable, if you select <strong>digest</strong>, only the request with digest authentication can access the video stream by the RTSP protocol via the IP address. For security reasons, it is recommended to select <strong>digest </strong>as the authentication type.</p>
<p><strong>ISAPI</strong></p>
<p>ISAPI (Internet Server Application Programming Interface) is an open protocol based on HTTP, which can realize the communication between the system devices (e.g., network camera, NVR, etc.). The video recorder is used as a server, the system can find and connect the video recorder.</p>
<p><strong>HTTP</strong></p>
<p>The admin user account can disable the HTTP service from the GUI or the web browser. After the HTTP is disabled, all the related services, including ISAPI and ONVIF, will terminate as well.</p>
<p><strong>HTTP Authentication</strong></p>
<p>If you need to enable the HTTP service, you can set the HTTP authentication to enhance the access security. Two authentication types are selectable. For security reasons, it is recommended to select <strong>digest </strong>as the authentication type.</p>
<p><strong>Camera Added Detection</strong></p>
<p>The function detects the network camera status. If the network camera has been added by another video recorder, the network camera status will show as □ in <strong>Online Device </strong>list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark270"></a> Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="43" class="wp-image-1924" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 49" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1242"></p>
<p><strong>Warning</strong></p>
<p>Do not shutdown or turn off the power during upgrade.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark272"></a> Local Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Store the upgrade firmware to a backup device, and connect it to your device.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click El at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>O </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Local Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Select a backup device in <strong>Device Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the upgrade firmware.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upgrade</strong>. Your device will reboot automatically.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark274"></a> Online Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Upgrade the device with the latest online firmware.</p>
<p><strong>Before You Start</strong></p>
<p>Ensure HiLookVision is enabled and properly configured. Refer to <a href="#post-1875-bookmark72"><strong><em>HiLookVision</em></strong> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click 0 at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Click <strong>O </strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Online Upgrade</strong>.</li>
<li>Download the latest firmware.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Auto Download </strong>The will automatically check and download the latest firmware.</p>
<p><strong>Test Upgrade </strong>Click <strong>Test Upgrade </strong>to manually check and download the latest firmware.</p>
<ol>
<li>Upgrade your device if a new firmware version is available. The device will reboot automatically.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark276"></a> Alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>When events occur, you can view their details in alarm center.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark278"></a> Set Event Hint</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select the events to hint in alarm center.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click H at the upper-right corner.</li>
<li>Set <strong>Exception</strong>, <strong>Basic Event</strong>, or <strong>Smart Event </strong>as your desire.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="263" class="wp-image-1925" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 50" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1243" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-50.jpeg 473w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-50-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-1 Alarm Center</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click ® and select events to hint.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>When the selected events occur, the alarm information will be displayed in H (locating at the upper-right corner of local menu).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark280"></a> View Alarm in Alarm Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click at the upper-right corner of local menu.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Exception</strong>, <strong>Basic Event</strong>, or <strong>Smart Event </strong>to view as your desire.</li>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark282"></a> Web Operation
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark284"></a> Introduction</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You can get access to the video recorder via web browser.</p>
<p>You may use one of the following listed web browsers: Internet Explorer 11.0, Apple Safari, Mozilla Firefox, and Google Chrome. The supported resolutions include 1024&#215;768 and above.</p>
<p>For certain models, you will have to download a web component plug-in, and install it. Otherwise, a few functions would be unavailable. The download address is <strong><em><a href="http://hikdownload.ys7.com/web/webplugin/windows/WebComponents/standard/WebComponents.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener">http://</a></em></strong></p>
<p><strong><em><a href="http://hikdownload.ys7.com/web/webplugin/windows/WebComponents/standard/WebComponents.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener">hikdownload.ys7.com/web/webplugin/windows/WebComponents/standard/</a> <a href="http://hikdownload.ys7.com/web/webplugin/windows/WebComponents/standard/WebComponents.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener">WebComponents.exe</a></em></strong> .</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark286"></a> Login</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You shall acknowledge that the use of the product with Internet access might be under network security risks. For avoidance of any network attacks and information leakage, please strengthen your own protection. If the product does not work properly, please contact with your dealer or the nearest service center.</p>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open web browser, input the IP address of the video recorder and then press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C@Note</strong></p>
<p>If you have changed HTTP port, enter <strong><em><a href="http://IP">http://IP</a> address:HTTP port</em></strong> in address bar. E.g., <strong><em>http: 192.168.1.64:81</em></strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter <strong>user name </strong>and <strong>password </strong>in the login interface.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Login</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="195" class="wp-image-1926" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 51" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1244"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-1 Login</strong></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Follow the installation prompts to install the plug-in.</p>
<p>El® <strong>Note</strong></p>
<p>You may have to close the web browser to finish the installation of the plug-in.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark288"></a> Live View</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After login, live view interface shows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="292" class="wp-image-1927" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 52" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1245" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-52.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-52-300x123.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-2 Live View</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark290"></a> Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Playback </strong>to enter playback interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="294" class="wp-image-1928" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 53" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1246" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-53.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-53-300x124.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-3 Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark292"></a> Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Configuration </strong>to enter configuration interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="714" height="364" class="wp-image-1929" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 54" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1247" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-54.jpeg 714w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-54-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 714px) 100vw, 714px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-4 Configuration</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1875-bookmark294"></a> Log</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Maintenance ^ System ^ Maintenance ^ Log </strong>.</li>
<li>Set the search conditions.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="710" height="397" class="wp-image-1930" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1875 55" title="Hilook DVR User Manual 1248" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-55.jpeg 710w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1875-55-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 710px) 100vw, 710px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-5 Log</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark296"></a> Chapter 10 Appendix</p>
<p><a id="post-1875-bookmark298"></a> 10.1 Glossary</p>
<p><strong>Dual-Stream</strong></p>
<p>Dual-stream is a technology used to record high resolution video locally while transmitting a lower resolution stream over the network. The two streams are generated by the DVR, with the main stream having a maximum resolution of 1080P and the sub-stream having a maximum resolution of CIF.</p>
<p><strong>DVR</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Digital Video Recorder. A DVR is device that is able to accept video signals from analog cameras, compress the signal and store it on its hard drives.</p>
<p><strong>HDD</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Hard Disk Drive. A storage medium which stores digitally encoded data on platters with magnetic surfaces.</p>
<p><strong>DHCP</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a network application protocol used by devices (DHCP clients) to obtain configuration information for operation in an Internet Protocol network.</p>
<p><strong>HTTP</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Hypertext Transfer Protocol. A protocol to transfer hypertext request and information between servers and browsers over a network.</p>
<p><strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>PPPoE, Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet, is a network protocol for encapsulating Point-to- Point Protocol (PPP) frames inside Ethernet frames. It is used mainly with ADSL services where individual users connect to the ADSL transceiver (modem) over Ethernet and in plain Metro Ethernet networks.</p>
<p><strong>DDNS</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic DNS is a method, protocol, or network service that provides the capability for a networked device, such as a router or computer system using the Internet Protocol Suite, to notify a domain name server to change, in real time (ad-hoc) the active DNS configuration of its configured hostnames, addresses or other information stored in DNS.</p>
<p><strong>Hybrid DVR</strong></p>
<p>A hybrid DVR is a combination of a DVR and NVR.</p>
<p><strong>NTP</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Network Time Protocol. A protocol designed to synchronize the clocks of computers over a network.</p>
<p><strong>NTSC</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for National Television System Committee. NTSC is an analog television standard used in such countries as the United States and Japan. Each frame of an NTSC signal contains 525 scan lines at 60Hz.</p>
<p><strong>NVR</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Network Video Recorder. An NVR can be a PC-based or embedded system used for centralized management and storage for IP cameras, IP Domes and other DVRs.</p>
<p><strong>PAL</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Phase Alternating Line. PAL is also another video standard used in broadcast televisions systems in large parts of the world. PAL signal contains 625 scan lines at 50Hz.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Pan, Tilt, Zoom. PTZ cameras are motor driven systems that allow the camera to pan left and right, tilt up and down and zoom in and out.</p>
<p><strong>USB</strong></p>
<p>Acronym for Universal Serial Bus. USB is a plug-and-play serial bus standard to interface devices to a host computer.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hilook-dvr-user-manual.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/floureon-cctv-troubleshooting.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/floureon-cctv-troubleshooting.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Nov 2022 08:35:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR user]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Default Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmwares]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1147</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[List of All Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting of most occurred errors and problems are in detail My CCTV Camera Shows a Black Screen...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>List of All Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting of most occurred errors and problems are in detail</p>
<h2><strong>My CCTV Camera Shows a Black Screen</strong></h2>
<p>If your CCTV camera doesn’t show a picture and all you get is a black screen, there is a good chance that the DVR box or the monitoring application can’t get a video signal. Just to make sure, have a look at the steps below.</p>
<h2><strong>Floureon Cctv No Video Signal</strong></h2>
<p><strong>Check that your camera is correctly powered</strong>. It might seem self-evident, but we’ve all been bitten. Also the most accomplished security engineers will periodically discover, with an embarrassed expression on their faces, that a CCTV camera is not turned on and therefore has no video signal.</p>
<ul>
<li>First, and most obvious: check the power connectors and the cables — make sure they’re plugged in and undamaged. If your CCTV camera has an external power brick, make sure it works. If you have access to that sort of equipment, try to power on your CCTV camera with a test cable and power supply.</li>
<li>If your CCTV camera is connected to mains, or if it’s connected through a CCTV power supply with a fuse box, check the fuse box.</li>
<li>If your camera uses PoE, check the PoE switch and make sure the camera is really being powered on.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Check your camera’s video or data connection.</strong> If you can’t see anything on your CCTV camera but it’s on, it’s possible that the videos aren’t getting to the monitor.</p>
<ul>
<li>If your camera connects to a DVR box, check the cable and the connectors at both ends. Make sure they’re correctly plugged in and undamaged. A CCTV test monitor can help in this case.</li>
<li>If your camera is IP-enabled, make sure the network settings are correct. If it’s a wired camera, check the cable and the connectors for damage.</li>
<li>Check any additional network or video equipment. If your CCTV camera connects to any network switches or routers, DVR boxes or video multiplexers, make sure they’re in working order.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Check your CCTV software. </strong>Advanced video surveillance software allows you to disable access to some cameras or to protect some streams with a password. If that’s the case, make sure that you can really view the stream you’re looking for.</p>
<p><strong>Check your camera for damage. </strong>We’ve reached the end of the lane. If the camera is fully turned on and there are no connectivity issues, it’s time to double-check that the camera is in working order. Ensure that the lens and any protective domes are in good condition and that the optical direction is clear. If there are no visible signs of harm on the camera, the next best choice is to contact the maker for technical assistance.</p>
<blockquote><p>Load More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/general/xmeye-new-silver-style-nvr-firmwares.html">XMEYE NEW Silver Style NVR Firmwares</a></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>If that doesn’t help, or if you have reason to suspect that a video signal is, in fact, available, but all it’s carrying is a pitch black image, here are a few things that you can check:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Ensure that the optical pathway is not obstructed.</strong> This may not be very obvious: small lenses at high zoom levels can be easily blocked by leaves or branches, for example.</li>
<li><strong>Ensure that the ambient lighting conditions of your CCTV camera are met.</strong> Not all cameras can see in the dark — at night, or in an unlit room. If the light levels are below the camera’s threshold, all you’ll get will be a black image.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><strong>Power your camera off and on again. </strong>If all cameras, not just one of them, show nothing but a black screen, reboot the DVR box. Modern DVR boxes, and some cameras, especially very high-end ones, are veritable — if tiny — computers, and they can crash just like computers do.</li>
<li><strong>Check the lens and the camera for damage.</strong> If a camera’s optical components or sensor have been damaged, the camera may still power up and send data — but it won’t get a picture.</li>
</ul>
<div class="appip-block-wrapper">
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="" src="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/71C4d60pYlL._AC_SL1500_.jpg" width="444" height="357" alt="71C4d60pYlL. AC SL1500" title="Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting 1254"></div>
<div>
<h2>Floureon Cctv Hard Drive Not Working</h2>
<p><strong>There are mainly 2 types of failure:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The drive has developed bad sectors, causing read/write errors and causing the drive to “stuck” as it reaches a certain point or capacity. These bad sectors may be physical, requiring drive repair, or read/write errors, which can be resolved with a fast drive format from the DVR user menu.</li>
<li>Complete failure where the drive is no longer recognizable to your DVR, unrecognizable to a PC as well, and warrants replacement</li>
</ul>
<p>If you suspect your DVR hard drive to have an issue, or receive an alert stating drive failure, please watch the following video that explains in detail how to check the status of your hard drive, and diagnose whether the drive is good or bad. If there is an error, the video will also show how to format your drive.</p>
<p>Learn how to check the status of the internal hard drives of your DVR recorder and format them to recover usable video recording space.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-video is-provider-youtube wp-block-embed-youtube wp-embed-aspect-16-9 wp-has-aspect-ratio">
<div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<div class="ast-oembed-container">
<div class="rll-youtube-player" data-src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/roiPPYwzR-o" data-id="roiPPYwzR-o" data-query="feature=oembed">
<div data-id="roiPPYwzR-o" data-query="feature=oembed" data-src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/roiPPYwzR-o"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="entered lazyloaded" src="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/roiPPYwzR-o/hqdefault.jpg" alt="hqdefault" width="480" height="360" data-lazy-src="https://i.ytimg.com/vi/roiPPYwzR-o/hqdefault.jpg" data-ll-status="loaded" data-lazy- title="Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting 1255"><button class="play" aria-label="play Youtube video"></button></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</figure>
<p>If you find your DVR beeping or buzzing, it is because there is a setting in the DVR that activates the internal buzzer to sound when a hard drive error is detected. This is set by default on DVRs and NVRs we sell. The video below will guide you how to disable the internal buzzer on the DVR.</p>
<p>If you can format a hard drive with a regular status and the Popup saying drive fault disappears, and/or the DVR stops beeping after viewing the above demonstration videos, the DVR should be fine. Confirm that the DVR recorder is storing footage by going to the video search menu and verifying the video for your cameras is being recorded.</p>
<p>If the Hard Drive status window shows the drive(s) as being absent, or continues to display and Error status, that hard drive will need to be replaced.</p>
<h2><strong>Floureon Cctv Master Reset</strong></h2>
<blockquote><p>Load More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/password-tools/new-method-xmeye-devices-password-reset.html">New Method XMEYE Devices Password Reset</a></p></blockquote>
<p><strong>Factory</strong><strong> Reset Instructions</strong></p>
<ol type="1">
<li>First, make sure that the unit is turned off.</li>
<li>Then press and hold any button on the included infrared remote control</li>
<li>While holding the button on the remote, power on the unit.</li>
<li>You should hear a single beep followed by a double beep. Once you hear the double beep, press <strong>1 2 3 4</strong> on the remote control. If entered correctly you will hear a double beep and the DVR will begin to boot. (If entered incorrectly, you will hear a sequence of about eight beeps and then a double beep to prompt you to re-enter 1 2 3 4.)</li>
<li>Now that the DVR is booted, it will be set to the factory default settings.</li>
</ol>
<h2>How do I update my Floureon CCTV?</h2>
<ol type="1">
<li>DVR connected to the monitor via VGA cable</li>
<li>Copy the upgrade file to the USB device (Please format the USB device do not store any other files)</li>
<li>Login DVR, enter the main interface – System Settings – Advanced – Upgrade</li>
<li>Upgrade from USB: Select the upgrade file path and the file, click upgrade<br />
<strong>Note:</strong> Do not power off during the upgrade, wait for DVR auto-upgrade completed.</li>
</ol>
<h2><strong>How do I reset my password on my Floureon DVR?</strong></h2>
<p>For <strong>5 seconds</strong>, <strong>press</strong> and <strong>hold</strong> the <strong>“PTZ” button</strong> on the left. The device could then be reset to factory defaults, with the username <strong>“admin</strong>” and password <strong>“4321.”</strong> And let me know how that goes for you. Because of the different front panel outline, certain Floureon DVRs may have a different Button combination.</p>
<h2><strong>My DVR account always locked?</strong></h2>
<p>Please be aware that all FLOUREON DVR accounts have the username ‘admin’ as the default setting. This setting has no password. You do not need to input a password when you first time log in it.</p>
<p>If you input a password incorrectly multiple times, your account will be locked for security reasons. If you have already changed your password and forgotten it, you can enter passwords multiple times to lock your account. You can then contact FLOUREON to receive an unlock code. This will allow you to reset DVR account.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><picture class="wp-image-8180"><source srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg.webp 900w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-300x114.jpg.webp 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-768x292.jpg.webp 768w" type="image/webp" sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg.webp 900w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-300x114.jpg.webp 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-768x292.jpg.webp 768w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="entered lazyloaded" src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg 900w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-300x114.jpg 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-768x292.jpg 768w" alt="Untitled 1" width="900" height="342" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg 900w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-300x114.jpg 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1-768x292.jpg 768w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" data-lazy-src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Untitled-1.jpg" data-ll-status="loaded" data-lazy- title="Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting 1256"></picture></figure>
<p><strong>To unlock your account, you can follow the steps shown in the screenshots below:</strong></p>
<p>If you see the message in the image above, press the question mark icon that is circled in red. Then you’ll see a ‘KEY,’ which you must give to us.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><picture class="wp-image-8181"><source srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg.webp 671w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2-300x173.jpg.webp 300w" type="image/webp" sizes="(max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg.webp 671w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2-300x173.jpg.webp 300w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="entered lazyloaded" src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg 671w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2-300x173.jpg 300w" alt="2" width="671" height="387" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg 671w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2-300x173.jpg 300w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" data-lazy-src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/2.jpg" data-ll-status="loaded" data-lazy- title="Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting 1257"></picture></figure>
<p>After you provide the locked code marked in red, we will then provide you with a password.</p>
<p>If your user interface does not appear like the picture above, please pay attention to the date in the top right-hand corner of your screen (marked in red in the picture). Please provide us with the date. We can then use this information to send a password.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><picture class="wp-image-8182"><source srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg.webp 786w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-300x198.jpg.webp 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-768x506.jpg.webp 768w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-90x60.jpg.webp 90w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-180x120.jpg.webp 180w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-95x64.jpg.webp 95w" type="image/webp" sizes="(max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg.webp 786w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-300x198.jpg.webp 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-768x506.jpg.webp 768w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-90x60.jpg.webp 90w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-180x120.jpg.webp 180w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-95x64.jpg.webp 95w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="entered lazyloaded" src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg 786w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-300x198.jpg 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-768x506.jpg 768w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-90x60.jpg 90w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-180x120.jpg 180w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-95x64.jpg 95w" alt="3D" width="892" height="588" data-lazy-srcset="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg 786w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-300x198.jpg 300w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-768x506.jpg 768w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-90x60.jpg 90w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-180x120.jpg 180w, https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D-95x64.jpg 95w" data-lazy-sizes="(max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" data-lazy-src="https://home-automations.net/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/3D.jpg" data-ll-status="loaded" data-lazy- title="Floureon CCTV Troubleshooting 1258"></picture></figure>
<p>All passwords provided are valid for 24 hours. Due to the time difference, please contact FLOUREON to receive a password anytime from 09:00 to 19:00 Beijing time.</p>
<h2><strong><a class="ext-link" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.mobile.myeye&amp;hl=en&amp;gl=US" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener external nofollow">Floureon CCTV app download</a></strong></h2>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/floureon-cctv-troubleshooting.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
